Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

39th Annual Convention; Minneapolis, MN; 2013

Program by Day for Saturday, May 25, 2013


Manage My Personal Schedule

 

Workshop #W48
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Teaching Perspective-Taking and Executive Functioning Skills to Individuals With Autism
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
101 A (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Adel C. Najdowski, Ph.D.
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), CECILIA KNIGHT (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Description: There has been a considerable explosion of research on perspective taking in autism, much of it coming from Theory of Mind (ToM) literature, which has shown many children with autism have difficulty attributing and understanding the "mental states"/private events of themselves and others and how these relate to overt behavior. Likewise, recent attention has been given to executive function impairments in children with autism. Executive function is a term used to describe functions such as attention, planning, organization, remembering, self-control, self-management, and flexibility. It is critical that behavioral intervention programs address perspective taking and executive function deficits in curriculum planning. This seminar will provide a description of deficit areas and components of a comprehensive curriculum. Participants will learn to identify appropriate curriculum targets for teaching perspective taking and executive functioning to children and adolescents with autism.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to: Identify perspective taking deficits in various child profiles. Identify executive functioning deficits in various child profiles. Identify appropriate curriculum targets for teaching perspective taking given various child profiles. Identify appropriate curriculum targets for teaching executive functioning given various child profiles.
Activities: Working from vignettes, participants will use the information presented in the workshop to identify deficit areas and appropriate corresponding curriculum targets across various client profiles
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for clinicians interested in delivering intervention for perspective taking and executive functioning to children and adolescents with autism. School teachers and administrators, parents, professors, and graduate students also would benefit.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Curriculum design, executive function, perspective taking, Theory of mind
 
Workshop #W49
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELLED: Community-Based Instruction in Varied Settings: Considerations for Both Urban and Non-Urban Environments
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
101 E (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D.
PETER F. GERHARDT (The McCarton School), GLORIA M. SATRIALE (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life), THOMAS L. ZANE (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College), JULIYA E. KRASNOPOLSKY (New York Center for Autism Charter School), MOIRA CRAY (New York Center for Autism Charter School)
Description: An increasing number of adolescents diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders are leaving the public educational system and moving into the adult world of services, work, and community. The number of programs that are community-based providing direct training of skills and competencies are growing. Community-based programs deliver instruction within the community itself, transforming the community into the classroom. Staff accompany students to places of community work, such as office buildings, hospitals, and community locations of leisure and life skills such as restaurants, health clubs, and grocery stores. Social skills necessary for community immersion and acceptance also are targeted. This innovative training model demonstrates efficient acquisition, generalization, and maintenance of skills. This workshop highlights unique considerations for instruction of students and staff training in these community environments. Participants will acquire specific knowledge and competencies, including functional curricula important when developing community-based training for adolescents and adults with autism. Systems and policies for developing supportive community resources, student instruction and the unique issues surrounding staff training will be emphasized. Participants will acquire tips and tools, including the development of their own materials individualized to their own community environments that will provide the basis to immediately increase the frequency of community-based programing.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: Describe the advantages of community-based training programs. List the unique features of instructional planning and staff training associated with community-based training. Describe the similarities and differences between urban and nonurban community settings and service delivery. List unique curricular issues surrounding training of adolescents and adults in the community. List the competencies associated with selected vocations in community settings. Develop their own materials for curricular development for their unique community environments. Create a list of knowledges and competencies required for their staff implementing training in community-based settings. List unique public relations competencies necessary for successful community integration.
Activities: Lecture; demonstration; hands-on development of materials, such as curricula, knowledge, and competencies required by staff, and competencies in the area of public relations; role play and group discussion;and group work.
Audience: Directors of community-based programs for adolescents and adults with ASD and other developmental disabilities, mid-level administrative staff of these types of agencies, and behavior specialists and special education teachers who work in these types of agencies
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): adolescents, autism, community-based programs, functional skills
 
Workshop #W50
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Treatment Integrity: Train Them to See What You See so They Do What You Do
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
102 A (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: David A. Eckerman, Ph.D.
DAVID A. ECKERMAN (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill), ROGER D. RAY (Rollins College)
Description: Consistent identification of behavior across staff and time is a necessary step for having treatment integrity. Participants will gain experience with a software tool that uses behavioral principles to shape observation skills. With Train-to-Code (TTC, see www.ai2inc.com), trainees learn to categorize behavior using a taxonomy developed by their trainer while using video created by the trainer. Participants will see principles utilized by TTC and practice creating training content using the TTC software. In TTC an expert "codes" a video to indicate start and end points for specific behaviors. Participants will learn to construct good taxonomies and to evaluate and revise their training to maximize its effectiveness. They will also review research upon which TTC is based. Evidence of TTC's effectiveness in training comes from ongoing research at universities and at BA autism service-delivery centers. Demonstrated acquisition and maintenance of clinical skills confirms this effectiveness. Peer-reviewed publications reporting these studies are being prepared. These centers prepared their own TTC materials. Participants' success in training will depend on preparing quality materials. Fees for training staff using TTC are reduced when a trainer uses his/her own materials.
Learning Objectives: By the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to prepare training materials for their staff using the TTC software.
Activities: An interactive review of techniques for and evaluation of behavioral observation will be followed by a consideration of the important role of consistent observation as a base for creating treatment integrity in clinical services provided to individuals with autism. Research will be briefly presented to demonstrate that training observation skills in staff members transfers to their improved record of providing consistent services according to established protocols. The approach to training implemented by the Train to Code (TTC) software will be presented and participants will have hands on experience as trainees. Then they will learn to create a taxonomy for describing behavior of staff providing specific services in their setting, create a short simulation video that includes these behaviors, and practice in applying these codings to the video so that TTC can carry out training with their material. Bringing a laptop computer will make this experience more complete, but is not essential.
Audience: Anyone seeking to make the training they provide their clinical staff more effective in generating consistency of treatment will find this workshop useful. Anyone seeking to train consistent observation and recording of behavior also will find this workshop useful, be they research team members or other types of behavioral judges (e.g., in judged sports).
Content Area: Methodology
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Skill Transfer, Skilled Observation, Staff Training, Treatment Integrity
 
Workshop #W51
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Speech Teaching 101, 201 (and maybe 301): Critical Skills and Sequences for Speech Development
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
101 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Barbara E. Esch, Ph.D.
BARBARA E. ESCH (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Description: Teaching or improving speech skills is a critical goal in many instructional programs for individuals with developmental disabilities. However, many professionals are not sure how to design and organize a speech-teaching program or how to best collaborate with speech pathologists, who also may be involved in providing treatment. This workshop will discuss the five groups of speech skills tested by the Early Echoic Skills Assessment (Esch, 2008; part of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program, Sundberg, 2008), how these skills are related, and considerations for selecting and sequencing speech targets from these groups for optimal progress. The workshop will feature some of the basics and not-so-basics of speech instruction including an overview of speech production, pre-skills needed for speech learning, how to assess existing speech repertoires, target selection sequence, and common instructional errors in speech teaching.
Learning Objectives: At the completion of the workshop, participants should be able to: Describe how to assess existing vocal (speech) repertoires and how to analyze this information for target selection. Explain which speech targets to prioritize sequentially and why. Describe several common speech-teaching errors.
Activities: Lecture didactic interaction between presenter and attendees, skill application selecting targets from presented information.
Audience: Behavior analysts, teachers, speech pathologists, and others with responsibility for the development of speech programs for individuals with impaired speech or beginning vocal repertoires.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Autism, Echoic training, Speech teaching, Vocalizations
 
Workshop #W52
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Improving Classroom Behavior Support Practices for Students With ASD
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
101 F (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Robert F. Putnam, Ph.D.
ROBERT F. PUTNAM (The May Institute)
Description: This workshop will provide behavior analysts with an evidence-based approach to designing effective classroom interventions for students with autism spectrum disorder in general and substantially separate public school classrooms. It includes the use of functional assessment as a method to systematically evaluate the classroom environment in order to design, implement and evaluate effective classroomwide behavioral support practices. Once the environment is assessed, the model incorporates both indirect (i.e., lecture, written training materials) and direct (i.e., modeling, performance feedback) instruction. Finally, participants will learn how teachers participate in a data-based, decision-making process in order to establish more effective practices, procedures, and interactions with students. Data will be presented supporting the need for a comprehensive training method that includes both indirect and direct instruction in for teachers to adequately implement classroomwide behavior support practices.
Learning Objectives: At the completion of the workshop, participants should be able to: Apply assessment strategies to the selection and implementation of effective classroomwide practices with students with ASD. Use evidence-based methods used to train teachers in classroomwide behavior support practices. Usea data-based, decision process with teachers to modify classroom behavior support practices. Use instructional and behavior support practices that establish more effective interactions between teachers and students and increase on task behavior.
Activities: Participants will have an opportunity to engage in discussions with other behavior analysts, analyze sample data, draw conclusions about relevant classroomwide interventions, and role play the direct instruction (e.g., performance feedback)
Audience: Behavior analysts who provide training and consultation to school teachers or paraprofessionals.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Workshop #W53
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
First 3 Months of Behavioral Intervention for Children With Autism: A Developmental Perspective
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
101 G (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Monika M. Suchowierska, Ph.D.
MONIKA M. SUCHOWIERSKA (Warsaw School of Social Psychology), LINDA S. HEITZMAN-POWELL (University of Kansas Medical Center)
Description: The first three months of early intensive behavioral intervention are a crucial period for a young learner with autism. It has been recommended that the behavioral intervention take into account a developmental perspective, especially as it relates to behavioral cusps leading to autistic development. In this workshop, we will examine several related skills that may be present or absent in young children with autism: stimulus overselectivity, facial recognition, mutually responsive orientation, joint attention, and social referencing. Based on this information, we will propose major therapeutic goals for the first three months of intervention, together with teaching strategies to accomplish those goals. Major challenges of the first three months also will be discussed. Video material will be used. The workshop will conclude with some suggestions for the next months of therapy.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to: List developmental concepts that relate to early behavioral intervention. Characterize skills that are present or absent in young children with autism and that are behavioral cusps for autistic development. List major therapeutic goals for the first three months of intervention as they relate to the precursors of autism. Plan the following months of therapy.
Activities: During the course of the workshop, participants will have an opportunity to analyze videos of typically developing children and autistic children to search for the behavioral cusps discussed in the workshop as well as to plan "based on videos of autistic children" goals for the beginnings of their therapy. Small group activities will be organized.
Audience: This workshop is designed for behavior analysts who work with families of young children with autism and are responsible for programming therapeutic goals for their pupils.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, behavioral cusps, behavioral systems approach, child development
 
Workshop #W54
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Inner Behavior: Changing Thoughts, Feelings, and Urges
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
102 F (Convention Center)
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Abigail B. Calkin, Ph.D.
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center)
Description: Based on Skinner's writings and Lindsley's seminal work and research in identifying, counting, and analyzing inner behavior, this workshop looks at thoughts, feelings, and urges as behaviors that a person can observe, count, and change. It takes the participants on a journey to some of their own inner behaviors. It includes some charts of people who have counted inner behaviors in the past 40 years. The workshop also teaches or reviews how to use the Standard Celeration Chart to record the frequencies and changes of any inner behavior.
Learning Objectives: At the completion of the workshop, participants should be able to: State the research background and their familiarity with research on observing and changing inner behavior. Define thoughts, feelings, and urges and name specific examples of each. Practice writing positive thoughts, feelings, and/or urges at 30-35 per minute or saying them at 50-75 per minute. Count and record some specific inner behaviors for the duration of the workshop. Develop a plan to change inner behaviors of self or clients.
Activities: The primary focus is to identify, list, count, record, and change inner behavior and to practice these skills. There is some information on the literature and successes of this technique. Participants can leave with a written plan for clients.
Audience: Psychologists, clinical behavior analysts, and other clinicians, teachers of regular or special education children, including those with behavior disorders.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Workshop #W55
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELLED: ACT in Practice: Learning Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to Accelerate Your Professional Clinical Skills
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
200 C-E (Convention Center)
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Daniel J. Moran, Ph.D.
DANIEL J. MORAN (Pickslyde Consulting)
Description: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) can accelerate your behavior analysis skills, and this professional development workshop will guide you in not only educating you about the principles of ACT, but also how you can apply ACT to help fully immerse yourself in the ABAI convention and maximize your learning experience. Research suggests that people who are trained in ACT show greater abilities in mastering new training and adopting new innovative advances in the workplace. This workshop aims to impart knowledge about this fresh clinical approach, while focusing on enhancing particpants' professional skills. ACT is an evidence-based psychological intervention using mindfulness strategies with behavior change strategies in order to improve psychological flexibility. This workshop is based on ACT in Practice: Case Conceptualization in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (Bach & Moran, 2008). This workshop will provide a framework for conceptualizing behavior problems, and will discuss application of specific ACT interventions in order to engender greater psychological flexibility, including your own!
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to: Become familiar with the six core ACT principles of defusion, self-as-context, acceptance, values, committed action, and contacting the present moment. Select ACT interventions appropriate for addressing specific core principles, and also apply them for self-improvement. Understand the integration of mindfulness in therapy.
Activities: Individual exercises, group exercises, experiential learning, and didactic presentation.
Audience: Behavior analysts who want to improve their own professional skills and clinicians who deal with behavior therapy problems.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
 
Workshop #W56
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Behavior Analytic Training for Health, Life, Fitness, and Peak Personal Performances
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
101 H (Convention Center)
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Stephen Ray Flora, Ph.D.
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University)
Description: As obesity, high blood pressure, diabetes, and other health problems are at epidemic proportions for many populations, including populations served by behavior analysts, it is vital that behavior analysts learn to apply behavior analysis to ameliorate these problems and to promote healthy lifestyles as effectively as possible. Medical, behavioral, and psychological benefits of exercise, athletic participation, physical fitness, and healthy living are covered. The workshop will teach participants to use applied behavior analysis principles to objectively access, and optimally improve their own, or their clients' physical fitness, health-related lifestyles, and, if desired, athletic performances. Emphasis will be placed on behavior analytic "gradual change techniques;" optimal goal-setting parameters; objective, data-based analysis and decision making; and on how the use of Behavioral Analytic Experimental Designs, such as Multiple Baselines Across Situations and Bounded Changing Criterion Designs, may not just be used to measure change, but actually facilitate effective behavioral change. Finally, participants will learn how improved health and physical fitness allow individuals to live a valued life and aid in the pursuit of chosen life directions.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to: State many of the behavioral, psychological, and medical benefits of physical fitness, athletic participation, and living a healthy lifestyle. Perform functional assessment of current health and fitness-related behaviors. Perform task analyses of healthy eating behaviors; safe, effective exercise; and skilled athletic performances. Identify personalized reinforcers, motivations, incentives, and values for healthy lifestyles, physical fitness and athleticism. Understand the importance of, and how to effectively use goal setting, task analysis, pinpointing; how to identify skill gaps; how to set realistically achievable goals; and how to effectively use publicly posted goals to achieve fitness and optimal athletic performance. Use Behavior Analytic Experimental Designs to not only measure and access behavioral change but to facilitate health, fitness, and athletic behavioral changes. Use the concepts of optimal physiological arousal, periodization, and super compensation in designing a personalized training program. Use data collection, charting, and graphing to optimize fitness and improve eating-related behaviors.
Activities: Participants will be guided though presented information with PowerPoint slides, worksheets and lecture handouts that will provide participants with the information necessary to learn the medical, behavioral, and psychological benefits of fitness and develop effective programs for improving health, physical fitness, diet behaviors, and healthy lifestyles; develop effective programs to optimize athletic performance; and to use Behavior Analytic Experimental Designs to access and facilitate desired behavioral change.
Audience: The target audience is board-certified behavior analysts, board-certified assistant behavior analysts, psychologists, personal trainers, and others interested in learning to use behavior analytic procedures to promote healthy lifestyles, fitness, or to optimize elite performance. Professionals with a strong interest in behavioral medicine, or health and fitness also will benefit.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavior Analytic Fitness
 
Workshop #W57
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELED: Developing and Implementing an Activities of Daily Living Program
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
101 I (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jill Hunt, M.Ed.
MICHELLE HARRINGTON (Judge Rotenberg Center), JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Description: Activities of daily living are one of the most important skill sets that can be taught to clients. Learning to take care of their bodies independently increases clients' quality of life and often allows them access to more settings and experiences. Being able to complete chores around their living space has the potential for clients to live in more independent settings. This workshop will give participants the tools necessary to implement an activities of daily living program on an individual basis or on a large-scale basis. Presenters will discuss how activities of daily living programs have been implemented in their setting and what specific challenges they faced. Data will be presented on various age groups and what activities of daily living they were learning. Generalization of these skills to outside the teaching setting will be discussed and finally retention of these skillsfor a long period of time will be addressed.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to: Assess what skills a client possesses. Identify five activities of daily living they would like to implement. Develop a thorough task analysis of each daily living skill. Determine what type of prompting is best suited for their setting. Collect data while working with clients. Determine what to do with the data that has been collected. Analyze data over a period of time. Determine how to effectively fade prompting when working with a client. Develop meaningful interventions when a client is not progressing
Activities: Brainstorming what activities of daily living are most important in each setting, viewing of videos to assist with development of task analysis, role-playing to gain skills needed to collect data on different types of prompting, practice in different methods of data analysis, and brainstorming interventions when faced with different scenarios.
Audience: Teachers, residential staff, parents, and behavioral analysts.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ADL, Task Analysis
 
Workshop #W58
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Essential for Living: A Functional Assessment and Curriculum for Children and Adults With Moderate-to-Severe Disabilities, Including Autism
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
200 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Patrick McGreevy, Ph.D.
PATRICK E. MCGREEVY (Florida Institute of Technology), TROY FRY (Private practice)
Description: Essential for Living is a communication, behavior, and functional skills assessment, curriculum, skill-tracking instrument, and teaching manual for children and adults with moderate-to-severe disabilities, including autism. It is especially useful for learners with limited communication repertoires, limited daily living skills, or severe problem behavior. This instrument is based on concepts, principles, and empirically validated procedures from applied behavior analysis, precision teaching, direct instruction, and from B. F. Skinner's ground-breaking analysis of verbal behavior (Skinner, 1957). Essential for living used to determine the current performance level of each child or adult with respect to speaking, listening, doing, and tolerating skills that are part of the instrument. It is also used to develop long-term goals and short-term objectives for individual education or support plans, to teach specific skills and track skill acquisition, and to manage and track the occurrence of problem behavior.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to: Select functional skills for older children, adults, or children with very limited skill repertoires or multiple disabilities and develop functional IEPs and ISPs. Improve the effectiveness of their instruction and minimize the occurrence of problem behavior by emphasizing the Essential Eight Skills. Select an alternative method of speaking for nonverbal learners. Measure and document very small increments of learner progress. Track learner progress with respect to functional skills and problem behavior. Track very specific information about supports that learners require and easily transfer this information to new settings or new programs. Teach more effectively using specific, scientifically validated procedures.
Activities: Presentation of material with Keynote Slides; Autism Spectrum Ratings, where participants will be required to answer questions throughout the workshop and exercises where participants will be required to participate in filling out a sample assessment and preparing IEP or ISP objectives.
Audience: Behavior analysts and associate behavior analysts.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
 
Workshop #W59
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Grabbing Ears, Eyes, Minds, and Sometimes Hearts: Building Presentations to Remember
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
102 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Kate Kellum, Ph.D.
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), MICHAEL BORDIERI (University of Mississippi), KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi)
Description: Presenting involves a set of behaviors that most of us are pretty good at in our everyday lives: talking, gesturing, telling a story, connecting with people, breathing, et cetera. Yet, when these behaviors are bundled together in front of an audience things often go awry. Too often presentations are treated as something to get through instead of as an opportunity to make meaningful connections with people in the audience. This workshop will focus on identifying and practicing key behaviors in an effective presenting repertoire with particular attention given to behaviors that actively engage audiences. Specific skills to be covered include but are not limited to designing visually appealing slides, attending to the audience, being psychologically present, organizing content to promote audience engagement, and effectively addressing public speaking anxiety (i.e., avoiding avoidance). Following a brief didactic presentation that models effective presenting behavior, workshop participants will be given multiple opportunities to revise and practice their own ABAI presentations in both small and large groups. Each attendee will receive specific feedback on their presenting behavior from workshop facilitators in a fun and supportive environment.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to: Describe design elements that support the purposes of the presentation and engage the intended audience. Describe and demonstrate behaviors that contribute to presenting well. Assess and revise an upcoming ABAI presentation.
Activities: There will be a brief didactic presentation, then: Participants will identify and practice three specific presenting behaviors that they will engage in during their talk at the convention. Participants will re-design at least one slide for their upcoming talk using the design elements discussed during the workshop. Participants will be asked to identify their worst case presentation scenarios (e.g., technical difficulties, being out of breath, forgetting what to say, etc.). Throughout the workshop participants will be exposed to these scenarios in a safe and supportive enviorment.
Audience: Graduate students and professionals wishing to improve their multimodal presentation skills.
Content Area: Methodology
Instruction Level: Basic
 
Workshop #W61
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Process Mapping and Diagnostic Workshop
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
200 F-G (Convention Center)
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Heather M. McGee, Ph.D.
LORI H. DIENER-LUDWIG (Performance Blueprints, Inc.), HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University)
Description: This workshop will teach participants how to analyze, diagnose, and map critical organizational processes. The method taught in this workshop provides a comprehensive understanding of where to focus improvement efforts for maximum results. Participants will learn how to identify missing or redundant inputs, outputs, and measures, which must be fixed at the critical organizational process level, before drilling down to more detailed levels (e.g., specific processes or job level issues). When workflow is designed and managed well at this level, it will effectively support all subsequent levels.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: Describe the value of process level analyses. Analyze critical organizational processes. Diagnose organizational processes. Build a process map. Identify and prioritize opportunities for process improvement. Assign accountability and deadlines for process improvement efforts.
Activities: In the first part of the workshop, we will work as a group through a case study that provides a walk-through of the analysis process using specialized tools. Participants will have multiple opportunities for practicing identifying good vs. bad examples to ensure each part of the tool and analysis process are well-understood. In the second part of the workshop, participants will work in small groups using a case study provided to conduct an analysis, diagnose a critical organizational process, build a process map, and prioritize performance improvement efforts.
Audience: All individuals who are engaged in improving or managing processes.
Content Area: Methodology
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Process Analysis, Process Improvement, Process Mapping
 
Workshop #W62
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Parent Training and Consultation: Effective Strategies to Increase Buy-in and Compliance of Parents and Caregivers
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
200 H-I (Convention Center)
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Susan E. Henson, M.S.
SUSAN E. HENSON (Addison Behavioral Resources)
Description: We as behaviorists have shown ourselves to be effective at achieving behavior change with consumers, such as children/adolescents with developmental disabilities; however, we may struggle achieving generalization of skills because of challenges with parent compliance and fidelity. How many times have we arrived at a session only to discover the parent or caregiver did not collect data outside of the session or implement the recommended strategies? This workshop will review contingencies with regard to parent/caregiver behavior and will teach strategies to achieve buy-in and compliance by parents/caregivers to achieve long-term change in the consumer's behavior. A potential need for functional analysis of parent behavior also will be discussed.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants should be able to: Identify contingencies (antecedents, consequences, functions, replacement skills, and reinforcers) for parent/caregiver behavior. Identify intervention strategies (preventative and reactive) to use to achieve effective implementation by parents/caregivers.
Activities: A comprehensive teaching style will be used, including but not limited to active verbal discussion, video, and practice activities. Take-home materials, such as tools, checklists, and sample data sheets, will be provided.
Audience: This workshop's target audience includes introductory and intermediate board-certified behavior analysts, other behaviorists, and other professionals who want to increase their skills as related to parent training.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
 
Workshop #W63
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
EthicsLab® 2013: Ethics Games People Play
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
101 J (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jon S. Bailey, Ph.D.
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University), MARY R. BURCH (BaileyBurch Workshops)
Description: In keeping with the theme of testing innovative methods for solving ABA ethics problems, the EthicsLab® 2013 workshop will involve a trial run of team competition strategies for unraveling ethics dilemmas and producing consensus-based solutions. In addition, presenters will continue to refine the use of improv as an assertiveness-training method for preparing professionals for "ambush" questions that come out of nowhere. Finally, presenters will include at least one hour devoted to cases brought by participants. The latter is designed to be primarily a brainstorming, problem-solving session for board-certified behavior analysts and who work in clinical, community, and educational settings.
Learning Objectives: At the completion of the workshop, participants should be able to: Describe and give examples of solutions to ethics cases, which are presented. Discuss alternative solutions for three cases. Describe the challenges of producing ethical solutions for complex cases. Use the guidelines to determine ethical solutions for three cases Outline the major factors that pose a risk to the behavior analyst if the case is not resolved properly.
Activities: Participants will be asked to volunteer to sit on panels to make decisions about ethics dilemmas that are presented. Audience members will then evaluate the decisions and suggest alternatives. Brief training in improv methods will be carried out with volunteers and ambush-type scenarios will be presented for quick responses. Participants will have an opportunity to present cases they are working on in their home setting for discussion by the workshop leaders and the audience.
Audience: This workshop is designed for behavior analysts who have been actively engaged in developing solutions for ethics dilemmas for at least five years. In addition, we welcome those who teach ethics courses in ABA graduate programs. Participants are encouraged to bring any difficult or interesting cases that they are struggling with as well as those where they have found success. We assume attendees are well acquainted with the Guidelines for Responsible Conduct and encourage them to bring a copy of the guidelines to the workshop.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Ethics games, Improv, Solving ethics dilemmas
 
Workshop #W64
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELLED: Teaching and Learning Behavior Analysis Online
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
200 J (Convention Center)
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Dana R. Reinecke, Ph.D.
DANA R. REINECKE (The Sage Colleges), JESSICA S. BENSIMON (Sage Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), MARY KNOWLES (Behavior Analysis, Inc. and Sage University)
Description: This workshop will focus on the use of online education to teach and learn behavior analysis from three perspectives. An outline of the ways in which principles of behavior analysis can uniquely be used in online teaching will be discussed, followed by a review of the existing literature on effective elements in online education. The application of these principles will be examined with regard to course development, course facilitation, and student participation. Specific suggestions within each of these categories will be made for successful integration of ABA principles with online education technology. Data will be presented to support these suggestions. Participants will be provided with a set of task analyses for effectively preparing, teaching, and taking courses in behavior analysis online.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants will be able to: Identify ways in which principles of behavior analysis can be integrated with online technology for effective education. Break behavior analytic course content down into modules that can be presented online effectively. Identify and create a variety of materials for effective online presentation of behavior analysis content. Identify and practice a variety of methods for effective interaction between the online course facilitator and the student. Identify and practice a variety of methods for facilitating student-student interaction in an online course. Identify and practice a variety of methods for providing feedback and shaping behavior analytic behavior via online technology. Identify and practice a variety of ways of assessing learning in online courses. Identify and practice effective student behavior in completing online coursework, including ways to interact with facilitators and other students, staying organized and on-task, and putting course information into practice in clinical situations.
Activities: Participants will practice developing online course materials, including module outlines; lectures, notes, and other materials; assessments, rubrics, and student activities. Participants also will practice responding to samples of student work. Participants will share their practice materials with small groups within the workshop, and individual feedback will be provided by the workshop facilitators.
Audience: Professionals and faculty who are interested in teaching behavior analysis to others via online technology, but who do not have a lot of background in online education. The content will be equally applicable to undergraduate, graduate, and professional development courses.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): online teaching, teaching behavior analysis, technology in teaching
 
Workshop #W65
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Verbal Behavior, Chomsky's Review, and the Naming Account
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
101 D (Convention Center)
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Marleen T. Adema, Ph.D.
MARLEEN T. ADEMA (Dutch Association for Behavior Analysis)
Description: This workshop gives an introduction to B. F. Skinner's view on verbal behavior and its acquisition. His functional approach will be described including the verbal operants he distinguished. These verbal operants (e.g., mand, tact, intraverbal) now have an important role within applied work with children with developmental delays. Skinner's (1957) book Verbal Behavior was heavily criticized by Noam Chomsky (1959) in a lengthy review. Chomsky's critical comments will be discussed, as well as responses by behavior analysts. Chomsky's review was and is seen by some as having defeated Skinner and having terminated all work in the area of verbal behavior. But Skinner's book continues to influence both applied work as well as experimental work. One example of this, is experimental work on naming. Horne and Lowe's (1996) Naming Account will be described and an overview will be given of research that tested this account. Implications of the naming account and naming research with typically developing children for verbal interventions in populations with learning disabilities also will be noted.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: Define verbal behavior. Distinguish Skinner's functional account from the linguists' structural approach to language. Distinguish between the verbal operants. Identify implications of Skinner's account of verbal behavior for applied behavior analysis. Describe the main points of Chomsky's review. Describe the main points of behavior analytic responses to Chomsky. Define the name relation and specify the characteristics of the naming account. Judge whether the naming account has provided any testable predictions. Identify whether the naming account has generated any research, and if so, evaluate whether results are in line with the naming account. Identify possible implications of the naming account for applied behavior analysis.
Activities: Participants will listen to presentations on the topics outlined above, including research data, and take part in discussions of and exercises in the analysis of verbal behavior. Examples of verbal behavior will be provided through video. Precision Teaching methods will be used to measure learning.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for anyone seeking an introduction (or refresher) to Skinner's book Verbal Behavior, Chomsky's review, and naming.
Content Area: Theory
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Chomsky's Review, Skinner's Verbal Behavior, The Naming Account, Verbal Behavior Applications
 
Special Event #7
Closed Meeting: ABAI Affiliate Chapters Training Meeting
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
L100 F-G (Convention Center)
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates)

ABAI training sessions are great opportunities for chapter leaders to gain knowledge and expertise on issues of central importance to their ABAI affiliated chapters. This training is for chapter leaders only. Although the training is free for up to three officers per chapter, advance registration is required. This event is closed; attendance is by invitation only.

Presentations will be made by Eitan Eldar (Israel ABA), Grant Gautreaux (Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association), and Martha Hübner (ABAI International Representative to the Executive Council; ABA of Brazil). Break-out sessions for moderated discussion are planned on "chapter communication and conflict resolution" and "state licensure updates," among other topics.

 
 
Special Event #8
Closed Meeting: Special Interest Group Leadership Training
Saturday, May 25, 2013
9:00 AM–11:00 AM
L100 D-E (Convention Center)
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)

ABAI is pleased to offer a Leadership Training Session for officers of ABAI Special Interest Groups (SIGs) for the purpose of providing strategies for guiding the growth of SIGs and providing services to members and constituents. This training is for SIG leaders only. Although the training is free for up to three officers per SIG, registration is required. This event is closed; attendance is by invitation only.

Presentations will provide information and assistance in setting up and managing useful, low-cost means of SIG communication. Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies representatives will share their experiences leveraging Facebook, a blog, and a listserv to effectively disseminate information to SIG members and nonmembers. Health, Sport, and Fitness SIG members will provide guidance on specific web page technology for the development of websites specific to the needs and interests of members. Presentations will be followed by break-out sessions for moderated discussion on the topics presented.

 
 
Special Event #9
Parents, Professionals, and Students: Welcome to the ABAI Annual Convention
Saturday, May 25, 2013
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
201 A-B (Convention Center)
Chair: Kerry A. Conde (Western New England University)

Parents and other caregivers of individuals with special needs as well as professionals and students are attending the ABAI convention in increasing numbers but may have questions about how to make the most of the experience. Furthermore, an event as large as ABAI may seem overwhelming to newcomers. Parents, professionals, and students who may be attending ABAI for the first time are encouraged to participate in this convention orientation and visit our website. We will provide an overview of ABAI and its convention and highlight the types of events that parents, professionals, and students will encounter.

 
 
Special Event #10
Opening Event and the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Awards Ceremony
Saturday, May 25, 2013
11:30 AM–12:50 PM
Main Auditorium (Convention Center)
Keyword(s): opening event, saba awards
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
 

Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis: Kennon Andy Lattal, Ph.D.

Abstract:

As the defining feature of his professional life since his junior year of college, behavior analysis has imparted many gifts to Dr. Kennon Andy Lattal. These simple gifts cover the breadth of his experiences with the conceptual foundations, empirical database, methods, and people with whom he worked and collaborated with throughout the years. In this brief talk, Dr. Lattal will reflect on some of those experiences and the people responsible for them—how they have shaped his behavior in and out of the classroom and laboratory; what he has learned (and has not learned) as a result of these broad, diverse contacts; and what he would have others take away from his accumulated history of being a researcher, teacher, observer, participant, and fellow traveler with colleagues, students, and many friends in our fine discipline.

 
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University)
 
Dr. Kennon Andy Lattal is Centennial Professor of Psychology at West Virginia University. He received his Ph.D. in psychology from the University of Alabama and joined the WVU faculty in 1972. He has written 140 research articles and chapters on conceptual, experimental, and applied topics in behavior analysis and edited seven books and journal special issues, including the American Psychological Association’s memorial tribute to B. F. Skinner. He has mentored 40 doctoral students and every faculty member of WVU’s Behavior Analysis Program since 1982. He was coordinator of that program from 1982 to 2012. A former president of the Association for Behavioral Analysis International, the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, the American Psychological Association’s Division 25, the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis, Dr. Lattal also served on the oversight and various working committees of these organizations. He has been elected to editorial boards of eight professional journals, and is a former editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. His activities have been acknowledged through several awards, including major teaching awards from WVU, APA’s Division for the Teaching of Psychology, and ABAI. In addition to his named professorship, WVU recognized his scholarly work with its Benedum Distinguished Scholar Award and APA’s Division 25 with its Distinguished Contributions to Basic Research Award. He has taught and conducted research at several U.S. universities and in six other countries, culminating in spending the 2011-12 academic year at Université Charles de Gaulle in Lille, France, as a Fulbright research scholar.  
 

Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis: SEEK Education, Inc.

Abstract:

SEEK Education, Inc. will be represented by Sharon Chien, SEEK founder and chair, as it receives this award. An 8-minute video of SEEK Education’s record will show its dedication and commitment toward advancing the study and training of applied behavior analysis throughout Asia, and to introduce the organizations and the people who have been benefited from the science of ABA through SEEK’s dissemination work and its enthusiasm of learning and applying ABA. Organizations SEEK works with include the Wuhan Hospital, Autism Society of China, Central China ABA Association, Taiwan ABA Association, and Shenzhen Autism Society. SEEK also expresses gratitude and excitement about bringing ABA into its educational system.

 
SHARON CHIEN (SEEK Education, Inc.)
 
 

Award for Scientific Translation: George E. Bigelow, Ph.D., and Maxine L. Stitzer, Ph.D.

Abstract:

Drugs of abuse are powerful positive reinforcers that promote and maintain substantial and often escalating amounts of drug seeking and drug taking behavior. Our pioneering research showed that behavioral principles could be usefully applied to the study and treatment of substance-use problems and that drug-taking behaviors could be readily influenced by appropriate scheduling of consequences. We specifically demonstrated that alternative positive reinforcers, including treatment clinic privileges and cash payments, could be used effectively in an operant conditioning paradigm to compete with powerful drug reinforcers and support drug abstinence versus drug-seeking behaviors. This early translational research has led to a substantial and growing body of work clearly supporting utility of the operant behavior analytic approach to substance-abuse problems. It also has led to development of incentive-based contingency management interventions that can effectively compete with drug reinforcement and that have been widely studied and adopted as an evidence-based treatment intervention.

 
GEORGE E. BIGELOW (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), MAXINE STITZER (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit)
 
George Bigelow, Ph.D., is a professor of behavioral biology at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, where he is director of the Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit, and director of its postdoctoral research training program on the human behavioral pharmacology of substance abuse. After undergraduate training at the University of Maryland, his graduate and postdoctoral training in experimental psychology and psychopharmacology were at the University of Minnesota. Dr. Bigelow’s research has focused on the determinants and consequences of human drug self-administration, and on the use of behavior analysis methods in the study and treatment of substance abuse. His research has included—alcohol, tobacco, heroin, cocaine, and other substances—and has included controlled human laboratory research demonstrating drugs functioning as reinforcers and the controllability of drug self-administration by its consequences, as well as outpatient clinical trials of incentive-based behavior therapies both alone and when integrated with pharmacotherapies. He and Maxine L. Stitzer have worked together for several decades in applying behavior analysis principles and methods to the study and treatment of substance-use problems and to the translation of behavioral principles from the laboratory to broader clinical therapeutic application. 
 
Dr. Maxine Stitzer is a research psychologist and professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit, a nationally recognized drug abuse research laboratory. Her extensive grant-supported research program has focused on both pharmacological and behavioral approaches to the treatment of substance abuse and reflects active research interests in both illicit drug abuse (opiates, stimulants) and tobacco dependence. She has published more than 250 scientific papers, co-edited a book on methadone treatment, served on the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality Smoking Cessation Clinical Guidelines panel, and founded a model psychosocial counseling program at Johns Hopkins for opiate and cocaine users. She currently heads the Mid-Atlantic Node of the National Institute on Drug Abuse Clinical Trials Network (CTN), which conducts research in community clinics on both new and existing treatments and promotes adoption of effective treatments into clinical practice. She is well known for her pioneering work on contingency management approaches in substance-abuse treatment, designed to enhance motivation for positive behavior change and particularly effective for promoting abstinence from drugs. She has been the recipient of numerous federal research grants and several awards for outstanding contributions to behavioral science research.
 

Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions to Behavior Analysis: University of São Paulo Experimental Psychology Graduate Program

Abstract:

The Behavior Analysis Area of the Experimental Psychology Graduate Program of the University of São Paulo in Brazil strives to strengthen the theoretical and experimental research in behavior analysis, train new researchers and teachers, play a role in the training of behavior analysts, promote the participation of students in supervised systematic investigations, and function in the context of multidisciplinary integration with the neurosciences and ethology branches of research in the program. The program was created in 1970 and was approved by the Brazilian Federal Government to operate at the master’s degree level in 1970, and at the doctoral level in 1974. Its creation evolved from Fred Keller’s first visit to Brazil in 1961 after he created the first cohort in Experimental Analysis of Behavior at the university. The program has received support in the form of scholarships for master’s, doctoral, postdoctoral, and research productivity, and project financing from Brazilian FIPSE (CAPES), National Council for the Development of Science (CNPq), National Foundation for Education and Research (FINEP), and São Paulo State Foundation for Research Support (FAPESP). It also was part of the only research group in Brazil in psychology and behavior analysis to receive a national project grant from the National Institute of Science and Technology. Also, the program has received the highest government national grade (7 on a scale of 3-7) for the most recent 3-year evaluation periods. The program faculty collaborates with many foreign institutions and researchers, and has worked on journals such as The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, The Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and The Brazilian Journal of Behavior Analysis as peer reviewers. Faculty members also hold leadership positions in scholarly and service organizations such as ABAI, the Council of Brazilian Society of Psychology, and the Brazilian Association of Psychology.

 
MARTHA HÜBNER (University of São Paulo, Brazil)
 
 

Award for Effective Presentation of Behavior Analysis in the Mass Media: Aubrey Daniels, Ph.D.

Abstract:

Can Behavior Analysis Be “Funalicious?”: It is a myth that if you “build a better mouse trap, the world will beat a path to your door.” Everyone here believes that we have a better way to deal with most of the world’s problems because all of them require, in the beginning, middle or end, someone’s behavior to solve them. With a technology that is able to address the pressing problems of the world you would think that some of us would be inundated with requests to appear on the morning talk shows, Oprah, TED Talks, The Tonight Show, hounded for interviews, and be quoted by bloggers daily. However, that is far from the case. Dr. Aubrey Daniels has said for many years that we have the best kept productivity secret in the world; not that we planned it that way but that is the way it has worked out. The best that we can say is what the Marines say, “We are the proud, the few, the Marines.” Let’s face it. There are almost no marketing people among us. That is certainly our “sweet spot.” By training we expect our results to speak for themselves. They may, but not fast enough to reach Malcolm Gladwell’s The Tipping Point, at least in my lifetime. It is time for us to spread the word about our technology in a way that we will impact many of the daily problems of living that prevent billions of people in the world from living productive and happy lives. It is a noble undertaking worth pursuing. Not that I have all the answers, but I do have a few.

 
AUBREY C. DANIELS (Aubrey Daniels International, Inc.)
 

Aubrey C. Daniels, Ph.D., is the world’s foremost authority on applying the scientifically proven laws of human behavior to the workplace. Daniels helps the world’s leading organizations employ the timeless principles of behavioral science to re-energize the workplace, optimize performance, and achieve lasting results. His management consulting firm, Aubrey Daniels International (ADI), works with business leaders in more than 20 countries to develop management strategies that reinforce critical behaviors vital to their long-term success. Headquartered in Atlanta, GA, the firm was founded in 1978. Daniels is the author of six best-selling books widely recognized as international management classics: Bringing out the Best in People, Performance Management, OOPs!, Other People’s Habits, Measure of a Leader with James E. Daniels, and Safe by Accident? co-authored with Judy Agnew, Ph.D. His books have been translated into Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Spanish and French and have been licensed in China, Singapore, India, Indonesia, Japan, Korea, Romania, and Saudi Arabia. He lives in Tucker, GA, with his wife, Becky. He has two daughters, two grandsons and one granddaughter.

 
Keyword(s): opening event, saba awards
 
 
Panel #11
CE Offered: BACB
iPad Applications and Computer Assisted Instruction
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
102 F (Convention Center)
Area: CSE/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Rebecca Ryan, J.D.
Chair: Rebecca Ryan (Sandbox ABA)
REBECCA RYAN (Sandbox ABA)
WHITNEY CLEMENTS (Treatment and Learning Center for Children with Autism)
JENNIFER CRAWFORD (The Learning Lane)
Abstract:

Most of the students with whom we work own an iPad. This session will teach behavior analysts how to capitalize on iPads functionality as a source of instructional support. Participants will learn how to train and support parents as well as pros and cons of various applications. Finally, participants will learn how to use applications to teach specific skills.

Keyword(s): iPad, instruction, technology
 
 
Special Event #12
SQAB Tutorial: Bringing Pavlov's Science to Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
Auditorium Room 1 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Presenting Authors: : DANIEL GOTTLIEB (Sweet Briar College)
Abstract:

Recent research in Pavlovian conditioning has led to an increasingly expansive view of Pavlovian processes and a growing appreciation for their sophistication. Unfortunately, there has been relatively little progress in applying this knowledge toward the promotion of mental and physical well being. It is clear, however, that Pavlovian processes are important for more than phobias and drug relapse. Their influence extends to a variety of biological systems important for maintaining homeostasis and fighting illness, and they appear to play an important but overlooked role in response allocation. This tutorial will describe a variety of health-relevant Pavlovian phenomena from a contemporary perspective. The discussion will involve a description of the different types of Pavlovian stimuli, the circumstances that establish them, how to identify them, and what is known about the ability to modify them through intervention. Although behavior analysts have had great success in modifying behavior through principles of reinforcement and punishment, it is only when Pavlov's science is also brought into the fold that the full promise of behavioral intervention can be achieved.

 
DANIEL GOTTLIEB (Sweet Briar College)
Daniel Gottlieb, Ph.D., received his B.S. in psychology from Yale University, where he spent time in Allan Wagner’s animal learning laboratory. He received his Ph.D. in psychology from the University of Pennsylvania under the guidance of Robert Rescorla and spent two years as a post-doc in C. R. Gallistel’s laboratory at Rutgers University. He is now an associate professor of psychology at Sweet Briar College, where he studies appetitive conditioning in rats and people. During the course of his career, Dr. Gottlieb has studied learning and decision-making processes in mice, rats, pigeons, rabbits, and people, and has published his work in the Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Behavioural Processes, and Psychological Science. He received APA’s 2006 Young Investigator Award in Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, and Sweet Briar College’s 2007 Connie Burwell White Excellent in Teaching Award. Recent projects include an entry for Pavlovian Conditioning in Springer’s  Encyclopedia of the Sciences of Learning and a book chapter on the Principles of Pavlovian Conditioning for the upcoming Wiley-Blackwell Handbook of Operant and Classical Conditioning. 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #13
CE Offered: BACB

What Do Words Do? How Language Augments Human Cognition and Perception

Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
Ballroom A (Convention Center)
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Anna I. Petursdottir, Ph.D.
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
GARY LUPYAN (University of Wisconsin)
Gary Lupyan, Ph.D. is an assistant professor of psychology at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. He received his Ph.D. from Carnegie Mellon University under the advisorship of Jay McClelland and subsequently completed postdoctoral work at Cornell University and the University of Pennsylvania. He received an early investigator award from the American Psychological Association and a “Rising Star” award from the American Psychological Society. Dr. Lupyan’s primary research interest is understanding the degree to which human cognition and perception depend on or are augmented by language. An additional research program investigates the ways that specific languages evolve to fit the social and ecological environments in which they are learned and used.
Abstract:

This talk will focus on a fundamental property of language: using words to refer to objects in the environment. What consequences does such labeling have on cognitive and perceptual processes? To what extent is “normal” human cognition, actually language-augmented cognition? The talk will review evidence indicating that verbal labels do more than communicate information between individuals, but in fact actively modulate conceptual representations brought online during tasks that seem on their surface to have nothing to do with language. Using words to refer to objects affects the learning of new categories, memory for object details, and reasoning about familiar categories. Disruptions of linguistic processes likewise appear to affect performance on a variety of apparently nonverbal tasks. Strikingly, verbal labels also affect performance on even the most basic visual tasks. Together, the findings point to pervasive effects of language on ongoing cognition and perception.

 
 
Symposium #14
CE Offered: BACB
Using Behavior Analysis to Assess, Change, and Maintain the Behavior of Volunteers and Visitors in an Animal Shelter
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
101 F (Convention Center)
Area: AAB/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Susan G. Friedman (Utah State University)
Discussant: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom)
CE Instructor: Terri M. Bright, M.Ed.
Abstract:

At the Massachusetts Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals, in Boston, MA, over 7,000 homeless animals are taken in every year, about 1,200 of which are dogs. In this "open-admission" Shelter, no animal is turned away, and hundreds of people, in the form of staff, volunteers, and visitors, interact with, care for, walk and train Shelter dogs every month. Behavior analysis allows us to measure appropriate and inappropriate behaviors of humans around dogs, and to shape human behavior to include safe procedures, interactions, and training of homeless dogs to keep the dogs in a manner that will encourage their adjustment to the Shelter environment and increase their chances of adoption. Where and how visitors view dogs available for adoption, how to encourage visitors to keep their fingers out of the kennels will be discussed, and "Safewalk," an Instructional Design curriculum for staff and volunteers, will be discussed.

 

Safewalk: An Instructional Design Curriculum for Changing the Behavior of Humans Who Care for Dogs in Shelters

TERRI M. BRIGHT (Simmons College/MSPCA)
Abstract:

Shelter dogs everywhere are typically cared for by both staff and volunteers. At the Massachusetts Society for Prevention of Cruelty to Animals in Boston, prior to 2009, any member of the public who was over the age of 16 and who attended one orientation could walk any dog that was available for adoption. There was no systematized method of training volunteers or staff to walk unruly, strong, or extremely fearful dogs. Using the Dick and Carey (1996) model of Instructional Design, a curriculum was devised and implemented that created a hierarchical system for volunteers that included training and consistent measurement of attitudinal, intellectual, psychomotor, and verbal domains of behavior. Training was applied for all staff and volunteers consistently for three years. Adoption outcomes and lengths of stay were then compared for dogs for the three years before and after Safewalk. Changes in adoption rates and length of stay for the dogs most at risk were significantly improved, as were other components of Shelter life for dogs and people.

 

The Effects of Crowding and Visitor Presence on Visitors' Behaviors on a Canine Adoption Floor

MIRANDA COURANT-MORGAN (Simmons College)
Abstract:

Multiple studies have examined the behavior of visitors in zoos and museums in an effort to understand what variables affect attendance. However, few studies have looked at the same factors in animal shelters. With about 52 million pet dogs in the United States and about 15 million dogs in animal shelters, this is a relevant issue in modern society. Previous research suggests that crowds in zoos and museums may attract more visitors and that visitors spend more time at interactive rather than passive exhibits. However, other research shows that impaired visibility of exhibits decreases the number of visitors; thus, crowding could discourage rather than facilitate visitor-dog interactions. In a shelter with volunteers on the adoption floor, it is important to determine how best to utilize those volunteers to provide a more positive experience to visitors, who might then adopt an animal or recommend the shelter to a friend. This study took place at an animal shelter with volunteers whose responsibilities included interacting with shelter dogs during open hours. The study examined visitors kennel-approaching behavior in the presence and absence of other people in front of the kennel.

 

Decreasing Fingers-in-Kennel Behavior of Animal Shelter Visitors

STEPHANIE KEESEY (Simmons College)
Abstract:

In Massachusetts, a dog that bites a person is subject to a 10-day quarantine for the purpose of preventing exposure to the rabies virus. A bite that causes no damage from a mouthing puppy is not differentiated from a bite from an adult dog that requires the victim to receive medical attention. Anecdotally, dog bites at animal shelters are often the result of people putting their fingers through the wire kennel runs. The purpose of this study is to determine the effectiveness of four interventions to decrease the fingers-in-kennel behavior of shelter visitors. The first two interventions involved posting different types of signage on the adoption floor telling visitors not to place their fingers in the kennels. A third intervention involved stationing a volunteer at the entrance of the adoption floor to model appropriate interaction with shelter dogs. The fourth intervention included stationing a volunteer at the entrance of the adoption floor telling visitors not to put their fingers in the kennels. All four interventions resulted in a decrease of fingers-in-kennel behavior. The results of this study have important implications for decreasing dog bites in shelters, and support the use of volunteers for mediating public-canine interactions in animal shelters.

 
 
Symposium #15
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Treatment of Challenging Behavior in Young Children With Autism
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
205 C-D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University)
CE Instructor: Mandy J. Rispoli, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this symposium, we present four recent single case studies regarding antecedent interventions for challenging behavior with young children with autism spectrum disorders. The first paper examines how varying ratios of high-probability requests influence differential effects of escape-maintained challenging behaviors, correct responding, and latency of response to subsequently delivered low-probability requests in children with autism during discrete trial training. The second paper investigates the use of pre-session exercise in the treatment of motor stereotypy for a young child with ASD. The third paper compares the use of signaled versus unsignaled delay to reinforcement on tangibly maintained challenging behavior during instruction. Finally, the fourth paper presents a component analysis of differential reinforcement of other behaviors on automatically maintained challenging behavior. All papers will present implications for future research and clinical practice.

Keyword(s): antecedent, autism, challenging behavior, early childhood
 

A Parametric Analysis of the High-Probability Request Sequence

JENNIFER MICHELLE NINCI (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Amy Heath (Easter Seals East Texas)
Abstract:

The high-probability request sequence (HPRS) is an intervention involving both antecedent and consequential components used to increase compliance to subsequently delivered low-probability requests. Previous research has primarily focused on manipulating the response-reinforcer relation in the HPRS, in which a range of 3 to 5 requests within the HPRS has been employed as a constant variable. However, an experimental analysis across varying ratios in the sequence has yet to be demonstrated in the literature. The purpose of this study is to examine if varying ratios of high-probability requests will result in differential effects on escape-maintained challenging behaviors, correctness, and latency of response to subsequently delivered low-probability requests in children with autism during discrete trial training. A multielement and repeated acquisitions design is in use to compare across 3 conditions (0 [control], 2, and 4 high-probability requests). Preliminary results suggest that challenging behaviors were associated with skills in the acquisition phase of learning for participant 1. Data collection for participant 1 was anticipated to be complete by December, andtwo additional participants are anticipated to be included in this study with their data collection completed by May. Implications for practice and future research will be presented.

 

The Effects of Antecedent Exercise on Stereotypy During Instruction

LESLIE NEELY (Texas A&M University), Stephanie Gerow (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Michelle Ninci (Texas A&M University), Fara D. Goodwyn (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

We evaluated the effects of antecedent physical exercise on the stereotypy for two children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Participant engagement in stereotypy was evaluated using a multielement design consisting of three conditions: no presession exercise, brief presession exercise, and presession satiation on exercise. A criterion of three rejections was used as a behavioral indicator of satiation. This study extends previous literature by confirming the automatic function of stereotypy prior to the exercise treatment, experimentally manipulating different intensities of exercise, and using a behavioral indicator for satiation of physical exercise. Implications for practice as well as future research are provided. Data collection will be complete by December 2012.

 

The Efficacy of a Signaled Delay Cue for Decreasing Tangible-Maintained Challenging Behaviors in a Child With Autism

WHITNEY GILLILAND (Texas A&M University), Ee Rea Hong (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

Delayed access to reinforcement has been shown to be effective in decreasing escape maintained challenging behaviors in children with disabilities and in some cases, has let to maintained treatment effects. Previous studies conducted on delay of reinforcement were mainly focused on reducing escape maintained challenging behaviors and those studies took place in structured settings such as in a one-on-one setting. In this current study, we sought to extend the literature base by comparing effects of explicit delay cue of reinforcement (i.e., using Time Timer and explicit statements) to general delay cue of reinforcement (i.e., using general statement and a visual card) in decreasing tangible maintained challenging behaviors of children with autism. Also, by conducting the study in multiple settings, it was anticipated that delay of reinforcement might be effective in decreasing those behaviors across settings. One 4-year old boy with autism participated in this study, and a multiple baseline design across settings including one-on-one setting, art, and play time was used. It is anticipated that a signaled delay cue of reinforcement shows higher effects than general delay cue of reinforcement in decreasing the participants tangible-maintained challenging behavior while increasing an appropriate behavior to take a turn for a preferred item.

 

Comparison of DRO With and Without Self-Monitoring on Challenging Behavior for a Child With ASD

STEPHANIE GEROW (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

The results of this comparison will allow practitioners and teachers to design more effective, research-based self-monitoring and differential reinforcement of other behavior interventions. The study compared two different treatments: DRO alone versus DRO with self-monitoring procedure and their relative effectiveness in decreasing challenging behavior. The study used an ABAC design. One 8-year-old female with autism participated in the study. A functional analysis showed that the behavior was multiply maintained (attention, tangible, and automatic reinforcement). Baseline rates indicated a stable, high rate of challenging behavior (repetitive question asking) and a low rate of appropriate behavior (asking a single question and waiting for a response). Data collection is ongoing.

 
 
Symposium #16
CE Offered: BACB
The Assessment and Treatment of Self-Injurious Behavior Through the Use of Protective Equipment in a Specialized Public School Setting
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
211 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Donn Sottolano (Area Cooperative Educational Services)
Discussant: Thomas J. Zwicker (Easter Seals of Coastal Fairfield County, CT)
CE Instructor: Thomas J. Zwicker, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Public school settings provide unique challenges to behavior analysts in providing science-based assessment and intervention for students with severe behavior disorders. Functional assessments are the most common assessment practice in public schools; however it is possible to utilize functional analysis and hypothesis driven assessments to identify the functional properties of aberrant behavior leading to development of effective interventions. The present series of papers discuss the assessment and treatment effects of the use of protective equipment with students who display self-injurious behaviors. Two students diagnosed with autism with escape maintained self-injurious behaviors were exposed to contingent application of a helmet to reduce their head directed self-injury. A third student diagnosed with autism engaging in self-injurious behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement was exposed to a non-contingent protective equipment fading procedure for head, arm, and leg directed self-injurious behavior. Overall, results suggest that the application of protective equipment, that addresses the functionality of self-injury, can be effective even under conditions in which the school environment does not support scientific fidelity.

Keyword(s): Protecitve Equipment, Public School Setting, Self-injury
 

Assessment and Treatment of Self-Injurious Behavior Through the Use of Contingent Helmet Application With Contingent Removal

LISA TERESHKO (Area Cooperative Educational Services), Gregory Lefebvre (Area Cooperative Educational Services)
Abstract:

Self-injurious behavior can be a dangerous behavior emitted by many individuals with autism. This behavior can be a stigmatizing behavior that can result in an exclusion from peers. An 8-year-old male student diagnosed with autism with a history of head-hitting, self-injurious behavior enrolled in a specialized public school setting participated in the current study. In the past, the student required the use of continuous helmet application procedure throughout his day. A functional analysis was conducted to identify the maintaining variable of his behavior and identified escape as the functional property of the behavior. The purpose of the present study was to use a reversal design to measure the effects of protective equipment versus attempting to physically block the self-injurious behavior. The results of the present study suggest that a contingent helmet application with a contingent removal of is an effective approach to decrease head-hitting, self-injurious behavior and the duration of helmet application.

 

Utilization of an Alternating Treatment Design to Assess and Fade Protective Equipment Use for Self-Injurious Behavior

SHAUNA GIANNUZZI (Area Cooperative Educational Services)
Abstract:

An 11-year-old male student diagnosed with autism, with a history of self-injurious behavior to the head, arms, and legs, who attends a specialized public school participated in the present study. Because of the frequency and intensity of the self-injurious behavior, protective equipment was applied through the use of a helmet and arm pads. The use of continuous protective equipment was stigmatizing in the school setting resulting in a need to fade the protective equipment to a more socially validated form. The purpose of the study was to use an alternating treatment design to measure the effects of noncontingent application of protective equipment versus noncontingent removal of protective equipment, as well as the effects of noncontingent sweatshirt application vs. noncontingent removal of the sweatshirt. Results indicate that a sweatshirt can be utilized as a stimulus substitute for protective equipment allowing the student to present in the public school setting in a more socially acceptable way.

 

Assessment and Treatment of Severe Headbanging Through the Use of Contingent Helmet Application

LAURA HOWK (Area Cooperative Educational Services), Jorge Garcia (Area Cooperative Educational Services)
Abstract:

A 13-year-old female student diagnosed with autism, with a history of aggression and self-injurious behavior in the form of mild to severe head banging, attending a specialized public school program participated in the present study. Because of the frequency and severity of the self-injurious head banging, protective equipment in the form of a helmet was applied through the use of a contingent application and removal program. Severe head banging and frequent aggressions required the student to have an individualized instructional classroom within the ACES school setting, resulting in social isolation of the student. Results indicated that some forms of severe aberrant behavior present school settings and personnel with significant challenges and barriers that require placement in more restrictive, highly specialized settings.

 
 
Symposium #17
CE Offered: BACB
Current Research in the Treatment of Feeding Disorders Among Children With Autism and Related Disorders
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
208 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Henry S. Roane (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University)
Discussant: Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Henry S. Roane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Previous investigations have identified techniques for assessing and treating behaviors associated with pediatric feeding disorders. The current symposium will focus on extensions of previous research, primarily on the application of these methods to the treatment of individuals who display co-morbid autism spectrum disorders and feeding disorders. The first presentation describes the use of an avoidance paradigm for three participants. In this assessment, a low-preference food was treated as an avoidance food and was presented contingent upon non-acceptance (i.e., the children could avoid the food by accepting a bite of the target food). The second presentation involves the use of a choice arrangement in conjunction with differential reinforcement to increase acceptance of targeted foods and decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior. This investigation is noteworthy in that it did not include escape extinction as a treatment component. The final presentation describes a model for increasing age-appropriate feeding skills (e.g., chewing, self feeding) for children with and without developmental disabilities. A case example will be presented to illustrate the application of this model. Finally, Dr. Valerie Volkert will serve as the discussant and will provide a synthesis of these studies within the context of current research in the area of pediatric feeding disorders.

Keyword(s): autism, feeding disorders, treatment
 

Using an Avoidance Procedure to Increase the Consumption of Target Foods With Children of Varying Levels of Developmental Delays

HEATHER KADEY (Upstate Medical University and the Kelberman Center), Janet Diaz (Kelberman Behavior and Feeding Program), Christie McCarthy (Kelberman Behavior and Feeding Program), Jennifer Magnuson (Syracuse University), Casey Knight-Loughrey (Kelberman Behavior and Feeding Program), Henry S. Roane (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Negative reinforcement-based procedures have been shown to be effective in the treatment of feeding disorders. Using an avoidance procedure may be an effective way to motivate a child to consume bites of target foods. If a hierarchy of preference is established among target foods, it is possible to arrange a contingency where the consumption of one target food results in the child to avoiding exposure to a less preferred target food. This concept was demonstrated by Kelley et al. (2003) in that if the child did not consume his drink quickly (within 30 seconds) he was given a bite of nonpreferred food. This procedure resulted in increased consumption of the targeted drinks. The primary purpose of the current study was to extend the findings of Kelley et al. (2003) by using a similar procedure to increase the acceptance and consumption of table texture solids for three children, ages 5, 9 and 14, with varying levels of developmental delays.

 

Effects of a Forced-Choice Procedure as a Treatment for Food Selectivity and Inappropriate Mealtime Behaviors Demonstrated by a Child With Autism

ALISON M. BETZ (Florida Institute of Technology), Andrew Morgan (Florida Institute of Technology), Jeanine Tanz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

It has been reported that as many as 70% of children with autism are described as selective eaters (Twachtman-Reilly, Amaral, & Zebrowski, 2008). Escape extinction (EE) is one behavioral strategy that has been shown to be an effective procedure for increasing acceptance and variety of foods consumed by children with autism (Volkert & Vaz, 2010). Although effective, EE may also have adverse side effects that may prevent its use in applied settings. Moreover, because the use of EE during feeding interventions often includes nonremoval of the spoon, it may not be feasible with older individuals that are aggressive. However, little research has focused on intervention for food selectivity that do not include EE. Thus, the purpose of this study was to evaluate a treatment for food selectivity that did not include EE. Specifically, we evaluated a forced-choice procedure in combination with differential reinforcement for increasing acceptance of foods previously not accepted. Results of the forced-choice procedure showed an increase in acceptance of foods previously not accepted. Further results showed a decrease in inappropriate mealtime behaviors to near zero levels. Future research and clinical implications are discussed.

 

A Model for Increasing Chewing Skills and Progressing to Age-Typical Eating

KATHRYN M. PETERSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jennifer M. Kozisek (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jason R. Zeleny (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Typically eating children naturally develop skills to consume higher-textured (table) foods and often independently initiate self-feeding (Vaz, Volkert, & Piazza, 2011). However, this progression to age-typical eating does not always occur in the absence of treatment among children with feeding disorders (Piazza, 2008). When attempting to advance texture, many children with feeding difficulties swallow the food without chewing, expel or pocket the food, or mash the food with their tongues. The ultimate goal is to progress a child with a feeding disorder to self-feed age-appropriate portions of table food. Consumption of higher textures and self-feeding, however, involve complex skills (e.g., chewing, tongue lateralization, fine and gross motor coordination) and require greater response effort. Children with feeding disorders often lack the skills or motivation necessary to achieve these goals independently. We have developed a model that incorporates strategies to teach each aspect of this progression to age-typical eating (e.g., development of chewing and self-feeding skills, followed by advancement to portion-based meals). We will present this model and provide a case review of one childs progression from increasing basic chewing skills to consuming age-appropriate portion-based meals.

 
 
Symposium #18
CE Offered: BACB
Comprehensive Treatment for Individuals With Autism: the Individual, the Parent, and the School
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
208 C-D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership)
Discussant: Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership)
CE Instructor: Ronald Leaf, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A diagnosis of an Autism spectrum disorder means impairments in language, play, cognitive capabilities, social behavior, and overall adaptive functioning. These impairments can lead to a child falling further and further behind their peers as they grow older. Thus, comprehensive treatment must be implemented to help improve the overall quality of life for individuals with autism. The intervention that has the strongest body of empirical support demonstrating efficacy for improving the overall quality of life and functioning for children diagnosed with autism is intervention based upon the principals of Applied Behavior Analysis. In order for an individual to reach their fullest potential, behavioral intervention needs to target not only the individual but also the environment in which the individual is a part of. This symposium will present three papers that implemented various behavioral interventions. The first paper applied a self-monitoring procedure to help individuals with autism succeed in their community. The second paper evaluated a behavioral coaching procedure for parents of children with autism. The third paper evaluated a private self-funded school providing behavioral intervention to individuals with ASD. Results of the three studies, as well as recommendations for clinicians, parents, and future researchers, will be discussed throughout the symposium.

Keyword(s): parent training, school intervention, self-monitoring
 

Teaching Community Skills to Individuals With Autism Using Self-Management

YVONNE CHEUNG (St. Cloud State University and Autism Partnership Hong Kong), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership and Great Strides Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract:

Today a variety of behavioral interventions are implemented to individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. One of these procedures is self-management. Self-management is shown effective in increasing a variety of appropriate behaviors of individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The current study investigated the efficacy of a self-management treatment package to teach community skills to students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. The package included self-selection of reinforcers and self-monitoring of the engagement of each step of a chain of behaviors using an activity schedule on an iPhone. Results showed that the self-management package was effective in teaching the participants the target community skill of purchasing a bakery item. The participants generalized the skill across settings. They also maintained the skills after the withdrawal of the schedule and during follow-up. Additionally, various social validity measures conducted by independent reviewers showed that a positive change was made for all participants. Clinical implications will be discussed throughout the presentation as well as areas for future research.

 

Creating Communities of Reinforcement for Parents of Children With Autism: The Effects of a Group Parent Coaching Package

BRITTANY VAUGHN (University of North Texas), Amber Wiles (University of North Texas), Donna Townley-Cochran (University of North Texas), Jacqueline R. Baker (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Effective support for parents is an integral part of a treatment program for children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Most parent training is conducted one-on-one, group approaches have not been fully explored. With a group approach to parent coaching a natural community of reinforcement between the parents can be established. The purpose of this study was to determine the effects of a group coaching approach on a) parent skills, confidence, and affect; b) child skills, interest and affect; and c) parent report of satisfaction and efficacy. The coaching package was designed to develop a natural community of reinforcement for the parents so that once experimental intervention was removed the parent group would continue to support the behaviors taught during the parent training. This experimental intervention involved four group sessions (topic presentations, discussion, video sharing and problem solving) and three individual in-vivo coaching sessions regarding specific child skill development. The measures were both quantitative and qualitative. Direct measures included a skills checklist, child target behaviors, child and parent affect, and parent confidence and stress. Parent satisfaction interviews were conducted and analyzed using phenomenological methods. Results from five parent-child dyads indicated an overall improvement in all measures, reports, and follow-up.

 

A Description and Evaluation of a Behaviorally Oriented School for Individuals With Autism

TOBY MOUNTJOY (Autism Partnership Hong Kong), Angel Au (Autism Partnership Hong Kong), Kathleen Mann (Autism Partnership Hong Kong), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership and Great Strides Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract:

It is currently estimated that one in every 88 children will receive a diagnosis of autism. Autism is marked by qualitative impairments in language, social behavior, and restrictive and repetitive behaviors, which can lower the overall quality of life for individuals with autism. In order to ensure that individuals reach their fullest potential, they must receive behavioral intervention in the home, community, and school. This paper will describe an international, private, behaviorally orientated school, located in Hong Kong, which provides only behavioral interventions to individuals with autism. The symposium will present information about the students who attended the school in the 2011 to 2012 school year, the training and supervision of teachers, the various classrooms, the unique curriculum taught to the students, and the various behavioral interventions implemented throughout the school year. Additionally, we will provide some preliminary results of the students' progress both on an individual level and on a school level. In addition, we will provide data on parents' satisfaction with the school, the procedures implemented, and the progress made by their child. Recommendations to teachers, clinicians, consultants, future researchers, and parents will be discussed throughout the entire symposium.

 
 
Symposium #19
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Autism Treatment Programs
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
205 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Dana Cihelkova (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Betty Fry Williams (Whitworth University)
CE Instructor: Daniel E. Hursh, Ph.D.
Abstract: The costs of treating individuals with autism are immense. Therefore, evaluating autism treatment programs is a means for identifying ways to reduce those costs by developing effective and efficient ways to habilitate persons with autism. The evaluation of treatment programs for persons with autism requires careful monitoring of the outcomes for individuals but also for entire programs. Discrete Trials Training has been demonstrated to produce learning gains for individuals with autism. The Competent Learner Model has also been demonstrated to produce gains for individuals with autism. This symposium provides examples of the evaluation of outcomes for individuals participating in a Discrete Trials Training clinic and students served by The Vista School implementing the Competent Learner Model. The Symposium also discusses the use of single case research to identify effective treatments for individuals and systematically replicate the treatments to isolate the features essential to effectiveness. This process can lead to sets of practices that together form effective treatment programs.
Keyword(s): Autism Treatment Programs, Competent Learner Model, Discrete Trials Training, Program Evaluation
 

An Example of Discrete Trials Training Outcomes From the WVU Autism Clinic

EMILY MORRIS (The Center for Excellence in Disabilities at West Virginia University), Susannah Poe (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this presentation is to demonstrate the effectiveness of discrete-trials training (DTT) for young children with autism by presenting clinical data from the intensive Autism Service Delivery Clinic in Morgantown, WV. Skill acquisition data from three clients younger than 6, all with diagnoses of autism will be presented. Clients to participate spend between 12 and 18 hours a week at the clinic. About 66% of their time in the clinic is spent engaged in DTT programming. Additional time is splitamong recreational activities, group instruction, and more naturalistic training strategies. Data will include intake assessments (either the ABLLS or VB-MAPS) and follow up data at 6-12 months after the start of the intervention. The same assessment used at intake will be used during the follow up assessments. In addition, cumulative records of mastered skills will be presented for each client. Only skills acquired using a DTT format will be included in the cumulative records. Clinical implications including comparisons of DTT to alternative instructional methods (verbal approach and Competent Learner Model) will be discussed.

 

The Impact of the Competent Learner Model at the Vista School

KIRSTEN K. YURICH (The Vista School), Dana Cihelkova (West Virginia University), Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University), Krina Durica (The Vista School), Emily Strausbaugh (The Vista School), Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the impact of the Competent Learner Model (CLM) on the development of children with autism spectrum disorders. The main objective of the CLM is to assist teachers and/or parents while they endeavor to establish learner repertoires that facilitate students' successful involvement in their home and/or school environments. The CLM is fully implemented at the Vista school. The study measured changes in the children's behavior from their initial enrollment at the school until two years later using the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales, Second Edition, The Gilliam Autism Rating Scale, and the Preschool Language Scale. The incorporation of the CLM curriculum led to significant improvement in students' adaptive behavior, personal, school community, interpersonal, play and leisure, coping, socialization, auditory comprehension, and expressive language skills. The CLM was especially successful in development of expressive language and auditory comprehension as measured by the Preschool Language Scale and in development of socialization as measured by Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales, Second Edition. Expressive language and auditory comprehension had a large effect size (r = 0.7) and socialization had a moderately large effect size (r = 0.6) indicating the statistical and practical importance of the changes in the children's behavior.

 

Using Single-Case Research to Evaluate Autism Treatment Programs

DANIEL E. HURSH (West Virginia University), Dana Cihelkova (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Single-case research designs have been the hallmark of the means by which applied behavior analysis has demonstrated the impact of behavior-analysis-based interventions on socially important human behavior. Persons with autism were among the first to be treated by behavior-analysis-based interventions. The effects of these interventions were demonstrated using single-case research designs. The growth of the incidence of autism spectrum disorders has provided many more opportunities for applied behavior analysis to demonstrate its usefulness. Most of these demonstrations employed single-case research designs. The use of systematic replications is a single case research tactic that serves as a means for isolating the features of interventions essential for treatment effectiveness. The incorporation of single-case research designs into the evaluation of autism treatment programs has provided the means to move from isolated interventions to sets of interventions that have become the applied behavior analysis based autism treatment programs.

 
 
Symposium #20
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analytic Approaches to Physical Activity
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
102 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: J. Philip Erb Jr. (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This eclectic symposium will include four talks on behavior analytic approaches to physical activity. The topics to be addressed include a functional analysis of exercise-promoting variables, the use of preference assessments to elucidate exergame preferences, and the preliminary efficacy of contingency-management interventions to increase physical activity among adults. Dr. Matthew Normand’s talk will discuss the results of a functional analysis to investigate the effects of several consequent variables on moderate-to-vigorous intensity physical activity (MVPA) in children. Dr. Raymond Miltenberger will evaluate the utility of various methods for assessing students’ preferences for exergames. Dr. Wendy Donlin will discuss the effectiveness of a prize-based contingency-management intervention to increase physical activity among adults. Finally, Allison Kurti, M.S., will discuss the feasibility, acceptability, and the preliminary efficacy of a web-based, contingency-management intervention to increase walking in sedentary adults.

Keyword(s): contingency-management, exercise, exergame preferences, MVPA
 

A Functional Analysis of Moderate-to-Vigorous Physical Activity in Young Children

TRACY A. LARSON (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Allison J. Morley (Syracuse University), Bryon G. Miller (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

Physical inactivity is one of the leading causes of death in the United States. Prevalence rates of overweight and obesity continue to climb and threaten the health and well being of about 30% of children. Although physical activity can reduce the risk of obesity and other health complications, estimates show that children are largely sedentary. Behavioral interventions targeting physical activity have been implemented to increase physically active behaviors, however, the function of physical activity was not established, possibly contributing to the poor maintenance of such interventions. The purpose of the current study was to conduct a functional analysis to investigate the effects of several consequent variables on moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA). The level of MVPA exhibited by four pre-school children was observed in four conditions: alone, attention contingent on MVPA, adult interaction contingent on MVPA, and escape from task demands contingent on MVPA. These four conditions were compared to a naturalistic baseline and to a control condition. Overall, the results indicate that the children were most active when interactive play was contingent on MVPA. Such information might be used to arrange social environments that encourage physical activity, especially MVPA, and these arrangements can be tailored to the individual child.

 

Evaluation of Preference for Exergames Among Elementary Students

CHRISTIE CACIOPPO (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Victoria Fogel (University of South Florida), Lisa Witherspoon (University of South Florida), Steven Sanders (University of South Florida), Jillian Donohue (University of South Florida), Holly Downs (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Exergaming has been shown to increase physical activity over standard PE classes with elementary students. The purpose of this study was to evaluate methods for assessing students’ preferences for exergames because the use of the most preferred exergames is likely to result in the most physical activity. The study evaluated a paired choice preference assessment, a rank order procedure, and social validity surveys to determine the preference order of six exergames for six elementary students and measured heart rates as the children played the six exergames. The results of this study show that preference varied across children and across the different assessment methods. The rank order procedure was significantly correlated with the paired choice assessment. On the other hand, the social validity survey was not significantly correlated with the paired choice assessment. Implications for increasing physical activity in children are discussed.

 

Prize Bowl Reinforcement for Increasing Stepping in Healthy Adults

AMANDA L. GIBSON (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina at Wilmington)
Abstract:

Most American adults would not be classified as "physically active," according to Centers for Disease Control and Prevention guidelines (2010). Contingency management interventions have been used to target physical activity with mixed effects. Some adults respond to contingency-based interventions (responders), while others are insensitive (nonresponders). In a multiple baseline across participants contingency management study in our lab, 15 healthy adults wore a Fitbit® pedometer for six weeks and earned prize draws for reaching a daily step criterion based upon a percentile schedule of reinforcement. We compared the structural features of activity between responders and nonresponders. Changes in walking structure appeared to be mostly a function of increases in total active minutes per day during the intervention phase. Additionally, a log-survivor analysis of inter-step intervals revealed that subjects could meet criterion by increasing the average length of bouts, frequency of bouts, or rate of stepping within a bout. This analysis informs how specific features of baseline activity levels can be used to tailor interventions to increase physical activity.

 

Preliminary Efficacy of a Web-Based, Contingency Management Intervention to Increase Walking in Sedentary Adults

ALLISON KURTI (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract:

A majority of adults fail to obtain the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's recommended amount of physical activity, and have an increased risk of developing health problems (e.g., heart disease, hypertension, Type II diabetes). The present study used a web-based, contingency management (CM) intervention to increase walking (measured in steps by the Fitbit®) in sedentary adults 50-plus years of age (N=6). A changing criterion design was used, in which participants received financial consequences for meeting a gradually increasing series of step goals on a minimum ofthree days during consecutive, five-day blocks. Results showed that study adherence was high, participants rated the intervention favorably on a treatment acceptability questionnaire, and all participants substantially increased their steps over the course of the study according to experimenter-arranged criteria. These results support the feasibility, acceptability, and preliminary efficacy of a web-based, CM intervention to increase walking in sedentary adults.

 
 
Symposium #21
Contextual Behavioral Science and Specific Psychological Challenges
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
102 D-E (Convention Center)
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Chad E. Drake (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Discussant: Thomas J. Waltz (VA Ctr for Mental Healthcare and Outcomes Research)
Abstract:

Clinical behavior analysis has a long history of developing successful applications of behavior analysis for complex psychological difficulties. Recently, many of these developments have taken place within Contextual Behavioral Science (CBS). Contextual Behavioral Science emerged recently as a specific approach to clinical behavior analysis defined by functional contextual philosophy. CBS is aimed at developing clinical interventions nested in basic science and aimed at maximizing the potential for reducing human suffering. This has resulted in the development of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and the underlying basic analysis of human cognition, Relational Frame Theory (RFT). ACT and RFT have been effectively applied to a range of psychological difficulties to facilitate significant behavior change. The papers in this symposium will review the basic, analog, efficacy, and process research on RFT and ACT to understanding and intervening on difficulties associated with autism, anxiety, and psychosis. Implications for future developments will also be discussed.

 

Language Interventions Based on Relational Frame Theory for Learners With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities

Clarissa S. Barnes (Southern Illinois University), ANGELICA A. AGUIRRE (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

Traditional behavior analytic interventions for learners with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) have been well documented. However, some of the more traditional behavior analytic interventions for learners with ASD have been criticized for not establishing flexible generative repertoires (see Alessi, 1987; Smith, 2001). Similarly, traditional behavior analysis has been criticized for failing to make meaningful progress in the experimental analysis of complex human behaviors such as language and cognition (Vilardaga, Hayes, & Levin, 2009). These criticisms can be addressed through work being done from a contextual behavior science (CBS) approach. From a CBS approach, behavior analysts are working to develop an account of complex human behavior that can be predicted and influenced with precision, scope, and depth. To date, the results of these efforts with respect to interventions for individuals with ASD have been promising. The research reflecting the synthesis of Skinners (1957) verbal operants and Relational Frame Theory (RFT) to establish basic language skills will be discussed. Research documenting interventions focusing on more complex repertoires, such as perspective taking, will also be highlighted.

 

Anxiety, Behavior, Context: A CBS Approach to Being Nervous and Verbal

CHAD E. DRAKE (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

Contextual Behavioral Science (CBS) embraces much of the traditional sensibilities of behavior analysis, regarding behavioral phenomena strictly in respect to function and context. However, Relational Frame Theory offers a contemporary approach to verbal behavior that provides some minor but noteworthy differences from more mainstream approaches to the analysis of complex behavior. A potentially useful example for illustrating those differences is with clinically significant levels of anxiety. Traditional approaches to anxiety disorders often emphasize the use of exposure with an intent to reduce anxiety and escape from anxiety-provoking environments. With a CBS approach, the possible role of relational conditioning in the development and maintenance of anxiety problems leads to treatment strategies that may include exposure but also involves interventions that diverge from exposure as it is typically conceptualized and conducted. These contemporary strategies will be illustrated with examples and discussed in respect to a growing body of empirical support for their implementation with anxious populations.

 

A Contextual Behavioral Approach to Understanding, Assessing and Treating Psychotic Behaviors

SUNNI PRIMEAUX (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Matthieu Villatte (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

The aim of this paper is to review the past and current research about psychosis in Contextual Behavioral Science (CBS). Relational Frame Theory (RFT) a branch of CBS focuses on verbal behavior to address issues linked to language and cognition. RFT research on psychosis has given rise to a number of empirical data on the topic of Theory of Mind impairments (approached in RFT as deficits in deictic relational responding). Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is a psychotherapy model stemming from RFT which aims to reduce problematic behaviors such as experiential avoidance and to build new patterns of actions directed toward valued living. Brief exposure to ACT has proven to reduce rehospitilization rates and symptoms of patients experiencing psychosis. Data collected through measures of psychological flexibility and experiential avoidance, such as the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-II and the Voices Acceptance and Action Scale, have been useful in predicting paranoia. Further research in these areas is encouraged in order to expand successful treatments for this population.

 
 
Panel #22
CE Offered: BACB
Ethics and Cultural Diversity in the Field of Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
102 A (Convention Center)
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Hughes Fong, M.A.
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts)
RICHARD W. SERNA (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
JENNIFER A. WADE (Temple University)
MATTHEW TINCANI (Temple University)
DOUGLAS B. PETERSEN (University of Wyoming)
Abstract:

Due to the increasing heterogeneous population that Behavior Analysts are serving, it is important to gain competence in meeting the needs of diverse populations. The United States Census bureau projects there will be significant increases in racial and ethnic diversity over the next four decades, in part due to international migration (Guarneri & Ortman, 2009). Paralleling this growth, behavior analysts will be called to serve an increasingly heterogeneous population. Recognizing the internationalization of behavior analytic studies and services the Association for Behavior Analysis International, moreover, has a diversity policy: (it) seeks to be an organization comprised of people of different ages, races, nationalities, ethnic groups, sexual orientations, genders, classes, religions, abilities, and educational levels. This panel will meet and discuss the need to develop cultural competencies in the field of Behavior Analysis. Participant will have the opportunity to address the gap in the BACB ethics guidelines to address cultural diversity, and explore ways to better accommodate the diversity policy of ABAI including the establishment of standard of cultural competencies.

Keyword(s): diversity, ethics, multicultural
 
 
Symposium #23
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of the Use of the Standard Celeration Chart to Solve Unique Problems
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
202 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marlene J. Cohen (Possibilities Consulting, LLC)
Discussant: Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Pennsylvania State University)
CE Instructor: Marlene J. Cohen, Ed.D.
Abstract:

The Standard Celeration Chart is not widely used in the field of applied behavior analysis. However, the use of the Standard Celeration Chart allows for unique analysis of human behavior. Using the Standard Celeration Chart makes two critical elements apparent. First, behavior grows by multiplying, not by adding. Secondly, the chart makes us look at not only the frequency of a persons performance, but also at the growth of learning across time, (i.e., the celeration) (Calkin 2005). This symposium will focus on the use of the SCC to address three unique problems in individuals with developmental disabilities. Each presentation will review and discuss these problems and how the SCC allowed for analyses that lead to solving these problems.

Keyword(s): Standard Celeration Charting
 

The Use of the Standard Celeration Chart to Assess Preferences in a Non-Verbal Student With Developmental Disabilities

TROY WELKER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

A 12 year-old student with multiple disabilities presented with no meaningful form of communication. Although he did engage in vocalizations, there was no known way communicating needs or wants. This presented a significant problem in being able to assess reinforcer preferences as the student had no way of clearly indicating those preferences. To address this problem, a Standard Celeration Chart was used to chart the frequency of vocalizations under three reinforcement conditions: attention, edibles, and manipulatives. In each condition, vocalizations led to access to one of each category of reinforcement. A clear differentiated pattern was shown in the attention condition. The results and subsequent programming changes will be discussed.

 

The Use of Fluency-Based Instruction on the Eating Skills of a Student With Developmental Disabilities and Multiple Sensory Impairments

HEATHER POTTER (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

An 11 year-old student with multiple sensory impairments was resistant to instruction of eating with utensils. A baseline was performed for the fine motor component skills of grasp/place/release resulting in a rate that was below competent performance as measured by established performance aims (Kubina 2002). Fluency instruction was initiated for grasp/place/release. Spontaneous use of utensils began after instruction for a period of time. The results of fluency instruction and the effect on the composite behavior of using a utensil to eat will be discussed.

 

Fluency-Based Instruction of the Gross Motor Skill of Free Walk on Motor Hesitation of an Adult With Developmental Disabilities

MARLENE J. COHEN (Possibilities Consulting, LLC)
Abstract:

An adult with developmental disabilities was referred for a functional assessment due to the problem behavior of motor hesitation. This individual would be provided with an instruction to initiate an action (e.g. eat, transition to another area, exit or enter the van), which resulted in his repeatedly starting and stopping the action before being able to complete the request. The primary function of the behavior was determined to be attention seeking with a secondary function of automatic reinforcement possibly related to his diagnosis of anxiety disorder. Fluency instruction for the gross motor skill of free walk was initiated. The results of fluency instruction and the application of this instruction to non-training environments will be detailed.

 
 
Symposium #24
An Examination of the Preferences of Children With Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
200 F-G (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew L. Johnson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Discussant: Joel Eric Ringdahl (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

When teaching a child with developmental disabilities, it is imperative that effective reinforcers are identified. If effective reinforcers are not identified, the program will not be successful in changing the client's behavior. A procedure commonly used to identify potential reinforcers is a preference assessment. Preference assessments have also been used to identify preferred tasks and teaching methods in order to decrease non-compliance. This symposium will examine three different aspects of preference assessments. First, the efficacy of three different formats of the multiple stimulus without replacement procedure (MSWO) at identifying reinforcers for children with developmental disabilities will be examined. Second, children with autisms' preference for various prompting procedures will be examined in order to promote efficient and preferred teaching methods. Finally, children with developmental disabilities' preference for a frequent small reinforcer versus a larger infrequent reinforcer will be examined. All of these topics will contribute to the research on preference assessments in order to promote efficient and effective methods of teaching children with developmental disabilities.

Keyword(s): Disabilities, Preference, Prompting, Reinforcement
 

An Examination of the Extent Access to Stimuli During Pictorial Preference Assessments Determines Reinforcer Efficacy

ALLIE MARIE HENSEL (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Kyle Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

While preference assessments are effective at identifying potential reinforcers, they consume large amounts of time and resources. Multiple variations have been developed in order to save time and money when conducting assessments such as brief versions of the assessments, verbal assessments, and pictorial assessments. The purpose of this study was to examine the efficacy of three different MSWO procedures at identifying reinforcers for four children with developmental disabilities. The procedures examined included a tangible MSWO procedure which provided access to the edibles (TA), a pictorial MSWO procedure which provided access to the edibles (PA), and a pictorial MSWO procedure which did not provide access to edibles (PWA). After hierarchies from all three assessments were identified, a reinforcer assessment was conducted to determine the efficacy of highly preferred stimuli. Data presented in Figure 1 indicate that all three assessments identified different edibles as highly, moderately, and less preferred. Further, the edible selected as highly preferred in the PA procedure was a more effective reinforcer than edibles selected in the TA and PWA procedures (Figure 2). The results of this study will determine whether a more efficient MSWO assessment will yield the same results as previously developed procedures.

 

Investigating the Preference for and Effectiveness of Simultaneous Prompting and Constant Prompt Delay Procedures

KEVIN P. KLATT (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Ashley Niebauer (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract:

This study focuses on determining whether children diagnosed with autism demonstrate a consistent preference between two prompting procedures (simultaneous prompting or constant prompt delay) and whether either procedure results in higher skill acquisition for participants. Many young children with autism lack the ability to communicate to therapists; therefore, it is difficult for therapists to evaluate the types of teaching procedures the children may prefer. The findings of this study will shed light on how treatment components can be guided by clients despite their lack of ability to communicate. An alternating treatments design is used to evaluate effectiveness and efficiency of the two prompting procedures. A concurrent chains procedure is used to determine what the preferences for the two prompting procedures are for six participants ranging in age from three to nine years old. The terminal goal of the study is to discover the most preferred, efficient, and errorless prompting procedure.

 

Preference of Reinforcement Rate and Sub-optimal Decision Making

KYLE ROWSEY (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Allie Marie Hensel (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Research with pigeons has indicated that when given a choice between a discriminative stimulus and nondiscriminative stimulus, the pigeon will select the discriminative stimuli even when it results in less reinforcement. The current study sought to investigate whether individuals with and without developmental disabilities would engage in sub-optimal choices when given a choice between a discriminative and nondisciriminative stimulus. Participants were asked to choose between two buttons on a computer screen. Choices on the left button resulted in either a blue or green light. The blue light resulted in reinforcement 0% of the time and the green light resulted in reinforcement 100% of the time, however the green light only appeared for 20% of the times that the left button was selected (the left button resulted in reinforcement 20% of the time overall). Choices on the right button resulted in either a red or yellow light. Both the red and yellow light were reinforced on 50% of the occasions they came up and each occurred 50% of the time (the right button resulted in 50% reinforcement overall). Results indicate that people with disabilities do not regularly prefer the lesser reinforcement, instead selecting both sides at nearly the exact same frequency

 
 
Symposium #25
CE Offered: BACB
Using Technology to Increase Social, Academic, and Play Skills for Students With Learning Difficulties
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
201 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College)
Discussant: Paul Argott (EPIC School)
CE Instructor: Sharon A. Reeve, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The use of technology for interventions involving skill acquisition has been demonstrated to be promising for students across a wide range of learning difficulties. As technology advances, it is important to investigate effective applications to teach a variety of skills to students in more efficient ways. This symposium will review three different applications of technology to increase social, academic, and play skills. In the first study, the effects of culturally responsive, computer-based social skills instruction on the social skill acquisition and generalization of urban sixth graders with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD) was examined. In the second presentation, a keyboarding instruction program and self-graphing were used to improve the keyboarding skills of six students with intellectual and developmental disabilities in a postsecondary program at a state university. In the third study, a treatment package consisting of video modeling, prompting, reinforcement, and multiple exemplar training was used to teach a generalized repertoire of play skills to four children with autism. Collectively, these three studies showed effective uses of technology in teaching a variety of meaningful skills.

Keyword(s): academic skills, applied research, social/play skills, technology
 

Culturally Responsive Computer-Based Social Instruction for Urban Adolescents With Emotional and Behavioral Disorders

PORSHA ROBINSON-ERVIN (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

This study examined the effects of culturally responsive, computer-based social skills instruction on the social skill acquisition and generalization of urban sixth graders with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD). Six students received the social skills intervention three to four times a week for approximately 3 to 7 weeks. A multiple-probe across participants design was used in this study. This design allowed the experimenter to note the effects of the social skills intervention on the participants ability to follow adult directions. The dependent variables included: following adult directions, participation, and entering conversations appropriately. Pre- and post-test measures were given to determine the effects of the social skills intervention on each participants overall ability to learn information pertaining to the social skill of following adult directions. Results revealed that culturally responsive, computer-based social skills instruction was effective at increasing the participants ability to follow adult directions, participate in classroom activities, and enter conversations appropriately. Generalization results were modest for four participants but two students demonstrated increasing trends across experimental conditions for the dependent measures. Overall, these results support the use of culturally responsive, computer-based social skills instruction for urban adolescents with emotional and behavioral disorders.

 

Effects of Self-Graphing and Keyboarding Instruction on the Typing Speed of Young Adults With Disabilities

JENNIFER MARIE CULLEN (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Evette A. Simmons-Reed (Nisonger Center)
Abstract:

Self-graphing, a form of self-management, and a keyboarding instruction program were used to improve the keyboarding skills of six students with intellectual and developmental disabilities in a postsecondary program at a state university. Specifically, students graphed their corrected words typed per minute in an online typing test and their correctly spelled words per minute of self generated essays in a Word document. The keyboarding instruction program consisted of a keyboard cover that prevented viewing the keyboard letters and a free online keyboarding instruction program that systematically teaches keyboarding. A multiple baseline design across participants design was used with two tiers of three participants. The first tier consisted of novice keyboarders who had not received keyboarding instruction in high school and typed an average of 10 or less words per minute.in baseline. The second tier consisted of experienced keyboarders who had received keyboarding instruction in high school and typed an average of 25 or more words per minute in baseline. A multiple baseline across participants design demonstrated that self-graphing and keyboarding instruction was functionally related to an increase in corrected words typed per minute by both novice and experienced keyboarders with intellectual and developmental disabilities.

 

Using Video Modeling, Multiple Exemplar Training, Prompts, and Reinforcement to Establish a Generalized Repertoire of Play Skills in Children With Autism

SHARON A. REEVE (Caldwell College), Nicole Moinhos (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

A multiple probe across participants design was used to assess the effectiveness of a treatment package consisting of video modeling shown via an iPad, prompting, reinforcement, and multiple exemplar training to teach a generalized repertoire of play skills to four children with autism. Each child was taught nine play sets that corresponded to three different toy categories. Generalization probes were conducted on a novel toy category (across toy categories) and on a novel play set from each toy category (within toy categories). Results demonstrated that appropriate play actions and verbal statements increased once the treatment package was introduced for both trained and novel play sets. In addition, unscripted and novel play actions and verbal statements increased as a result of the treatment package. Lastly, appropriate play skills maintained at the one-week, two-week, and one-month follow-ups. Social validity measures showed that the treatment goals, procedures, and outcomes were socially accepted by professionals, teachers, and college students. Results added to previous research by demonstrating that a treatment package consisting of video modeling, prompting, reinforcement, and multiple exemplar training taught children with autism a generalized repertoire of play skills across play sets.

 
 
Symposium #26
Matching Academic Intervention to Results of Experimental Analysis: Principles, Theories, and Procedures
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
M100 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Stephanie Snidarich (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Edward J. Daly III (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Abstract:

When a student is not successful, the behavioral approach involves identifying environmental variables that, when altered, result in improved academic performance. Similar to functional analysis of problem behavior, experimental analysis of academic performance is designed to identify variables that are functionally related to academic performance and then incorporate the relevant variables into intervention. Three papers will be presented in this symposium, each demonstrating the process of matching intervention to the results of an experimental analysis. Kelly Schieltz will present the first paper on the role of establishing operations and negative reinforcement on academic and problem behavior. The second paper will illustrate experimental analyses designed to test hypotheses pertaining to the acquisition, retention, and generalization of reading skills and will be presented by Stephanie Snidarich. Sam Thompson will present the third paper on a comparison of two sight-word reading strategies. In all presentations, implications for instructional practice and directions for future research will be discussed. Finally, Ed Daly will serve as discussant.

Keyword(s): academic performance, experimental analysis, instructional strategies
 

Effects of Motivating Operations on Academic Performance and Problem Behavior Maintained by Escape From Academic Tasks

KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Alyssa N. Suess (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether improvements in academic performance produced collateral decreases in problem behavior. Cade was a 7 year old male diagnosed with Charge Syndrome. His primary communication was sign language with emerging vocal communication. Primary behavioral concerns were refusal to engage in writing tasks, aggression, and property destruction. All procedures were conducted in an outpatient clinic. Interobserver agreement was assessed across 38% of sessions and averaged 94%. During Phase 1, a brief functional analysis was conducted within a multielement design. Results (Figure 1, top left panel) suggested that problem behavior during a writing task was maintained by negative reinforcement. During Phase 2, a motivating operations analysis was conducted within a multielement design to determine the effects of three instructional strategies on negatively reinforced problem behavior during a writing task. Results showed that high levels of problem behavior (top right panel) and low levels of academic performance (bottom right panel) occurred during copying and copying with PG. In contrast, problem behavior occurred at zero or near zero levels and academic performance increased during dictating. These results suggested that problem behavior may be a result of a skill problem rather than a motivational problem.

 

Testing Hypotheses Pertaining to Acquisition, Retention, and Generalization Within a Brief Experimental Analysis of Reading Skills

STEPHANIE SNIDARICH (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Matthew Burns (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Brief experimental analyses of behavior have tested one or more hypotheses proposed by Daly et al., in 1997: (1) the task is too hard, (2) the student has not had enough help, (3) the student has not had to do it that way before, (4) the student has not spent enough time doing it, and (5) the student is not motivated. However, there are occasionally cases where despite each of these hypotheses being addressed in comprehensive instruction, the student is still not demonstrating desired academic performance. In these cases, it is plausible that a different set of hypotheses need to be considered. In the process of learning, individuals begin in the acquisition phase, then proceed to the maintenance (or retention), before moving into the generalization phase. It is plausible that interventions tailored to these three phases of learning could be identified, tested within a brief experimental analysis, and implemented to improve academic performance. This presentation will include a data set to illustrate an analysis of problems with acquisition, retention, and generalization. Implications for practice and future directions for research will be discussed.

 

A Comparison of Two Sight-Word Instructional Strategies for an Adult Non-reader With Intellectual Disability and Down Syndrome

SAMUEL THOMPSON (Texas Tech University), Laura Melton Grubb (Texas Tech University), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Amanda Bosch (Texas Tech University), Isabel Garza (Burkhart Center for Autism Education and Research)
Abstract:

Strategic Incremental Rehearsal (SIR) is effective for teaching sight-word acquisition, but very little research has been conducted comparing the efficiency of SIR to ongoing instructional strategies in the natural environment. Experimental analysis of sight word acquisition via an alternating treatments design was conducted with a 23-year-old woman with Down syndrome who could not read. SIR was compared to Current Reading Instruction (CRI) utilized in a classroom for young adults with intellectual disorders transitioning from high school to work or post-secondary education. CRI procedures included touch prompts (touch the word bat), echoic prompts (say bat), textual prompts (read the word), and sentence reading. SIR procedures included textual prompts on flash cards, praise contingent on correct responding, and corrective feedback contingent on incorrect responding. Results indicated that SIR was associated with more rapid acquisition of sight words compared to CRI. Directions for future research on modifications to SIR that may increase the rate of sight word acquisition will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #27
Discrimination Training: Procedural Considerations and Applications
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
M100 H-I (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Discrimination training procedures are commonly used to teach novel behavior. This symposium provides four examples of procedures that facilitate accurate discriminant responding during instruction. More specifically, presentations include an examination of the effectiveness of error correction procedures used to resolve inaccurate or biased responding that may develop during discrimination training. In addition, there is a presentation on the development and evaluation of assessment procedures to identify the most appropriate error correction procedure to use with individual learners. Presentations will also include an evaluation of variant task interspersal procedures to promote skill acquisition during discrimination training. The symposium will also include a presentation on an application of discrimination procedures to teach tactual discriminations of braille characters with a brief discussion on individualized error correction procedures. Together, these presentations will extend the research base on applications of discrimination training, a teaching technique fundamental to skill acquisition and the development of novel behaviors.

Keyword(s): braille, discrimination training, error correction, task interspersal
 

An Analysis of Variables Affecting the Efficacy and Efficiency of Task Interspersal on Skill Acquisition in Children With Autism

KATIE A. NICHOLSON (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Task interspersal is commonly recommended for working with individuals with developmental and intellectual disabilities. However, the research on the efficacy of this procedure with this population is mixed and little is known about the components of the procedure that make it effective when it does work. In addition, researchers have not typically factored in the amount of instructional time required to deliver instruction that includes task interspersal. The purpose of this study is to investigate how variations of task interspersal affect acquisition of commonly targeted skills among young children with autism. Experiment 1 compared 3 ratio schedules of interspersal (3:1 known-to-unknown, 1:1 known-to-unknown, 1:3 known-to-unknown) to an acquisition-only condition on an object-labeling task. Experiment 2 examined the extent to which the results from Experiment 1 would generalize to different curriculum domains. Experiment 3 investigated whether the number of acquisition targets taught simultaneously within the context of task interspersal would differentially affect learning level and rate. Comparisons were made to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of the procedures as well as retention of mastered skills across all conditions for all participants.

 

Teaching Identity Matching of Braille Characters to Beginning Braille Readers

KAREN A. TOUSSAINT (University of North Texas), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

We taught three children with visual impairments to make tactual discriminations of the braille alphabet within a matching-to-sample format. That is, we presented participants with a braille character as a sample stimulus and they were to select the matching stimulus from an array of three comparisons. In order to minimize participant errors, we arranged braille characters into training sets in which the target and non-target stimuli in the comparison arrays were initially maximally different in terms of the number of dots comprising each character. As participants mastered these discriminations, we then increased the similarity between target and non-target comparisons (i.e., an approximation of stimulus fading). All three participants accuracy systematically increased following the introduction of this procedure.

 
Effects of Extinction and Error Correction on Position Biases
TARA A. FAHMIE (California State University, Northridge), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Sarah C. Mead (University of Florida), Adrian Paneto (University of Florida)
Abstract: Discriminated responding is an important prerequisite skill for training procedures that involve the selection of stimuli from an array. Thus, selections that are controlled by an irrelevant stimulus feature (e.g., position) impede acquisition. We examined the effect of extinction and error correction on the match-to-sample (MTS) performance of individuals whose responding initially was under the control of the position of stimuli in an array (i.e., position bias). Extinction involved presenting the “correct” stimulus in the non-biased position on every MTS trial; error correction involved presenting repetitions of the trial contingent on each “incorrect” response while rotating “correct” stimuli evenly across positions. Generalization of treatment effects was examined by testing responding on a novel MTS task. Two individuals with developmental disabilities have completed this study to date, and results show varied effects of extinction and error correction on acquisition and generalization.
 

An Assessment of Error Correction Procedures For Teaching Simple and Conditional Discriminations to Children With Autism

ANNA MCGHAN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Error correction procedures vary in terms of the degree of additional responding required by the learner and instructor (i.e., level of intrusiveness). Prior research indicates that the relative effectiveness of different error correction procedures may be idiosyncratic across learners Rodgers & Iwata, 1991; Smith, Mruzek, Wheat, & Hughes, 2006; Turan, Moroz, & Croteau, 2012), suggesting the potential benefit of an individualized assessment prior to teaching. In this study, we evaluated the reliability and utility of a rapid error correction assessment to identify the least intrusive, most effective procedure for teaching simple and conditional discriminations to five learners with autism. The initial assessment included four commonly used error correction procedures. We compared the total number of trials required for the participant to reach the mastery criterion under each procedure. Participants then received additional instruction with a subset of the error correction procedures from the assessment. Results suggested that an initial assessment may be beneficial for identifying the most appropriate error correction procedure to use with learners.

 
 
Symposium #28
CE Offered: BACB
Contextual Behavior Science and Education
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
M100 D-E (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Tiffany Humphreys (Fit Learning)
Discussant: William D. Newsome (Fit Learning)
CE Instructor: William D. Newsome, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Stemming from the immense success of relational frame theory as the foundation of robust psychotherapeutic methods, the Contextual Behavior Science community is now expanding the application of RFT to educational endeavors. This symposium will delineate concepts and practices from a Contextual Behavior Science approach pertaining to education. Papers presented will range in topics from the comparison of commonly held worldviews informing pedagogical decisions, to applications of relational training for the improvement of social and academic skills. Attendees can expect to benefit from an advanced orientation toward communication with educators and understand the basic considerations for training relational operants.

Keyword(s): Contextual Behavior Science, Education, Relational Frame Theory, Social Skills
 

CANCELLED: Look at it from my Perspective: Training in Deictic Relational Responding

JOHN O'NEILL (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This study provides support for the notion that social perspective-taking skills might be shaped through operant conditioning of deictic frames and that acquisition of these skills may generalize to novel stimuli and contexts.This study replicates and extends recent findings in the functional contextual literature by 1) establishing complex deictic relational responding skills in 3 persons diagnosed with schizophrenia and mild-moderate intellectual disability and 2) assessing for the possibility of generalization through pre and post-instructional measures directed towards Theory of Mind functioning. Results suggest that increasingly complex levels of deictic relational responses were acquired and mastered by all participants and that generalization to the Deceptive Container Task (ToM levels 4 & 5) and Hinting Task may have occurred.

 

Evaluation of the Interactions Among Relational Fluency, Reading Fluency, and Reading Comprehension

WILLIAM D. NEWSOME (Fit Learning), Kendra L. Brooks Rickard (Fit Learning)
Abstract:

A students ability to comprehend what he/she reads is evidenced by effective action with respect to textual stimuli. Common tests of reading comprehension include questions about a reading passage that require the student to summarize and recall explicit details or infer new details beyond those explicitly provided. Although such assessments are a useful indicator of the students current comprehension repertoire, they do little to inform targeted interventions. In this data-based presentation, we will demonstrate how the treatment-utility of reading comprehension assessments may be improved via direct measurement of the component skills, such as isolated relational operants or phonemic decoding skills, involved in a broader reading comprehension repertoire. In short, direct observation of critical component skills allows for more efficient and effective interventions. Methods for component skill measurement and learning profile analysis are discussed. Both relational fluency and reading fluency are identified as critical for a functional reading repertoire.

 

Improving Emotion Recognition Using Derived Relational Responding

KERRY C. WHITEMAN (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Emotion recognition is an important component of day-to-day social interactions. Deficits in this repertoire have been documented in a variety of populations, including autism spectrum disorders, ADHD, Parkinsons disease, and schizophrenia. Traditional approaches to teaching emotion recognition skills have either emphasized physical expressions removed from context or used short stories in which different stimulus functions of emotions are lost. Recent advances in emotion recognition literature have begun to emphasize the importance of context in labeling emotion both in the self and others. Functional contextualists and other behavior analytic researchers should use this opportunity to improve emotion recognition interventions with sound behavioral principles and techniques. For instance, Relational Frame Theory offers a particularly useful framework for conceptualizing emotions in a more comprehensive manner. Instead of discrete entities, emotions could be viewed as relational frames of specific emotion labels related to contexts and stimulus functions. These relational frames would be unique to the social-verbal community in which they were trained, thus accounting for the frequently documented cultural differences in the emotion literature. Implications for the development of an emotion recognition skills intervention based on this conceptualization will be discussed.

 

Demystifying the Notions of Educators: A Clarification of Worldviews

KENDRA L. BROOKS RICKARD (Fit Learning), William D. Newsome (Fit Learning), Brooke M. Berry (University of Nevada, Reno), J.J. Billett (Fit Learning)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are well positioned to impact education. Nonetheless, little impact has been made. Few applications from our science have been adopted, and research-based practices are often neglected in education. Classroom practices typically reflect notions about teaching and learning widely adopted by educators, and are shaped by educators assumptions about the world. When evidence-based practices conflict with held notions, they are unlikely to be adopted, presenting barriers to effective education. This presentation will reverse engineer from the notions and practices in education to the point of reason from which they evolve: worldviews. Heward (2003) outlines several faulty notions that obstruct the adoption of more effective methods. We will walk the audience through these notions and resulting practices and the unstated assumptions guiding them. The focus will be to expand the behavior analysts knowledge of the assumptions influencing pedagogy with the intent of improving communication with educators and effective action within this domain.

 
 
Symposium #29
CE Offered: BACB
Applied Behavior Analysis in Child Welfare
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
200 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Glen Dunlap (University of South Florida and University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Kimberly Crosland, Ph.D.
Abstract: Children placed in foster care are among the most vulnerable for social-emotional problems and behavior problems. These children are more likely than their nonfoster peers to experience behavioral and academic problems (Leather, 2002). This can result in higher levels of placement instability (Redding, Fried, & Preston, 2000), school failure (Benedick, Zuravin, & Stallings, 1996), and juvenile delinquency (Pardeck, Murphy, & Fitzwater, 1985). The continued need for applied behavior analysis services within child welfare is evident. This symposium will present some of the latest research with youth and caregivers in the child welfare system. The first study focused on teaching social skills to youth in foster care who were living at a group facility. The skills taught were intended to improve youth interactions with adults, friends, and others key people in their lives. The second study extends the current literature on preference assessments by evaluating placement and activity preferences for youth living in foster care. The final study describes the refinement process to a function based interview tool for decreasing runaway behavior of youth in foster care. These studies focus on critical areas in child welfare including youth skill development, attending to youth preference, and improving placement stability.
Keyword(s): child welfare, function based assessment, preference assessments, social skills training
 

Social Skills Training for Youth in Foster Care

SHANNON S. KOEHLER (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Andrea Perdomo (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Research has been conducted on social skills training with typically developing teenagers, developmentally disabled individuals, and juvenile delinquents, however no known studies on social skills training have been conducted with youth in the foster care system. Massinga and Pecora (2004) suggest that more should be done for older children in foster care to help with life-skills and building relationships that may lead to improved transitioning to independent living. This study evaluated the effectiveness of a classroom based training in teaching social skills to four adolescent females between the ages of 13-17 years old and residing in foster care. The training took place over a three week period, one night a week, for three hours at a time and utilized a Behavioral Skills Training format. The assessments were conducted via role play scenarios; pre- and posttraining. The results showed that each participant demonstrated an overall increase in skills from pretraining to posttraining indicating that youth in foster care were capable of learning the social skills taught.

 

Evaluation of a Method for Placement Matching in Foster Care: Implications From Preference Assessment Results

CRISTINA M. WHITEHOUSE (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Bennie Colbert (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Although there are a myriad of variables that influence foster child placement decisions (e.g., availability of a bed in a particular foster home, foster home licensing regulations), there is a critical need for identifying foster placements that are more likely to be successful (i.e., homes in which the foster child will likely remain and, thus, avoid a placement change). Currently, no such system to identify placements for foster children has been evaluated. The purpose of this study is to evaluate a potential method of systematically matching foster children to foster parents using data from preference assessments. This presentation will first review the preference assessment methods and results obtained with foster children (presented previously). Next, the matching algorithm and procedures for matching will be discussed. Currently, 2 children have been placed in matched foster homes. The number of days in placement in matched homes will be compared to the childs previous placement durations. The system designed for assessing preference and placement matching has been adopted by an agency in Florida and we expect that more children will be placed in matched homes. Collectively, these studies, and the web-based system designed for this study, attempt to advance routine child welfare practice.

 

The Refinement of a Function-Based Assessment Model for Runaway Behavior of Youth in Foster Care

KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida), Glen Dunlap (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health)
Abstract:

Children in foster care are twice as likely to exhibit runaway behavior as children of the same age in the general population, are at great risk for school failure (Sedlak et al., 2002), and are vulnerable to innumerable influences and potential victimization (Courtney & Dworsky, 2005). During this presentation, findings from both a pilot study and a federal grant from the Institute of Educational Sciences will be presented that focus on ways to assess and intervene with youth in foster care who run away from placements. Focus groups with child welfare personnel, youth, and school personnel were conducted to gather data to assist in modifications to an instrument to assess the functions of runaway behaviors and to determine the current strengths and challenges between both the child welfare system and the educational system in serving these youth. The methods used and preliminary findings from focus groups will be discussed, including reasons why youth run, how child welfare and schools respond to support youth when they return from a run, and how schools and agencies can collaborate more effectively to serve the needs of these youth.

 
 
Symposium #30
CE Offered: BACB
Comparing Systems of Data Collection: Client Outcomes, Reliability, and Social Validity
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
200 C-E (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amanda Karsten (Western New England University)
Discussant: Amy Kenzer (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Amanda Karsten, Ph.D.
Abstract: Assessment of behavior change through direct observation and repeated measures is a cornerstone of the field of applied behavior analysis. Practitioners who work with people with developmental disabilities must select methods of data collection from among many options. For example, practitioners may choose measurement systems that produce more or less complete records of behavior (i.e., continuous versus discontinuous methods) and systems administered using high- or low-tech materials (i.e., ipad versus paper-and-pencil methods). At present, few studies have compared methods of data collection for the purpose of informing practitioner decision making. The proposed symposium includes three empirical studies that compared two or more systems of data collection on measures of client outcome, data reliability, and acceptability among practitioners.
Keyword(s): Autism, Data collection, Discontinuous v. continuous, Technology
 

A Comparison of Continuous and Discontinuous Data Collection Systems on Learner Performance During Discrete Trial Teaching

TONIANNE GIUNTA (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study was to compare continuous and discontinuous data collection systems on skill acquisition, generalization, maintenance, and on-task behaviors in learners with autism during discrete trial teaching. Additionally, procedural integrity of experimenter behavior was assessed during teaching sessions. A progressive prompt-delay procedure was used to teach expressive picture labels to three participants. Performance across data collection systems was compared using continuous measurement collected daily in the presence of teaching (CDPT), discontinuous measurement of the first trial only (FTO), and discontinuous measurement collected weekly in the absence of teaching (i.e., probe data, DWAT).Interobserver agreement data were collected across 50% of sessions for all dependent measures.An adapted alternating treatments design was used and replicated across two additional participants. For two of the three participants, expressive labels were acquired most rapidly in the CDPT condition. For all three participants, minimal to no differences were found among data collection systems in generalization, maintenance, and on-task behavior scores. Additionally, the experimenter’s procedural integrity scores remained high and comparable across all data collection procedures. Overall, the study supported the use of continuous data collection in teaching expressive picture labels to learners with autism.Implications and future research suggestions are also discussed.

 
Reliability and Staff Preference for Three Methods of Data Collection
EMILY WHITE (Endicott College), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University), Monica Spear (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The field of applied behavior analysis relies on behavioral data as a basis for decision-making. This study compared three commonly-employed data collection methods (cumulative duration, momentary time sampling, and partial interval time sampling) on measures of reliability over time and staff preference among methods. To date, participants have included three bachelor’s-level staff with experience collecting data in a human service setting. Preliminary findings include that (a) data collection methods associated with lowest reliability varied across participants, (b) 2 of 3 participants demonstrated a clear preference for one method of data collection, and (c) participant preferences were sensitive to feedback on interobserver agreement associated with each method. Additional evaluations are underway.
 

Description of a High-Tech Tablet-Based Data Collection System and Comparison to Low-Tech Models

Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life), AVRAM GLICKMAN (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life), Thomas L. Zane (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life)
Abstract:

Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) delineated the core dimensions of applied behavior analysis in their seminal article. The dimension of analytic, emphasizes the importance of taking data on the target behaviors that we are attempting to change, and empirically determining whether or not they have changed due to the independent variable being manipulated. Behavior analysts have this as a fundamental requirement for their practice in our field. The collection of data, and its analysis in a timely fashion to make databased decisions on clinical issues, is fundamental to delivering effective and state-of-the-art behavior analytic services. Data collection can be accomplished in widely varying ways, including paper pencil, technology applications, and complex data collection systems. With the increasingly ubiquitous technology, it is now possible to take real-time data on a large number of variables in an efficient manner. This presentation will preview a new software program for collecting clinical data on tablet PCs. We will demonstrate the programming of the tablet, the components of the data collection system software, and how it can be used with several examples of learners and target behaviors. We will then present data on a comparison of the tablet-based data collection with some traditional low-tech methods.

 
 
Symposium #31
CE Offered: BACB
Component Analyses of Interteaching and Its Effect on High-Order Thinking
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
M100 J (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amanda Bosch (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Bryan K. Saville (James Madison University)
CE Instructor: Amanda Bosch, Ph.D.
Abstract:

With investigations on interteaching moving from establishing its effectiveness to component analyses (e.g., Saville, Cox, O'Brien, & Vanderveldt, 2011; Saville & Zinn, 2009), the presentations included in this symposium provide further discourse on the utility and effectiveness of this behavior analytic method of classroom instruction. To begin, two component analyses will explore different components in interteaching. The first examined the effects of the interaction component (i.e., student pairs) by alternating whether each of two classes received a traditional interteach, including the pair discussion, or an interteach control in which there was no interaction, on student test performance. The second study examined the relationship between the degree of completion of the preparation guides and performance on weekly tests. Finally, the effects of interteaching on higher-order thinking will be presented. This is an important investigation as many studies on the effects of interteaching have used more basic and simple measures of student learning (e.g., rote responding and multiple choice questions).

 
An Investigation into the Interaction During the Interteach
ANITA LI (Florida Institute of Technology), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Inter-teaching is an arrangement for instruction developed by Boyce & Hineline (2002) and has been commonly called peer tutoring or peer teaching (Vargas, 2010). An interteach is a mutually probing, mutually informing conversation between two people lasting 30-40 minutes and dealing with the main points of the selected material (Boyce & Hineline, 2002). This method has been demonstrated to provide superior results compared to traditional lectures and/or self-reading (Saville, Zinn, & Elliot, 2005; Saville, Zinn, Neef, Norman, & Ferreri; 2006) but some of its component parts have not been examined. In this experiment, we examine the interaction between the dyads by alternating whether each of the two class sections of a characteristics and principles course in behavior analysis receives a traditional interteach, or an interteach control in which there is no interaction, but they are asked to study the material as if they were teaching a partner. Weekly tests have questions related to the interteach and performance will be compared across sections based on whether they received the traditional or control intervention for each. A cumulative final also contains test items and will be used to discuss the impact of interteach interactions on retention of material.
 

Interteaching: The Relationship Between Pre-class Preparation Guides and Weekly Test Scores

Regan M. Slater (University of Mississippi), KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Interteaching is a behavior-analytic teaching method in which students take an active role in learning as well as teaching course material. A typical interteaching class consists of a short clarifying lecture by the instructor, followed by a period of time in which student dyads interact to discuss and teach course material to one another. Research has shown that interteaching produces better student-learning outcomes than more traditional teaching methods such as lecture (e.g., Saville, Zinn, & Elliott, 2005; Saville, Zinn, Lawrence, Barron, & Andre, 2008). The current study was conducted in an inaugural class using the interteaching method. The researchers examined the relationship between factors related to interteaching, namely, pre-class preparation guide degree of completion and weekly test grades. The relationship of these factors will be discussed, as well as potential methods for instructors to intervene on the components.

 
Shaping Higher-Order Thinking in an Undergraduate Applied Behavior Analysis Course
SARA NASS (Salem State University), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Abstract: Developing higher-order thinking (HOT) skills in students is a major goal of higher education, but often difficult to achieve. Previous research indicated that inter-teaching (I-T)is an effective method for developing HOT skills in undergraduate students, and the current study investigates the extent to which inter-teaching and other behavioral methods successfully increase HOT skills in students. Undergraduate students enrolled in Applied Behavior Analysis II course will be given both pre- and post-tests on material covered in the prerequisite and current courses. All test items and answers are scored using the Model of Hierarchical Complexity to provide a measure of comparison between: (a) the students’ actual answers versus required question level; and (b) changes in the overall proportion of HOT answers. During the course, various topics will be systematically taught in the usual I-T procedure, while other topics will be include additional cues, examples, and other types of feedback. The expected results are that students will be more likely to demonstrate HOT skills on items for which there were additional supports in the form of cues, examples, and other types of feedback during the semester.
 
 
Symposium #32
CE Offered: BACB
A Systems Approach to Teaching and Learning as Part of a Multi-Directional Communication Matrix
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
M100 A (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University)
Discussant: Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre)
CE Instructor: Dolleen-Day Keohane, Ph.D.
Abstract: We will present research based on the application of a systems approach to instruction that places the learners at the center of the matrix and emphasizes on-going rule-governed communication among the component parts. In this model the data generated through the measurement of each student’s responses drive the system. The composition of the curriculum is logical, empirical and based on common core standards and developmental milestones. Assessments that identify learning rates, pre-requisite skill deficits and missing verbal developmental capabilities are used to pinpoint the potential source of each student’s instructional problems and suggest rule-governed approaches to remediation. The results of the studies we will present show that the implementation of verbal developmental protocols to induce listener, speaker and listener-as –own speaker capabilities support increases in academic literacy, communication and social skills for children diagnosed with autism and related communication disabilities and that the selection of data based tactics offer effective approaches to differentiated instruction and RTI initiatives for pre-school and primary school age children.
Keyword(s): verbal capabilities, systems
 
Verbal Developmental Protocols to Increase Academic Literacy and Social Skills for Primary School Children
DOLLEEN-DAY KEOHANE (Nicholls State University), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre)
Abstract: We tested the effects of three listener, speaker and listener-as-own speaker protocols on increases in academic literacy, language capabilities, and social skills for two pre-school and two primary school children diagnosed with autism and related communication disabilities. The selection of the protocols implemented for each child was based on a strategic analysis of the child’s data in relation to the results of the Core Foundations for Academic Success curriculum and assessment (C-PIRK-Fourth Edition) and the Verbal Behavior Development Assessment-Revised (VBDA-R). The children were enrolled in resource and self-contained classrooms for children with developmental and communication disabilities. A multiple probe design was used to assess the efficacy of each protocol in relation to in the behaviors measured. The results showed increases in assessed levels of verbal developmental complexity after the implementation of the protocols and that the children were able to learn more complex skills in ways that had not been possible before.
 

The Effects of Implementing Problem Specific Analyses to an RTI Model on Progress Monitoring Probes

GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), Shelley Greene (Nicholls State University), Dienielle LeBlanc Troxclair (Nicholls State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of the use of a micro level decision tree protocol and an intervention matching strategic analysis to instructional problems during reading intervention instruction. The participants were 24 second grade students from four public elementary schools receiving small group reading intervention as a result of low levels of responding to grade level assessments. There were four different groups in the study. Three groups were incorporated into the treatment and one group served as a control. Treatment included a variety of research based tactics and strategies such as increasing opportunities to respond, fluency training and implementing verbal developmental cusp-inducing protocols. The dependent variable was oral reading fluency for each student as measured by weekly progress monitoring probes. Results from the multiple baseline design across all four groups showed that when students received the micro level analysis they emitted higher rates of correct responding.

 
Using Scientific Tactics and Strategic Analysis to Provide Effective Differentiated Instruction for Primary School Students
Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), JENNY CRONIER ZERINGUE (Nicholls State University)
Abstract: We tested the effectiveness of differentiating instruction across four common core instructional objectives for two pre-school age and two primary school age students. We applied a verbally governed strategic analysis to assess learning rates and to determine the source of the students’ instructional problems as well as to increase the students’ correct responses to learn unit presentations. We measured the effectiveness of the application of each of the scientific tactics chosen and the corresponding increases in academic performance for each of the students. Instructional deficits were targeted through an on-going strategic analysis of short and long terms objectives related to each student’s progress. The students were diagnosed with developmental disabilities, autism and related communication disabilities and were enrolled in resource and self-contained classrooms. Pre and post probes of learn units to mastery criterion showed increases for all four students across academic literacy and communication areas of the curriculum and for the common core objectives measured.
 
 
Panel #33
CE Offered: BACB
PDS EVENT: Private Events
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
101 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: TPC/VBC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Clarissa S. Barnes, M.S.
Chair: Clarissa S. Barnes (Southern Illinois University)
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis)
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College)
Abstract:

Radical behaviorism makes the claim that private events are different from public events only in the number of individuals who can observe them. However, behavior analysts have yet to agree on if it is important to study private events or how to study them. The purpose of this event is to discuss the role of private events in behavior analysis and to determine the direction the field should take to further explore "the world within the skin" (Skinner, 1974, p. 24). This is a student committee organized event.

Keyword(s): complex human behavior, private events, radical behaviorism
 
 
Invited Paper Session #34
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Application of Operant Conditioning to Address the Interrelated Problems of Poverty and Drug Addiction

Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Main Auditorium (Convention Center)
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Kenneth Silverman, Ph.D.
Chair: Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (University of Maryland Baltimore County)
KENNETH SILVERMAN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Kenneth Silverman, Ph.D., received his doctorate in developmental and child psychology from the University of Kansas in 1984. His doctoral training focused in the areas of operant conditioning and behavior analysis. He completed a postdoctoral research fellowship in behavioral pharmacology at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine in 1991, and served as a staff fellow in the Clinical Trials Section in the National Institute on Drug Abuse's Addiction Research Center from 1991-1993. He has maintained a faculty appointment in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine since 1991, and is currently a professor of psychiatry and behavioral sciences. Dr. Silverman's research has focused on developing operant treatments to address the interrelated problems of poverty and drug addiction. His primary research has focused on the development and evaluation of abstinence reinforcement interventions for heroin and cocaine addiction in low-income, inner-city adults; the integration of abstinence reinforcement contingencies into model employment settings; the use of employment-based reinforcement in the long-term maintenance of drug abstinence and adherence to addiction treatment medications; and the development of computer-based training to establish critical academic and job skills that chronically unemployed adults need to gain and maintain employment and escape poverty.
Abstract:

This presentation will describe research on the therapeutic workplace, an employment-based intervention to address the interrelated problems of poverty, unemployment and drug addiction. Abstinence reinforcement, in which patients receive desirable consequences contingent on providing objective evidence of abstinence, can promote abstinence from abused drugs, but they must employ high magnitude reinforcement to promote abstinence in treatment-refractory patients and they must be maintainedin time to prevent relapse. The therapeutic workplace was developed to provide a practical way to arrange high magnitude and long duration abstinence reinforcement. Under the therapeutic workplace intervention, individuals are hired and paid to work. To reinforce abstinence, participants are required to provide objective evidence of drug abstinence to maintain workplace access. Because many poor individuals lack job skills, the therapeutic workplace offers a training phase before formal employment, and incentives are strategically used to promote engagement in computer-based vocational training on-site. Controlled studies have shown that the therapeutic workplace can retain low-income unemployed adults in training and in employment, promote the development of job skills, initiate and maintain abstinence from heroin and cocaine, and promote adherence to addiction medications in chronically unemployed adults.

Target Audience:

Forthcoming.

Learning Objectives: Forthcoming.
 
 
Symposium #35
Gaining a Competitive Edge: Evaluating the Benefits of Behavior Analysis in Athletics
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
M101 B (Convention Center)
Area: DEV/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas Wade Brown (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Joseph Charles Dagen (BP)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysis has a long-standing history with regards to sports and athletics. Behavior analytic technologies have been shown to produce successful changes in numerous areas of athletic performance. These tools are used in both the development and refinement of technical proficiency and psychological skills. Interest in behavior analytic technologies as applied to sports is increasing. Many athletes looking for a competitive edge are recognizing the benefits of incorporating behavior analysis into their training. This symposium will offer conceptual directions for the integration of behavior analysis and data collection technologies into competitive health and fitness arenas. The application of behavior analysis in the teaching of rock climbing skills to beginning climbers using discrete trial training will be presented. And a behavioral approach to defining and researching the highly valued notion of �mental toughness� within traditional sport psychology literature will be included in this symposium.

 
Behavior Analysis in Sports: A Review of Measurement, Data Tracking, and Technology
THOMAS WADE BROWN (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The application of behavior analysis to the performance of athletes is a promising direction for the science. In the past decade, several innovations have been described and administered within behavioral experiments and case studies, depicting interesting and provocative techniques of measuring and enhancing athletic performance. The purpose of this paper will be to explore these innovations within behavior analysis and discuss newly developed technologies outside of the science that may serve as a template for newly developed research venues. Additional focus will also be applied to behavioral interventions not directly involving athletic performance, but directly replicable with athletic behavior. The paper will conclude with a call for research that investigates relevant and key variables that are of interest to the improvement and measurement of athletic performance. A brief commentary on the potential role of language in athletics will also be introduced.
 
Using a Behavioral Training Package to Enhance the Performance of Beginning Rock Climbers
KENNETH J. KILLINGSWORTH (University of Nevada, Reno), William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: A behavioral training package was used within a multiple baseline across matched participants design to enhance the performance of beginning rock climbers. Errorless learning techniques were used in a discrete-trial training format to train attending to the feet while climbing, and to facilitate the effective use of weight distribution. Attending to the feet while climbing, pressure exerted by the hands to climbing holds, post climb grip strength, and subjective experience survey items were the primary variables measured across experimental phases. All participants showed increased attending to the feet while some showed moderate decreases in pressure applied to hand holds. Post climb grip strength measures remained relatively stable, while climb enjoyment decreased with successive climbs. Issues relevant to the present study and future behavioral climbing research are discussed.
 
Game On: A Behavioral Approach to Mental Toughness
EMILY MICHELLE LEEMING (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: “Mental toughness,” as a psychological event, is credited as a prominent feature displayed by successful athletes. It is said to be one of the distinguishing features between good athletes and great athletic champions. Coaches, athletes, and sports psychologists alike, looking for a competitive edge, have a growing interest in the psychological aspects of competitive events. Unfortunately, within mainstream sport psychology the notion of mental toughness has yet to be subjected to the same scientific rigor as other areas of athletics and performance. This symposium paper aims to discuss the environmentally and behaviorally pertinent concepts that compose the dynamics of “mental toughness.” A discussion will be offered regarding advancements within behavior science, specifically the role of language and contextual psychology that could allow for better prediction and influence of behavior identified as “mentally tough.”
 
 
Symposium #36
CE Offered: BACB
Reinforcement Among Older Adults With Dementia: Identification, Assessment, and Skill Development
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
M101 A (Convention Center)
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jonathan C. Baker, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Among researchers interested in Behavioral Gerontology, there is a growing interest in evaluating the principles of operant conditioning among older adults with dementia, who are typically classified within the broader field of gerontology as unable to remember and therefore unable to learn. However, recent literature in both basic and applied studies have shown that older adults with dementia do respond to operant contingencies. The purpose of this symposium is to discuss both published works and works in progress evaluating aspects of reinforcement among older adults with dementia. Talks will include data on identifying reinforcers using stimulus preference assessments, evaluating the predictive validity of different preference assessments using reinforcer assessments, evaluating momentum and extinction, evaluating different schedules of reinforcement, and evaluating generalization and derived relations.

Keyword(s): Behavioral Gerontology, Derived Relations, Reinforcer assessment, Reinforcer Identification
 

Conditional Discrimination Training and Tests for Generalized Identity Matching and Derived Relations in Senior Citizens and Dementia Patients

HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

The World Health Organization and Alzheimer Disease International Organization have published reports on the increasing prevalence of dementia worldwide. For example, in the last World Alzheimer Disease International Report for 2012, the predicted prevalence of dementia cases worldwide in the next 40 years is estimated to be near to the size of the total population of Europe. Hence, it is extremely important to put the focus on this client group within behavior analysis. Current presentation will describe different types of dementia briefly, and introduce common diagnostic tools used in Norway and Iceland. Then we will discuss those experiments that have been published and those that are still in progress from the Experimental Studies of Complex Human Behavior lab at Oslo and Akershus University College. In these studies the conditional discrimination procedures were used, either identity or arbitrary MTS with healthy older adults and dementia patients.

 

The Effects of Reinforcement and Extinction on Responding Among Older Adults With Dementia

Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), DAWN SEEFELDT (Southern Illinois University), Kirstie Hathaway (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Kathleen Fairchild (Rehabilitation Institute Southern Illinois University), Stephanie Hood (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Stefanie Beattie (Southern Illinois University), Amanda Buchmeier (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Joel Eric Ringdahl (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Due to the level severity of impairment, previous research has not been able to show whether older adults with moderate to severe dementia respond to reinforcement, extinction, the level of response persistence or recovery during extinction. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to investigate the effects of reinforcement and extinction on the behavior of older adults with moderate to severe dementia. This research involved presenting participants with a touch screen with either one large button or two buttons. During some conditions, pressing the one button resulted in a preferred picture, song, or video on an FR 1 schedule (reinforcement phases). During other conditions (extinction phases) pressing the one button resulted in no change. Similarly, when two buttons were present, pressing one of the buttons resulted in reinforcement (FR1) and the other resulted in extinction. During other conditions, the contingencies on the buttons switched. Results of the study show that for at least one participant, when a single button was used, extinction never occurred. When two buttons were used and contingencies changed, responding changed accordingly. However, when both buttons resulted in extinction, responding recovered and maintained.

 

Effectiveness of Errorless Learning and Reinforcement Schedules for Establishing and Maintaining Behavior in Alzheimer's Disease

TARA OLIVIA LOUGHREY (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Ame B. Lemon (Florida Institute of Technology), Kirstin Uran (Florida Institute of Technology), Kaitlynn Gokey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

This research evaluated principles and technologies in behavior analysis to promote skill acquisition with five participants with Alzheimer's disease and related dementia (ADRD). First, the brief multiple-stimulus without replacement method (MSWO) was used to identify reinforcers using a concurrent operants design. Second, the effectiveness of errorless learning for teaching novel behavior using a multiple-baseline-across-participant design was examined. Third, the study compared variable ratio (VR) and fixed ratio (FR) schedules to continuous schedules of reinforcement using a withdrawal design to evaluate: (a) under what arrangement responding maintains when schedules are thinned, (b) which schedule produces highest and/or most stable response rates and (c) whether there are differences in post-reinforcement pauses (PRPs). The results show that the brief MSWO and errorless learning were effective procedures to; (a) identify reinforcers and (b) teach a novel behavior respectively. Further, intermittent schedules were appropriate for maintaining rates of responding with all five participants with higher or more stable responding under VR schedules. All five participants had shorter PRPs under the variable ratio in comparison to the FR schedule. Responding maintained during 1 to 3 week maintenance probes. The results are discussed in terms of their application to the treatment and rehabilitation of elderly with moderate to severe ADRD.

 

Evaluation of Preference and Subsequent Stimulus Engagement Among Older Adults With Dementia

STEFANIE BEATTIE (Southern Illinois University), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Older adults with dementia often engage in few activities, for short periods of time, and typically engage with one item without switching to other items. The purpose of this study is to look at the possibility of using the single array MSWO and the free-operant procedures with older adults with dementia to obtain activity preferences. After obtaining a rank order of their preferences, a reinforcer assessment (and a concurrent engagement analysis for some participants) will determine if the results are true representations of preference.

 
 
Panel #37
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Approaches to Complexity and Generativity
Saturday, May 25, 2013
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
M100 F-G (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Janet S. Twyman, Ph.D.
Chair: Janet S. Twyman (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical Center)
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy)
VICCI TUCCI (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.)
APRIL M. BECKER (University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
JANET S. TWYMAN (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical Center)
Abstract:

Numerous studies have demonstrated that Applied Behavior Analysis and explicit behavior analytic teaching methods are effective in strengthening, weakening, maintaining, or generalizing behaviors of significance. However, is explicit teaching the always the best or most efficient way to develop independent functioning and generalized responding, and can this approach target all the skills learners require for success in schools, homes, and community environments? Can we arrange or engineer instructional conditions that occasion novel behavior without explicit instruction? This panel will discuss applied, theoretical, and conceptual topics related to generativity, adduction, application, discovery learning and behavioral cusps, and methodologies such as fluency that promote these topics. Engineered generativity and complex responding examples will be provided across species, learner characteristics, and skills. Research opportunities will also be discussed.

Keyword(s): contingency adduction, discovery learning, generative instruction, novel behavior
 
 
Special Event #38
SQAB Tutorial: Reinforcement: History and Current Status
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Auditorium Room 1 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Presenting Authors: : JOHN W. DONAHOE (University of Massachusetts, Amherst)
Abstract:

The following topics will be among those discussed: (1) implications of Darwinian thinking (selectionism) for selection by reinforcement, (2) the problem of "circularity" and its treatment by the probability differential (Premack) and response-deprivation (Timberlake & Allison) hypotheses, (3) the Rescorla-Wagner model of conditioning and its conceptual problems, (4) experimental evidence relating to the Unified Principle of Reinforcement (UPR), (5) the operant-respondent distinction as viewed by UPR, (6) implications of UPR for phenomena such as those identified in studies of behavioral momentum, conditioning of behavior-systems, and temporal coding, (7) issues in the experimental analysis of the free-operant procedure and their implications for the molar-molecular debate, (8) neural-networks as a means of interpreting the effects of reinforcement, and (9) the role of neuroscience in the formulation of the reinforcement principle.

 
JOHN W. DONAHOE (University of Massachusetts, Amherst)
After majoring in chemistry at Rutgers University, John W. Donahoe did his graduate work at the Thomas Hunt Morgan School of Biological Sciences at the University of Kentucky in the Department of Psychology. He received his doctorate in 1958 after study in experimental psychology and neurophysiology. He spent a postdoctoral year at the Center for Brain Research, University of Rochester. Dr. Donahoe returned to the University of Kentucky where he held joint appointments in the Psychology Department and the Computing Center as an assistant and then an associate professor. In 1969, he joined the faculty of the Psychology Department at the University of Massachusetts and became a professor and founding member of the Interdisciplinary Program in Neuroscience and Behavior. Although the director of his doctoral research was a former student of Clark Hull at Yale, Donahoe’s approach to research was primarily influenced by Ernest Meyer, a Columbia graduate, and especially by Fogle Clark, a North Carolina graduate, both of whom were “Skinnerians.” Hull’s scientific rigor proved illusory when it confronted the reality of the laboratory, whereas Skinner’s experimental analysis of behavior flourished. Skinner’s description of behavior analysis as “a rigorous, extensive, and rapidly advancing branch of biology” was especially appealing. Donahoe’s research interests are reinforcement theory, stimulus control, neural networks informed by neuroscience, and implications of basic conditioning processes for the interpretation of complex behavior.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #39
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
The Utility and Ubiquity of Joint Control: Making Use of Joint Control in Teaching
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Ballroom A (Convention Center)
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Theory
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: David W. Sidener, Ph.D.
Chair: Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Presenting Authors: : DAVID W. SIDENER (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

Joint control is a process identified and named by Lowenkron in several papers from 1984-2004, in which the same verbal topography is emitted under two different operant contingencies, for instance a tact and an echoic. Emission of these matching topographies then facilitates an additional response, such as a selection response or some other form of identifying an additional stimulus. The value of this process can be easily seen in the case of teaching a child with language deficits to do something relatively complex, delayed, or both. Let's say you're teaching a child to go to another room to get something. The stimulus "Go to the office to get a ruler" is completely gone immediately after it is said, unless it is preserved by repeating it. The repetition, an echoic, then self-echoic provides the means for a joint control event upon tacting the item, "ruler." Joint control thus provides an explanation for listener behavior using Skinner's verbal operants. This requires the "listener" to actually function as speaker. This tutorial will describe the workings of the joint control model, the verbal operant processes that underlie the model and applications of joint control in applied behavior analysis contexts. Current research findings in this area will be presented.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Although this is an intermediate to advanced topic, there will be an emphasis on making joint control both approachable and useful to the practitioner. It will be helpful if participants have a working knowledge of Skinner’s verbal operants.

This address will be targeted to bright, enthusiastic behavior analysts who have an interest in making use of the concepts from verbal behavior. It will be of special interest to students of verbal behavior, master’s and doctoral-level clinicians.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: 1. Identify the components of a joint control episode. 2. Define joint control. 3. Identify several applications of joint control.
 
DAVID W. SIDENER (Garden Academy)
Since 2005, Dr. David Sidener has been the executive director of Garden Academy in New Jersey. Garden Academy offers an educational program based in applied behavior analysis to students with autism and pervasive developmental disorder not otherwise specified. Dr. Sidener has worked in the field of autism treatment since 1986. He completed his Ph.D. in psychology and applied behavior analysis at Western Michigan University under the supervision of Dr. Jack Michael. Dr. Sidener is a board-certified behavior analyst. He has supervised residential treatment programs for children with autism, developed and directed a vocational training program for adults with autism and other developmental disorders and consulted to schools, agencies and families in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Ohio, Michigan, and Illinois. In 2004-2005, Dr. Sidener was an assistant professor at Lafayette College in Easton, PA. Currently, he is an adjunct professor in Caldwell College's applied behavior analysis graduate programs. During the past several years, Dr. Sidener has presented papers at national and regional conferences on topics such as treatment of stereotypy, incidental teaching, matching to sample and elements of Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior. He has published papers on joint control, treatment of stereotypy, video modeling, manipulation of motivating operations, and treatment of tic disorders.
Keyword(s): Listener-speaker, Remembering, Teaching language, Verbal behavior
 
 
Panel #40
CE Offered: BACB
Coping with the Real World: Ethics Challenges Coming at You on a Daily Basis
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
102 F (Convention Center)
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D.
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College)
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University)
R. WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University)
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College)
THOMAS L. ZANE (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College)
Abstract: Behaving according to ethical principles is a core requirement for behavior analysts. Learning to adhere to ethical criteria, as well as knowing what to do when possibly involved in an ethical dilemma, are critical skills that will enhance ethical behavior and promote better protection of clients. Both the International Association of Behavior Analysis and the Behavior Analysis Certification Board stress the importance of practicing behavior analysis within our ethical constraints. The members of this panel are all involved in the teaching of ethics and promotion of ethical behavior of behavior analysts. The purpose of this panel discussion is to provide opportunities for attendees to ask questions to the panel about ethical issues and dilemmas, to which the panel members will respond. Responses will involve both an analysis whether the scenario represents a potential ethical problem, and a discussion of the possible courses of action to take to resolve it. It is our belief that public discussion of real-life ethical situations will provide learning opportunities that will enhance future ethical behavior.
 
 
Paper Session #41
Behavior Analysis of Culture
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
101 A (Convention Center)
Area: TPC
Chair: Criss Wilhite (California State University, Fresno)
 

Conceptual and Experimental Directions for Analyzing Superstition in the Behavioral Analysis of Culture

Domain: Theory
Natalia Santos Marques (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Felipe L. Leite (Federal University of Pará, Brazil), MARCELO FROTA BENVENUTI (University of São Paulo, Brazil)
 
Abstract:

This paper examines the notions of illusions and beliefs, discussing some advantages offered by the study of these phenomena based on the concepts of superstitious behavior, superstition and superstitious rules. Among these advantages, the study highlights the possibility of researching these relationships in different levels of analysis, not only at the individual level, focusing on cultural level, this paper presents Cultural Materialism as an anthropological proposal for the consideration of these phenomena on the cultural level and based on adaptive principles, besides it discusses the experimental analysis of cultural practices and points out how they can help to understand how people in groups behave such as they are being effective in the control of the surrounding environment (when, sometimes, in fact, they are not). The paper offers an integrative proposal which makes easier behavior analysts dialogue with social psychologists and offers some routes from cultural analysis of illusions and beliefs.

 

The Trickster: The Comedian as a Source of Cultural Variation

Domain: Theory
CRISS WILHITE (California State University, Fresno), Chelsea J. Wilhite (University of Nevada, Reno), Wayne Walsh (Wayne Walsh Comedy)
 
Abstract:

Selection at the level of cultural practice has been of interest to behavior analysts and others since the publication of Walden Two. Sigrid Glenns introduction of Marvin Harriss cultural materialism and cultural functionalism allowed a more precise framework for research in this area. Any selection process requires variations of the units of selection to be relatively broad. If changes occur in environmental or social conditions of a culture, whether internally or externally generated, variation in practices is essential. One source of variation of superstructural practices is the Trickster, an entity who, through bizarre and amusing behavior, pushes boundaries, breaks taboos and critiques convention. Trickster stories allow individuals and groups to explore alternative ways of responding to new pressures. Subsequent changes in superstructural practices may then allow needed changes in structural and infrastructural practices. In contemporary society, comedians often take the roll of the Trickster. Comedians are allowed special leeway in breaking cultural norms of subject matter, language use, stereotypes, and critiques of power. Well-known examples of Comedian-Tricksters who have changed culture include Mark Twain, Will Rogers, Lenny Bruce, George Carlin and Jon Stewart. How the work of these and other comedians was translated into infrastructural changes is examined.

 

The Selection of Behavioral Patterns

Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW L. LOCEY (University of Puget Sound), Howard Rachlin (Stony Brook University)
 
Abstract:

The analogy between evolution over generations of organisms and learning over the lifetime of a single organism has been noted by a number of behavior analysts. But the existence of altruistic tendencies poses a problem for both biological and behavioral evolution. If altruistic acts decrease the fitness of the altruist, how could altruists survive within a population? One explanation is group selection: environmental selection is more likely to favor groups with altruists than groups without. A corresponding process may occur in behavioral evolution. Patterns of altruism (or self-control) could be selected despite the ontogenic selection pressure against individual acts of altruism (or self-control). A series of studies with both humans and pigeons were conducted to test the phenomenon. For example, in one study with pigeons, the magnitude of food reinforcement was directly related to the complexity of key-peck patterns. The transition of patterning from simple to complex involved the transition of a changeover response from early in the session towards the midpoint of the session - the opposite of what would be expected from the chaining of individual responses. These results suggest that response patterns can be shaped directly without building them up from a sequence of individually reinforced responses.

 
 
 
Panel #42
PDS EVENT: Show Me Good Listening: A Guide to Parent Training
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
M100 A (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jessica S. Bensimon (Sage Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
MARY KNOWLES (Behavior Analysis, Inc. and Sage University)
KELLY MCKINNON (Kelly McKinnon & Associates)
TAMARA MOODIE (The Victory School)
Abstract:

As newly certified behavior analysts working with individuals with autism, it is clear that one of the responsibilities is to train parents to collect data and carry on treatment plans outside of therapy. Sanders (2008) stated that the quality of parenting that a child receives has a major effect on his or her development and poor parenting increases the risk of the child developing conduct or behavioral problems. Considering the critical role caregivers play in teaching and managing problem behavior exhibited by individuals with autism and other disabilities, as well as the effectiveness of incidental teaching also demonstrates the importance of parent training (Hsieh, Wilder, & Abellon, 2011). Finally, with the effects of intermittent reinforcement on the maintenance of behavior, it is extremely important that parents are trained to follow through with extinction procedures to ensure the problem behavior do not become more resistant to extinction (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007). The purpose of this professional development series panel is to educate newly certified or future behavior analysts on the importance of parent training as well as important factors to take into consideration when working with parents. Cooper, J. O., Heron, T. E., & Heward, W. L. (2007). Applied behavior analysis. (2nd ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Education, Inc. Hsieh, H., Wilder, D. A., & Abellon O. E., (2011). The effects of training on caregiver implementation of incidental teaching. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44(1), 199-203. Sanders, M. R. (2008). Triple p-positive parenting program as a public health approach to strengthening parenting. Journal of Family Psychology, 22(3), 506-517.

Keyword(s): parent training
 
 
Panel #43
CE Offered: BACB
PDS EVENT: Speak Behavior Analysis and be Heard (Like a Boss!)
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
M100 J (Convention Center)
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Kate Kellum, Ph.D.
Chair: Kerry C. Whiteman (University of Mississippi)
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town)
DANIEL J. MORAN (Pickslyde Consulting)
KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Oftentimes discussing behavior analytic principles and techniques can sound like a foreign language to the lay individual. Using this language and terminology is useful in conducting precise research and interventions. However, it can be counterproductive in other contexts, namely speaking with teachers, parents, administrators, or other professionals who lack a behavior analytic learning history. This panel is designed to provide young professionals with an opportunity to learn how to effectively communicate their research and clinical findings to individuals from nonbehavior analytic contexts. Panelists will discuss essential components for effective communication as well as specific behaviors that attendees can target to improve their own communication repertoires. In addition, attendees will have an opportunity to ask questions and interact with the panel.

Keyword(s): dissemination, effective communication, PDS
 
 
Symposium #44
Gimme Shelter: Optimizing Shelter Dogs Welfareand Adoptability Through Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
101 F (Convention Center)
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberly G. Vail (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Animal shelters have become a necessary institution in our society. They are complex systems involving animals, volunteers, animal control officers, and future adopters. Understanding the combination of these factors is crucial to save lives at shelters. What are the best practices to keep animals healthy and active? How can we effectively deal with fear and aggression? What social behavior do animals need to learn? What do owners look for in future pets? This symposium will provide some answers to these questions. The first presentation will discuss the reinforcing function of human attention for shelter dogs. The second presentation will evaluate volunteer training programs. The third presentation examines existing behaviors that lead to faster adoptions. The fourth presentation outlines a new procedure for using affection as a reinforcer for decreasing fear and aggression.

Keyword(s): Adoptions, Aggression, Reinforcing Functions, Shelters
 

Shelter Dogs' Behavior Towards a Novel Human: Measures of the Functions of Human Social Interaction for Domestic Dogs

ERICA N. FEUERBACHER (University of Florida), Clive D.L. Wynne (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Shelter dogs provide a unique population in which to investigate human-dog interactions: shelter dogs are relatively deprived of human interaction and are required to regularly interact with novel humans during potential adoptions. To investigate how shelter dogs respond to novel humans and the effect of deprivation, we assessed shelter dogs interaction using three measures and compared our results to owned dogs. First, we measured the degree to which attention of a novel human would function as a reinforcer for an arbitrary response. Second, we compared the duration shelter dogs remained in proximity to a novel person when the person petted, vocally praised, or did not interact with the dog. Third, we measured dogs preference for different social interaction in a concurrent choice paradigm. Despite shelter dogs relative state of deprivation, brief social interaction did not function as a reinforcer, nor did dogs remain in proximity to the experimenter for vocal praise or no interaction, although dogs did remain in proximity for petting.

 

Training and Supporting High Quality "Dog Buddy" Volunteers

JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth), Becky Mathiowetz (Animal Allies Humane Society)
Abstract:

Approximately 5 to 7 million companion animals enter animal shelters nationwide every year (ASPCA, 2012). To assist with animal care and day-to-day operations, many shelters utilize the help of volunteers. Results of a landmark study (UPS Foundation, 1998) indicated that people would be more likely to volunteer if the volunteer organization made good use of time, had a reputation of being well managed, made better use of talents, made tasks more clearly defined, offered experience that helped career, and offered thanks. Animal Allies Humane Society (AAHS) in Duluth, MN, is the largest regional animal shelter, taking in over 2,000 dogs and cats in 2011 and having approximately 440 active volunteers. In order to attract and retain high quality volunteers, AAHS has taken recent steps to improve the management of their volunteer program, beginning with its 200+ Dog Buddy volunteers who contribute over 675 volunteer hours per month. This presentation serves to provide an overview of the process we used to redesign the "Dog Buddy" training program, which is being implemented in Fall 2012. Program effectiveness will be assessed, along with social validity with regard to trainer, staff, and volunteer satisfaction. Data collected and available for dissemination will be presented.

 

Increasing Adoption Success in Shelter Dogs

ALEXANDRA PROTOPOPOVA (University of Florida), Lindsay Mehrkam (University of Florida), Clive D.L. Wynne (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The issue of canine overpopulation in the United States is evident as animal shelters euthanize close to 250,000 adoptable dogs each year. The first study was an unsuccessful attempt to increase adoptions through the training of shelter dogs to emit a social response: gazing into the eyes of adopters. A follow up study suggested that physical attractiveness, and not behavior, may be most important to adopters. A third study directly evaluated this assertion by examining which, if any, behaviors emitted by shelter dogs correlated with faster adoptions. We correlated 42 in-kennel behaviors of dogs housed in a county shelter and length of stay. Several behaviors, such as oral contact with the kennel walls, jumping, grooming behaviors, and leaning on kennel walls positively correlated with length of stay. Surprisingly, other behaviors such as sitting, gazing, and being at the front of the kennel did not correlate with length of stay. We hope our data will directly lead to the development of targeted interventions and will, therefore, provide the necessary first step to a systematic study of increasing shelter dog welfare through faster adoptions.

 

Give Them Love Shelter Program

SEAN WILL (University of North Texas), Chase Owens (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Animal shelters around the world struggle to get dogs adopted and to ensure dogs have a high quality of life while at the shelter. Shelter dogs ideally should receive proper medical care, accurate temperament assessments, appropriate environmental enrichment, and individualized behavior programs. This presentation will describe a sustainable behavioral system that addresses the job needs of staff and volunteers and the care of the dogs. A four-level volunteer training program teaches volunteers to use job aides to insure the shelter is a healthy and enriched environment for the dogs, conduct behavior assessments, and implement individualized training programs for each dog. Dogs receive training in one or more of the following areas based on a behavior assessment: fear, aggression, and how to politely and patiently solicit and receive attention from humans. The ultimate goal is for all dogs to approach humans and appropriately ask for attention. Individual dog data, data of the efficiency of the shelter, and data of adoptions and returns will be presented and discussed. Further results pending.

 
 
Symposium #45
CE Offered: BACB
From Research and Concepts to Practice: Translational Evaluations in Autism and Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
208 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Terry S. Falcomata (University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: Henry S. Roane (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University)
CE Instructor: Terry S. Falcomata, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Translational research has been characterized as part of a bidirectional continuum in which an emphasis is placed on the process of applying laboratory-based discoveries and concepts to applied research (NIH, Acad Med, 2010). In this symposium, three papers will be presented describing translational evaluations that employed basic findings and concepts including motivating operations, the re-emergence of previously extinguished behaviors, and preference within more applied circumstances relating to autism. In the first paper, Mirela Cengher and colleagues use progressive ratio schedule of reinforcement assessment to evaluate the effects of motivating operations associated with social interaction on verbal behavior in the form of tacts. In the second paper, Katherine Hoffman and colleagues present data on the role of discriminative effects of reinforcement stimuli on the reinstatement of challenging behavior. In the third paper, Soyeon Kang and colleagues present data on the extent to which traditional reinforcement assessment procedures predict the reinforcing effects of various stimuli under more complex and varying contingencies.

Keyword(s): autism, motivating operations, reinstatement, translational research
 

Further Evaluations of Reinstatment of Challenging Behavior

KATHERINE HOFFMAN (University of Texas), Terry S. Falcomata (University of Texas at Austin), Summer Gainey (University of Texas at Austin), Colin S. Muething (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Reinstatement is the recovery of previously extinguished responding during response-independent delivery of previously reinforcing stimuli. In this translational study, we investigated the reinstatement of challenging behavior while specifically evaluating the discriminative properties of reinforcement stimuli. First, we replicated previous studies by demonstrating the reinstatement of challenging behavior using the basic reinstatement experimental arrangement (i.e., FR schedule for challenging behavior; extinction; FT schedule). Next, we compared conditions by specifically varying the contingencies present during the third component of the experimental arrangement by either a) providing the reinforcement non-contingently, or b) making the reinforcement stimuli visually available only. Variability was observed both within and across participants suggesting that although a discriminative effect of the reinforcement stimuli likely affected reinstatement, other mechanisms (e.g., establishing operations) likely impact the reinstatement of challenging behavior. Interobserver agreement was collected on at least 30% of all sessions and averaged above 90% for all participants. Applied and conceptual implications will be discussed.

 

The Effects of Deprivation and Satiation of Social Interactions on Tacting

MIRELA CENGHER (Queens College, City University of New York), Emily A. Jones (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Research has demonstrated that deprivation and satiation of social interactions results in differential responding for numerous topographies of behavior maintained by social reinforcement. To date, this effect has not been confirmed with verbal operants controlled by social reinforcement. Thus, the purpose of this study was to assess the effects of deprivation and satiation of social interaction on tacting. The participants were three typically developing children (age range, 3-5). The experimenter conducted language training to create a functional class of spoken words with a controlled history of nonverbal discriminative stimuli and social reinforcement. Language training was conducted in a discrete trial, followed by a free operant format. Once participants reached mastery criterion for the language training, a functional analysis of language demonstrated that the newly acquired words functioned as tacts. Next, pre-session periods of deprivation and satiation of social interaction were followed by a progressive ratio assessment where the number of tacts was measured. For two participants, deprivation resulted in increased tacting as compared to satiation. The third participant showed no differential responding. Theoretical and practical implications are discussed.

 

Effects of Tangible and Social Reinforcers on Skill Acquisition Across Varying Conditions: From Research Conditions to Practice

SOYEON KANG (University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas at Austin), Laura Rojeski (University of Texas at Austin), Heather Koch (University of Texas at Austin), Mark Jacoby (University of Texas at Austin), Garrett Roberts (University of Texas at Austin), Alena Makapoba (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Many researchers have evaluated the reinforcer potency of various stimuli using reinforcer assessments. To assess the extent to which specific stimuli are reinforcing, reinforcer assessments employ controlled conditions of low response requirements including simple responses and fixed-ratio 1 schedules of reinforcement. However previous studies have shown that reinforcer potency can be impacted by other variables such as varying schedules of reinforcement, the availability of alternative reinforcers, and/or response effort. Therefore, the effectiveness of simple experimental conditions in accurately predicting the reinforcing qualities of various stimuli in the applied settings (i.e., instructional environments) may be in question. Thus, it may be worthwhile to examine the extent to which the results of reinforcer assessments will by replicated in applied settings under various conditions (e.g., varying response effort; varying schedules of reinforcement). The present study was a preliminary evaluation of the predictive abilities of simple reinforcement assessment procedures with regard to more complex behaviors under varying conditions (i.e., response effort, schedules of reinforcement). The participants were three children, aged 3 to 5 years old, with autism spectrum disorders. Two types of reinforcers (i.e., highly preferred tangible items; social interaction) commonly used in practice were examined. Reinforcer assessments were first conducted to assess reinforcing effects of the high-preferred tangible items and social interaction within a simple experimental arrangement. Next, the effects of each reinforcer were evaluated during teaching sessions in terms of skill acquisition and task engagement. The results will be discussed in terms of practical strategies for identifying and using reinforcers efficiently across varying environmental conditions. Conceptual issues relating to preference, reinforcement, and response allocation will be discussed. Considerations when applying clinical findings for reinforcer effectiveness in practical settings will also be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #46
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Improving Verbal Behavior Among Children With Autism
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
211 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: David A. Wilder, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Four studies evaluating methods of improving verbal behavior among children with autism will be presented. In the first study, video modeling was used to teach intraverbal responding and to decrease echolalic behavior. The second study evaluated a procedure to teach a generalized mand for negative reinforcement. The third study investigated the effectiveness of differential reinforcement for correct answers when responding to another person's verbal behavior (i.e., verbally providing the correct answer to a question asked). The fourth study compared massed trial instruction, distributed trial instruction, and task interspersal to teach tacts to children with autism.

 

An Examination of Video Modeling as a Treatment to Reduce Echolalia

SEAN PETERSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Karen A. Toussaint Rader (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Echolalia, a language impairment characterized by the repetition of words or phrases recently spoken by another, interferes with normal language development and is often used as part of the diagnostic criteria for autism (American Psychiatric Association, 2000). In the current evaluation, the instructor used a constant-time delay procedure for teaching intraverbals. However, participants did not acquire correct intraverbal responding but continued to engage in echolalia. The instructors then presented participants with a video of a typically-developing peer engaged in correct intraverbal responding followed by re-presentation of instruction using the constant-time delay procedure. Following the introduction of video modeling, participants echoic behavior decreased and correct intraverbal responding increased. The current evaluation expands the literature base by extending the utility of video-modeling technology to effectively decreasing echoic behavior in individuals with autism.

 

Generalization of Negatively Reinforced Mands in Children With Autism

NICOLE C. GROSKREUTZ (Utah State University), Mark P. Groskreutz (Southern Connecticut State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Everyone encounters stimuli they find aversive every day (e.g., the sound of a classmate tapping their pencil). For children with autism, these stimuli may become problematic if they do not have the communication skills necessary to request the termination of those stimuli (i.e., mand for negative reinforcement). For these children, it may be useful to acquire a general mand (e.g., saying, "No, thank you.") which could be used to terminate a variety of aversive stimuli. In the current study, two boys with autism participated, who engaged in problem behavior when they encountered nonpreferred stimuli, and did not use an appropriate mand for negative reinforcement. We first employed a nonpreferred stimulus assessment to identify stimuli for subsequent use in mand training. Next, we conducted mand training sequentially across nonpreferred stimuli until sufficient exemplars were trained for generalization to untrained stimuli to occur. Finally, probes conducted in nontraining contexts provided evidence that the mand response generalized outside of the experimental setting.

 

Avoiding Overgeneralization of the "I Don't Know" Response via Differential Reinforcement

LINDSEY ROGERS (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Three children with autism, who often responded inappropriately to questions, participated in the current study. Pretest results were used to create two sets of questions labeled known and unknown, that the children either did or did not answer correctly. Participants were taught the response "I don't know" (IDK) to the unknown questions using echoic prompting and constant prompt delay. Non-differential reinforcement (i.e., verbal praise for IDK responses and correct answers) was applied to set 1 known and unknown questions. Differential reinforcement (i.e., verbal praise for IDK responses and access to preferred tangible for correct answers) was applied to set 2 known and unknown questions. Following IDK training, all participants acquired the IDK response, however, undesirable generalization of IDK to previously known questions occurred more frequently during set 1 (i.e., non-differential reinforcement condition) than set 2 (i.e., differential reinforcement condition) questions for two participants. For all participants, new correct answers to previously unknown questions were acquired more rapidly in the differential reinforcement condition compared to the non-differential reinforcement condition. In addition, two participants who demonstrated immediate echolalia during baseline had significant decreases echoed responses and increases in IDK responses during training. This study provides evidence supporting the use of differential reinforcement during intraverbal training to avoid unwanted generalization of the IDK response as well as to promote correct answer acquisition.

 

A Comparison of Massed-Trial Instruction, Distributed-Trial Instruction, and Task Interspersal to Teach Children With Autism

LINA M. MAJDALANY (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), David Mathisen (Florida Institute of Technology), Valdeep Saini (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Massed-trial instruction, distributed-trial instruction, and task interspersal are all effective methods for teaching skills to children. However, these three teaching methods have rarely been compared. In the current study, we taught three children with autism different shapes of countries using these three teaching methods to see which method would result in the quickest acquisition to mastery, and also which method would allow skills to be maintained over time. We used a multiple-baseline across participants design with an embedded alternating treatments design to compare the three teaching methods. Results showed that two participants met mastery criteria in few sessions in the massed-trial condition, whereas one participant met mastery criteria in fewest sessions in the distributed-trial condition. During follow-up, one participant maintained 100% correct responding in the massed-trial condition, one participant maintained targets best in the task interspersal condition, and one participant maintained the learned targets in all the conditions.

 
 
Symposium #47
CE Offered: BACB
Searching For Optimal Teaching Strategies: Where Are We Now?
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
205 C-D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Shawn E. Kenyon (Crossroads School for Children, Endicott College, Northeastern University)
Discussant: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Shawn E. Kenyon, M.A.
Abstract:

The literature in the area of applied behavior analysis has provided educators of students with autism a plethora of effective teaching strategies. As the incidence of the population has increased, however, challenges for practitioners have as well. It is paramount that skills necessary to function at the highest level of independence are identified and systematically taught. Areas of particular concern include identifying effective strategies to fade staff support, teaching children to learn in a group instructional format, increasing and generalizing of social skills, and innovative and low cost techniques to increase language production. The papers in this symposium will discuss three research projects. Specific data are presented on generalization strategies for social skills acquired in small group formats; a comparison of group vs. 1:1 instructional formats; and an innovative strategy using videos to teach mands.

 
Social Stories and Social Coaching: Generalization Strategies of Social Skills
RACHEL ABRAHAM (Crossroads School for Children), Michele D. Brock (Crossroads School for Children), Britany Melton (Crossroads School for Children), Benjamin Bruneau (Crossroads School for Children), Jill E. McGrale Maher (Crossroads School for Children, Endicott College)
Abstract: One of the most prevalent challenges for students with autism is the area of social skills, including observational skills, play interactions, social pragmatics, taking another’s perspective, making inferences, and sharing enjoyment. As a result, there are a number of recent publications outlining instructional models designed to teach social skills. Minimal research, however, exists targeting strategies to ensure durability and generalization of meaningful social skills. The current project investigates the use social coaching and social stories to promote immediate generalization in school and community settings of skills mastered in groups. The current study took place at a private non-profit day school for students with autism and related disorders. Participants include eighteen students with autism, ranging in age from 8-18. A multiple baseline design across skills within students was used. Preliminary results indicate both strategies resulted in generalization of skills acquired in social skills group. Benefits of the social validity and application across settings and facilitators will be discussed.
 

A Comparison of Group and One-to-One Instructional Arrangements With Students With ASD

BRITANY MELTON (Crossroads School for Children), Mikaela Hansen (Crossroads School for Children), Jill E. McGrale Maher (Crossroads School for Children, Endicott College), Shawn E. Kenyon (Crossroads School for Children, Endicott College, Northeastern University)
Abstract:

The literature indicates that students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) learn best 1:1 with teaching practices based on the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis. This however may not continue to be functional for all students across settings and time. Although there is a growing body of literature to support group instruction as an effective teaching format, research comparing 1:1 and group instructional arrangements as well as indices for best clinical practice and skills required to "group-teach" is minimal. The current project compares 1:1 vs. small group instructional formats. An alternating treatment with initial baseline and final best treatment phase design was used to compare rates of skill acquisition across the two teaching formats. Data was also collected across content areas, observational learning, rates of interfering behaviors, and skills required to teach groups. Preliminary data indicates little difference between rates of skill acquisition in 1:1 and group settings (data attached). Results between teaching formats as well as suggestions for next steps and future research are discussed.

 

A Comparison of Traditional and Video-Based Mand Training for Children With Autism

JOSH PLAVNICK (Michigan State University), Mari MacFarland (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

As the only verbal operant that allows an individual to control delivery of reinforcement, the mand is a top instructional priority in early intervention programs for children with autism. Procedures that rapidly increase mand repertoires are important as low levels of manding are associated with decreased social interaction and increased problem behavior. Despite a large body of research demonstrating efficacious practices for teaching mands, minimal research has compared procedures to evaluate the comparative efficiency of the various practices. The present investigation sought to compare two methods of mand training, each involving modeling and prompt fading, on the acquisition and mastery of mands by 4 preschool children with autism. An alternating treatment design was used to compare traditional mand training procedures with video-based instruction on targeted outcomes. Results suggest that video modeling led to slightly faster acquisition and doubling of mand mastery rates when compared to traditional mand training procedures. The results were replicated across all participants, suggesting a strong functional relation. The potential benefits of using video modeling during verbal behavior programs for children with autism will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #48
CE Offered: BACB
Direct Comparisons of Procedures Used in ABA Based Autism Intervention
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
208 C-D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Steven Woolf (Beacon ABA Services)
Discussant: Susan A. Rapoza-Houle (Beacon ABA Services)
CE Instructor: Robert K. Ross, Ed.D.
Abstract:

Individuals and agencies providing ABA autism intervention services are routinely in the position of having to make decisions about treatment interventions, data collection and data analysis systems. However, the basis for the selection and use of one intervention procedure over another or the rationale for using a particular criterion to determine mastery of a skill may not always be clear. As a result the use of one intervention over another may be a function of habit or training rather than the empirical evidence. This symposium presents three direct comparison studies that attempted to determine if or in what way procedural or criterion level differences affected the outcomes in ABA based interventions for individuals on the autism spectrum. The first focuses on procedural variations in the context of preference assessments, the second looks at rate of acquisition and maintenance when differing criteria for mastery are used, and the third compares continuous and discontinuous measurement and its impact on meeting mastery criteria.

Keyword(s): Intervention Comparisons
 

Comparison of Preference Assessment Outcomes Using Two Response Topographies

ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services), Christopher Armen Aghjayan (Evergreen Center), Jennifer M. Silber (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

Response contingent reinforcement is used by behavior analysts to alter the frequency, topography, and magnitude of behavior (Trosclair-Lasserre, Lerman, Call, Addison, & Kodak, 2008). The process used to discover reinforcers for a particular individual can take many forms and one such method is stimulus preference assessments. There is a gap in the literature with respect to the response topography used to select stimuli presented. The present study examined preferences expressed in the Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement (MSWO) assessment method when the response selection topography was either verbal or motor. Results showed that response selection topography did not affect the identification of the most preferred item. A subsequent assessment of the reinforcing effects of the identified most preferred items was then conducted across two tasks, one verbal response task and one motor response task, to confirm that the item identified as most preferred in the MSWO functioned as an effective reinforcer. In the verbal response task, the item identified, as most preferred was confirmed as an effective reinforcer in three out of four conditions across participants. In the motor response task the item identified as most preferred was the most effective reinforcer in only two of the conditions across participants.

 

Considering Mastery Criteria: A Survey of Existing Data

CHRISTIAN A. BENAVIDES (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

In recent years, the question of evaluating skill acquisition by children with autism has been considered by applied researchers (Cummings & Carr, 2009; Nadjowski et al. 2009; Lerman et al. 2010). In an effort to streamline data collection some practitioners have adopted discontinuous measurement systems to measure progress. Using this method, a skill has been considered mastered when the individual achieves either 2 or 3 consecutive days of successfully completing the first response opportunity in a session (Lerman et al. 2010). Previous analyses have touched upon several skill domains (Cummings & Carr, 2009) and yielded mixed results. One finding is that first-trial recording can lead to premature determinations of skill acquisition (Lerman et al. 2010), however this result can be negated by increasing the criteria for mastery. The current study examines these questions from a different approach. Taking a survey of a large amount of pre-existing data, we examined whether the first-trial mastery criteria yield the same results as the continuous percent-based mastery criteria used by the practitioners collecting the data (80% correct responding across three consecutive days). Results indicate that firsttrial mastery criteria disagree at a high rate with the multi-trial system that was actually in use.

 

A Comparison of Acquisitions and Maintenance of Spelling Using Differing Master Levels

KELLER MACMATH (Beacon ABA Services), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Najdowski et al. (2009) assessed multiple data collection procedures used during instruction of individuals with developmental disabilities and suggested that more research was needed to determine the impact of different criterion levels on evidence of mastery. Researchers in the current study assessed the acquisition of spelling across two sets of equivalent words using a less and more restrictive mastery criteria. The participant in the present study had a history of learning to spell with the use of visual prompts; however, acquisition of the target words was very slow. The participants rates of acquisition were compared and the maintenance of spelling was evaluated to determine if either criterion resulted in more rapid and more durable responding.

 
 
Symposium #49
CE Offered: BACB
Bridging the Gap: Bringing Contextual Behavioral Science to Traditional Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
102 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Emmie Hebert (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Julie Crittendon (The Vanderbilt Kennedy Center)
CE Instructor: Julie Crittendon, Ph.D.
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) has proven its effectiveness in addressing a range of problematic behaviors, including remarkable successes in building more effective repertoires for those diagnosed with autism or other developmental delays. As ABA has continued to broaden its reach, new technologies are developed and new applications proven effective. Alongside these pragmatic advances lie scientific developments in the broad field of behavior analysis. In the last decade, Relational Frame Theory (RFT) has emerged as a behavioral account of human language and cognition that extends Skinner’s approach to understanding verbal behavior. RFT has been posited as the foundation of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), a clinical behavior analytic approach recognized in mainstream psychology for its evidence base. This symposium will focus on ways that traditional ABA may be enhanced by the inclusion of analyses grounded in Relational Frame Theory and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. Specific applications of RFT and ACT processes to ABA practice will be offered.
Keyword(s): ACT, CBS, RFT
 

Verbal Behavior and RFT: From Philosophy to Practice

SCOTT A. MILLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Emmie Hebert (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behavior laid a critically important foundation for a cogent account of human language as a unique behavioral phenomenon. Relational Frame Theory (RFT) expanded upon the verbal behavior foundation and broadened the range of behavioral application to helping others. Research in both Verbal Behavior and RFT has provided empirical support for significantintervention outcomes: Building verbal/vocal imitation, joint attention, mands, and tact repertoires (e.g., frames of coordination) is important for building basic language skills in early or delayed learners. Reading, reading comprehension, and spelling is efficiently trained in match-to-sample/stimulus equivalence procedures, and building hierarchical relational frames. Techniques for synthesizing contextual control facilitate building syntax and grammar skills. Similarly, stimulus equivalence procedures are useful for building math skills and mathematical reasoning. Finally,perspective-taking techniques facilitate social conversational skills and may increase "empathy" behaviors. This presentation provides an overview of research and strategies developed from RFT to aid the clinical practice of Applied Behavior Analysts.

 
Accept or Avoid?
ALEXANDER MCLEAN (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida), James Akintonde (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Behavior analysts have had much success in the world of intellectual disabilities and children. However, the realm of language-based psychopathology has just begun to be addressed within the field. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is based on derived stimulus relations and allows for a behavior analytic treatment of language-based psychopathology. ACT involves transforming the stimulus function of aversive private events instead changing individuals’ verbal behavior. Experiential avoidance is a repertoire narrowing effect that occurs when individuals avoid situations that have been paired with aversive stimulation. “Acceptance” is one of six components found within ACT that are intended to combat this effect. Acceptance teaches individuals to experience aversive private events occasioned by an individual’s reinforcement and punishment history without attempting to change frequency or topographical form. Allowing difficult thoughts or emotions to occurwithout engaging in avoidance or escape maintained behavior facilitates habituation, transformation of function,and other ACT components as well. The current presentation wishes to operationally define acceptance in a behavior analytic fashion and highlight some of the implications the concept could have within the field.
 

Making Change That Matters: Values-Based Behavior Plans in Applied Behavior Analysis

EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Maureen Kathleen Flynn (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Behavioral interventions have been shown to be effective at addressing a wide range of behavior excesses and deficits in a wide range of contexts. Though weve had many successes, behavior analysts often experience difficulties setting the conditions for individuals responsible for managing key contingencies to implement the behavior plans we create. This may be attributable to the dominance of aversive control for the behavior analysts and all participants in the behavior plan. Emerging evidence in contextual behavioral approaches suggest that shifts in context can foster the transformation of function from aversive to valued. The challenge to the behavior analyst is thus to foster transformation of values functions in the context of the behavior plan, such that implementation of the plan is part of the functional class of valued behaviors. This paper will propose a role for values work in applied behavior analysis which will involve creating the context for individuals to 1) choose a superordinate value for their behavior, 2) practice discriminating behaviors as part of a class of values-consistent behavior, and 3) practice engaging in values-consistent behavior. Specific tools which might be incorporated into the early stages of behavioral assessment and intervention will be introduced.

 
 
Symposium #50
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in Procedures for Assessing and Treating Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
102 D-E (Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina at Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Alison M. Betz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Research has shown that strategies based on the principles of behavior analysis are effective for assessing and treating pediatric feeding disorders. However, there are some areas that have received little attention in the literature and warrant further evaluation. The purpose of this symposium is to share and discuss three innovative procedures for the assessment and treatment of varying feeding disorders. The first study evaluated the effects of modifying functional analysis procedures for inappropriate mealtime behaviors and the second and third study evaluated innovative interventions to treat pediatric feeding disorders. Areas for future research and clinical implications will be discussed.

Keyword(s): Chew Training, Choice Arrangement treatments, Functional Analysis, Pediatric Feeding Disorders
 

Functional Analysis of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior: The Effects of Noncontingent Access to Tangible Stimuli in Control and Test Conditions

MELISSA LUKE GONZALEZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S.W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Tessa Christine Taylor (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily K. Rubio (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

An understanding of the functional variables associated with inappropriate mealtime behavior is critical to developing an effective and efficient treatment for food refusal. To this aim, functional analysis methodology has been modified for the meal context and previous research has shown that multiple sources of reinforcement maintain inappropriate mealtime behavior. However, the role of noncontingent access to preferred stimuli during conditions has not been evaluated. We conducted functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior with the specific goal of evaluating the role of noncontingent access to preferred stimuli. In many of these cases, the provision of noncontingent access to tangible stimuli was necessary in order to achieve stable levels of inappropriate mealtime behavior in the control (play) condition. Similarly, the effects of noncontingent tangible access were examined during test conditions (escape and attention). In several cases, levels of inappropriate mealtime behavior varied greatly based on the inclusion/exclusion of noncontingent tangible access. Previous research has found that noncontingent reinforcement may result in suppressed levels of the target behavior via competition, satiation, or extinction. Possible implications of these findings on functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior will be discussed.

 
Effects of a Chaining and Fading Procedure to Decrease Premature Swallowing and Increase Appropriate Chewing Behaviors
JEANINE TANZ (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Andrew Morgan (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
Abstract: The majority of feeding problems include refusal, selectivity by type or texture, oral motor problems, and dysphagia (Field, Garland, & Williams, 2003). The majority of research has studied treatments for food refusal and selectivity as well as dysphagia; however, oral motor problems have received less attention. Premature swallowing (failing to chew food prior to swallowing) is one example of a feeding problem that has received less attention in the behavioral literature. The assessment and treatment of premature swallowing is critical in that proper chewing of food reduces risk of aspiration, and provides a means for introducing table texture, age-appropriate foods. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a chaining and fading procedure on treating premature swallowing by increasing the number of chews per bite presented during mealtime. Results of this study showed: 1) several factors may maintain premature swallowing behaviors, 2) the treatment was successful at decreasing premature swallowing for participants who engaged in premature swallowing as a result of both a motivational deficit (Participant 1) and skill deficit (Participant 2), 3) the treatment was effective at increasing average chews per bite presentation for both participants.
 

The Use of Choice to Increase Spoon Acceptance of Non-preferred Foods

ALISON KOZLOWSKI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Tessa Christine Taylor (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Elisabeth A. Masler (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Choice arrangements have previously been used to target food refusal (e.g., Cooper et al., 1999; Vaz, Volkert, & Piazza, 2011). The goal of this experiment was to extend choice arrangements to food refusal related to utensil and variety. Two children, ages 5 and 6 years, receiving treatment in an intensive day treatment feeding program participated. Both children engaged in food refusal when non-preferred foods were presented on a spoon, but accepted preferred foods on a spoon and non-preferred foods when presented on a NUK. Choice arrangements were implemented for both children to increase acceptance of the non-preferred foods on a spoon. The children were provided with two choices while two variables were manipulated food variety and utensil (i.e., spoon versus NUK) were manipulated for one child, while food volume and plate color were manipulated for the other. If the children did not make a choice, both bites were presented. If the children engaged in food refusal after making a choice, an individualized treatment protocol was then followed that included non-removal of the food. Both childrens acceptance of non-preferred foods off of a spoon increased. These results support the effectiveness of choice arrangements in the treatment of food refusal.

 
 
Symposium #51
CE Offered: BACB
Methodological Approaches to Gene-Brain-Behavior Relations in Applied Research
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
201 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba)
Discussant: David Wayne Schaal (Accuray, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Owed to its parsimony, focus on observable responses, and single-subject approach to experimental design, behavior analysis may be a suitable interphase between socially significant behavior and neuroscientific and genetic research. Applied behavior-analytic interventions have rarely incorporated neurophysiological dependent variables. This approach may help to identify patterns of neurophysiological activity that are specific to operant processes. Also, behavior-analytic methods may help to establish disease-specific behavioral characteristics of genetic syndromes including autism and Prader-Willi syndrome. Finally, cross-disciplinary applied research may impact favorably the biological plausibility and facial validity of behavior-analytic interventions to broader scientific audiences. During this symposium we will present a range of empirical studies illustrating various methodological approaches to gene-brain-behavior relations in the context of applied research. Hammond et al. will present a study examining the environmental factors and neurophysiological correlates of problem behavior in Prader-Willi syndrome. Caruso-Anderson et al. conducted a study on the distinctive behavioral characteristics of individuals with autism in terms of their preference toward social stimuli. Finally, Virues-Ortega et al. will present an intervention study on the establishment of head steadiness in children with autism undergoing functional magnetic resonance imaging. Dr. David Schaal, a behavior analyst with extensive training in behavioral neuroscience will serve as discussant.

Keyword(s): Autism, Gene-brain-behavior relations, Magnetic resonance imaging, Prader-Willi syndrome
 

Examining the Determinants of Skin Picking in Prader-Willi Syndrome: Utilizing fMRI and Functional Analysis

JENNIFER LYNN HAMMOND (Stanford University), Scott S. Hall (Stanford University), Kristin M. Hustyi (Stanford University), Allan L. Reiss (Stanford University)
Abstract:

The concept of automatic reinforcement has been described as somewhat elusive (cf. Iwata et al., 1994) and may present particular assessment and treatment challenges. Can brain imaging methodology help us? In this study, we assessed the feasibility of utilizing functional magnetic resonance methodology (fMRI; subtraction method) to help identify the determinants of skin- picking behavior exhibited by individuals diagnosed with Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS). Eleven individuals (8 male; 3 female), who ranged in age from 12 to 24 years, participated. Functional analysis results indicated that the participants skin picking was maintained by automatic reinforcement. fMRI evaluations were conducted under a free operant arrangement and 9 of 11 participants engaged in skin picking while in the scanner, with only limited movement artifact occurring during the scans. To obtain sufficient samples of picking and non-picking bouts for fMRI data analysis, other methods (e.g., response blocking) also were implemented. We conclude by suggesting that it may be possible to use fMRI methodology to augment our understanding of behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. Investigators undertaking fMRI evaluations of problem behavior must be aware, however, that movement and physiological artifacts, as well as sampling issues, are important factors that need to be considered.

 

Preference for Social Interaction in Children With Autism Compared to Their Typically Developing Peers

MARY CARUSO-ANDERSON (University of Manitoba), Daina Crafa (Universitat Osnabruk), Ashley Pauls (University of Manitoba), Christine Sousa (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Kylee Hurl (University of Manitoba), Karl Wiedl (Universitat Osnabruck)
Abstract:

Preference assessments have been used extensively with individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) in clinical and research settings to determine relative preference among tangible items such as toys or food and activities such as watching television. Despite the presence of social withdrawal behavior and debilitating deficits in social interaction skills, no studies have examined preferences for social interaction in individuals with ASDs. The purpose of this study was to determine relative preference for social interaction by the amount of time children with ASDs and their typically developing peers allocated to social and non-social stimuli when both were available simultaneously. A brief preference assessment was conducted to identify preferred toys and a modified preference assessment was conducted to examine preference for solitary versus interactive play. Results will be discussed in terms of amount of time allocated to social versus non-social conditions as well as social escape and avoidance behavior.

 

Establishing Steadiness in Children With Autism in the MRI Clinic

Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba), ALISON COX (University of Manitoba), Flavia Julio (University of Manitoba), Kylee Hurl (University of Manitoba), Bethany Craig (University of Manitoba), Deborah L. Hatton (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre)
Abstract:

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is a non-invasive medical procedure that supports the diagnosis of numerous medical conditions. MRI scans require the individual to remain still throughout the procedure, which can last from a few seconds to several minutes. The procedure is particularly challenging for children with autism due to sensory sensitivities and limited instructional control. A few research studies have shown success in teaching tolerance and promoting steadiness during MRI scans using exposure-based techniques. However, reinforcement-based interventions have not been tested in individuals with autism. We used an exposure procedure and differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) to establish steadiness in children with autism undergoing MRI scans. First, we implemented an exposure-based component to facilitate tolerance to the scanning environment. This procedure was followed by a DRO schedule reinforcing head steadiness. The DRO schedule was gradually increased from a few seconds to five minutes inside the scanner bore. A purposely-developed movement tracking system was used to monitor head movement. The preliminary results show that an exposure-based procedure combined with progressively thinner DRO schedules can be used to establish head steadiness in children with autism undergoing MRI scans.

 
 
Symposium #52
CE Offered: BACB
Methodological Advances in the Treatment of Escape-Maintained Behavior
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
202 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica L. Sassi (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Jessica L. Sassi, Ph.D.
Abstract: Problem behavior maintained by escape or avoidance is a common phenomenon. However, occasionally it proves difficult to address and requires that clinicians take existing technologies and apply them in new ways. In the current symposium, three papers on the treatment of escape-maintained behavior will be presented. In the first paper, Allen and colleagues will review the use of Functional Communication Training (FCT) to reduce escape-maintained behavior. Following treatment, the authors faded the reinforcement schedule through the use of a multiple schedule arrangement. In the second paper, McConnell and colleagues will review the use of demand fading with and without extinction to reduce the escape-maintained behavior of children with autism during dental visits. In the final paper, Kenzer and Bishop will present a study on the use of stimulus fading and reinforcement for compliance with dental-related demands for a young child. Our discussant, Michele Wallace, will review the strengths and limitations of the papers while providing a discussion on the context of these papers within the larger literature on the treatment of escape-maintained behavior.
 

Using Stimulus Fading to Establish Compliance with Dental Procedures

AMY KENZER (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Michele R. Bishop (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

Resistance to dental procedures remains an important topic in the treatment of individuals with developmental disabilities. Several researchers have investigated procedures to increase compliance with dental treatments including stimulus fading, escape extinction, visual schedules, systematic desensitization, and differential reinforcement (Cuvo, 2010). Some behavioral interventions, such as escape extinction may be inappropriate for teaching compliance with dental procedures because there is an increased risk of injury when attempting to place dental tools in the mouth of a child who is actively resisting. Similarly, systematic desensitization may require additional instruction in relaxation techniques, potentially prolonging intervention for this population. Alternatively, stimulus fading interventions involve gradually increasing the size, proximity, and/or duration of a stimulus while reinforcing compliance; thereby reducing or eliminating the need for escape extinction. The purpose of the present study was to examine the effectiveness of a stimulus fading procedure in a simulated dental environment in the childs home for increasing compliance with dental procedures including, brushing teeth, placing a mirror in the mouth, placing fingers in the mouth to count teeth, scraping teeth with a dental instrument, flossing, and x-rays. Each dental procedure was divided into 30-34 smaller steps starting with showing the dental instrument or fingers to the child, placing the dental instrument or fingers in the child's mouth, moving the dental instrument or fingers around the mouth, and ending with the terminal goal of compliance with a full cleaning and exam. Results indicate that the stimulus fading procedure was successful at increasing compliance with dental procedures which maintained over time and generalized to implementation by the childs dental professional in the dental office. A discussion about the practical implications of stimulus fading interventions and their application to dental procedures will be provided.

 

Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Escape from Dental Procedures

KELLY L. MCCONNELL (New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Sassi (New England Center for Children), Wendy Cheney (Franciscan Children's Hospital Boston), Aimee Kidder (New England Center for Children), Lauren P. Carr (New England Center for Children), Natalie Stepanik (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Problem behavior during dental visits can impede thorough treatment and often requires invasive approaches to deliver even basic care. A modified functional analysis was conducted for 4 participants to confirm the function of problem behavior in this context. For all 4 participants, the analyses confirmed problem behavior was maintained by escape from dental demands. These outcomes were then used to develop function-based treatments. Specifically, demand fading procedures were evaluated in which participants were gradually exposed to components of a typical dental exam as problem behavior remained low. For those participants for whom demand fading was not sufficient to decrease disruptive behavior, extinction procedures were added. The results and their implications will be discussed. Reliability data were collected during a minimum of 30% of sessions and averaged over 80%.

 

Evaluating the Efficacy of Auditory and Visual Signals on Functional Communication Under Escape Conditions

MARRISA ALLEN (Melmark New England), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), Nicole Heal (Melmark New England), Jodi Elizabeth Neurenberger (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Kristina Vargo (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

Functional Communication Training (FCT), although an efficacious treatment to reduce occurrences of maladaptive behavior, may result in unmanageable rates of the communicative response. Research has shown that gradually introducing a multiple schedule of reinforcement can ameliorate these high rates. To date, no studies have attempted the gradual introduction of a multiple schedule with behavior sensitive to negative reinforcement. Moreover, although evidence exists in the basic literature for the use of auditory stimuli as discriminative stimuli for the components of a multiple schedule, there is a paucity of applied research on multiple schedules with auditory signals. In the current study, two participants with developmental disabilities and intact vision and hearing received FCT to teach a functionally communicative response (e.g., touching a break card). Once the participants acquired the response, they were exposed to a multiple schedule condition, in which either auditory or visual signals were arranged to signal the components, and a mixed schedule (control) condition in which neither component was signaled. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was collected for a minimum of 33% of sessions across phases and participants. Mean IOA was 97% (range, 93% to 97%) across participants.

 
 
Symposium #53
CE Offered: BACB
What is the Optimal Intensity of Early Behavioral Intervention?
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
200 F-G (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: John C. Neill (Long Island University)
Discussant: Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota)
CE Instructor: John C. Neill, Ph.D.
Abstract: Just how intensive should Early Intense Behavioral Intervention be? Intensity is often reduced to the number of hours of intervention per week. This symposium will present experimental and theoretical approaches to the question of intensity in EIBI. First, Emily Jones (Queens College) will present an experimental analysis of several aspects of intensity, such as number of opportunities, session duration, and spacing of trials, measuring the effects on skill acquisition in young children with Down syndrome. Second, Nicole Neil and Sara Bauer (Queens College) will present several experimental analyses of the effects the intensity variables on behavior in young children with developmental disabilities. Third, John C. Neill (Long Island University) will suggest that the quality, not quantity, of EIBI is critical. The meta-analyses by Eldevik, and the work on intelligence by Williams will be reviewed to make the case that brief discrimination training procedures that optimize the general skill set of rapidly learning three term contingencies on a variable intertrial interval schedule should be considered for EIBI, especially when there are time constraints. Mature scientifically-validated methods for teaching three term contingencies to neurologically and pharmacologically impaired animals and humans will be described. Finally, Joseph Reichle (University of Minnesota) will serve as the discussant.
Keyword(s): discrimination, Down syndrome, early behavioral intervention, EIBI, intensity, contingencies
 

Effects of Intervention Intensity on Skill Acquisition in Children With Down Syndrome

EMILY A. JONES (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract:

The intensity of early intervention may greatly impact outcomes for young learners. Intervention intensity often refers to the number of hours/time (e.g., Lovaas, 1987). Intensity also reflects the environment in which intervention occurs, number of opportunities provided, frequency of sessions, duration of intervention, etc. How do these other aspects of intensity affect learner skill acquisition and overall functioning? I will overview our approach to examining intervention intensity by manipulating one aspect of intensity, such as number of opportunities, session duration, and spacing of opportunities (intertrial interval), measuring the effects on skill acquisition in young children with Down syndrome. Responses (e.g., head, tummy, legs, within the area of identifying body parts) are randomly assigned to either high or low intensity intervention. To demonstrate the effects of intervention, we use a multiple baseline probe design across three responses within a skill area for a given intensity level. To examine the effects of intensity, we compare acquisition (occurrence, sessions to mastery, maintenance) across levels of intensity. Through this series of studies we may begin to tease apart the relative contributions of different aspects of intensity on skill acquisition and determine the most effective intensity of early intervention for children with Down syndrome.

 

Intervention Intensity: Effects of Number of Opportunities, Session Duration, and Intertrial Interval

NICOLE NEIL (Queens College, City University of New York), Sara Bauer (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Using the approach described in the previous presentation, we are examining the effects of intensity in terms of the number of opportunities, session, duration, and intertrial interval. Participants include 4 children with Down syndrome ranging from 10 months to 6 years (children participated in more than one study). During intervention, the interventionist presents an opportunity, prompts, and provides reinforcement for correct responses with only the intensity varying. In the first study, we examined number of opportunities (20 vs. 5) holding session duration constant at 10 minutes, but allowing intertrial interval to vary. Data from one participant (the other participant showed similar performance) are attached showing generally faster acquisition with 20 opportunities and fewer times the interventionist had to revert to a more intensive prompt. In a new study we are examining session duration (10 minutes vs. 2.5 minutes), holding intertrial interval constant at 30s, but allowing number of opportunities to vary (20 vs. 5). Baseline data to date are attached. In a third study, we are examining the spacing (intertrial interval) of instructional opportunities (30 seconds vs. 2 minutes), holding the number of opportunities (20) constant, but allowing session duration to vary (10 vs. 40 minutes).

 

Quality, Not Quantity, of Discrimination Training Matters

JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University)
Abstract:

In everyday practice, insurance companies, parents, teachers, and human service agencies emphasize the need to provide X number of hours of EIBI (early intensive behavioral intervention) per week. The present paper argues that teaching children on an individualized basis to rapidly acquire three term contingencies using mature scientifically-validated stimulus control procedures is critical in making early intensive behavioral interventions as successful as possible, and the "intensity" or duration of intervention is secondary. Eldevik et al. (2009, 2010) have reviewed a number EIBI studies to determine the level of effect following various durations per week of intervention and found that there was a modest improvement in performance on intelligence tests when a minimum number of hours of EIBI per week were carried out. Williams and Pearlberg (2006) have argued that performance on intelligence tasks in intellectually bright college students is very highly positively correlated with performance on three term contingency tasks, and thus, the ability to learn three term contingencies is critical in the development of intelligence, per se. Thus, given the oft-stated goal of improving the intelligence of children who have neurodevelopmental delays, the emphasis on EIBI should be upon using the most effective three term discrimination procedures possible, rather than simply specifying the duration of interventions. The present paper will review several auditory discrimination training procedures which have been validated in basic research on rat, monkey and humans with developmental disabilities, and which have proven extremely effective in training normal and neurologically impaired mammals, including those on polypharmacy treatments, to rapidly acquire three term contingency discriminations and decrease maladaptive behavior patterns (cf., Neill et al., 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1989, 1995, 1996, 2001, 2005, 2007, 2008).

 
 
Symposium #54
CE Offered: BACB
Current Status and Future Directions in Secondary Transition: Why We Need Behavior Analysis Now
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
M100 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University)
CE Instructor: Paula E. Chan, M.A.
Abstract:

Over the past several decades, the field of special education has emphasized preparing students with disabilities for successful transition into adult roles. Despite numerous research efforts examining effective secondary transition strategies, it is becoming increasingly clear that the field still has much more work to do if youth with disabilities are to realize their potential in employment, postsecondary education, and independent living. Behavior analysts are well positioned to play a critical role in improving the outcomes for youth and young adults with disabilities. This symposium will address where the field currently is by highlighting post-school outcome data from the National Longitudinal Transition Study 2. Poor post-school outcomes for youth and young adults with disabilities underscore the need for improved approaches to intervention.One such approach may involve developing a multi-tiered system of support for students in transition so that each student receives the intensity of support needed to facilitate smooth transition. Another approach may be to consider developing specialized transition-focused curriculums for certain populations, such as children with autism spectrum disorders. Finally, practitioners need effective interventions designed to promote youth involvement in educational planning processes. Such interventions have the potential to improve outcomes across all transition domains. . This symposium will address these topics, highlighting the need for behavior analysis at each step of the process.

 
How Do Students With Disabilities Fare Upon Exit From High School?
MOIRA KONRAD (The Ohio State University), Paula E. Chan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Although there is evidence of improvement, data from the National Longitudinal Transition Study-2 (NLTS2) document that outcomes for youth with disabilities continue to lag significantly behind their peers without disabilities. For instance, they are less likely to complete high school, less likely be employed upon leaving school, less likely to participate in postsecondary education, and more likely to be involved with the criminal justice system (for some disability categories). In this paper, we will share findings from the NLTS2 that may help to define a research and practice agenda for behavior analysts. Specifically, we will discuss what in-school experiences look like for students with disabilities (particularly those with autism spectrum disorders, "emotional disturbance," or attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder) and what happens to these students when they leave school. More importantly, we will discuss how those in-school experiences must change in order to improve post-school outcomes and the importance of behavioral interventions for making these changes.
 

A Multi-Tiered System of Support for Secondary Transition: A Request for Assistance

DAVID W. TEST (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract:

Although Multi-Tiered Systems of Support (MTSS; e.g., PBIS, RTI) do not explicitly include secondary transition as a focus of assessment in intervention, the implicit assumption in MTSS is that students who perform better academically and exhibit more pro-social behaviors in high school, are more likely to have better post-school outcomes (be more college and career ready). These assumptions align well with secondary transition outcomes and provide a starting point for linking the two together. PBIS and RTI will help get students to graduation, but do not help student learn other valuable transition skills. Therefore, the purpose of this paper will be to propose a model MTSS focused on secondary transition that can be used for all students. However, in order to meet the definition of a MTSS, a reliable and valid measurement system is needed. Applied behavior analysts are well-positioned to help with this important task.

 

Transition and Academic Curriculum With High School Students With ASD

JULIE THOMPSON (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract:

The Center on Secondary Education for Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders (CSESA) is a multi-site research and development center developed to create a high school curriculum students with ASD and to conduct an efficacy study of the impact of the curriculum on multiple student outcomes and transition to post-school settings. This session will provide an overview of two of the components including the transition and families component and the academic component for students with autism who access alternate achievement standards. Topics will include community and school resource mapping, procedures for providing work-based and post-secondary education opportunities, and using adaptations, systematic instruction, modifications, and technology to promote comprehension of academic and functional texts.

 

Literature Findings on Student Involvement in Educational Planning for Students With Emotional or Behavioral Disorders

PAULA E. CHAN (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Poor post-school outcomes for youth with emotional or behavioral disorders (EBD) indicate the need for improved school-based practices. In special education, recent emphasis has been placed on self-determination skills as a way to improve these outcomes. Self-determination interventions, particularly for older students, may include involving youth in the planning and development of their own IEPs. Although a substantial body of literature exists in this area, youth and young adults with EBD are underrepresented in the research. The authors will present findings from a comprehensive literature review of intervention research focused on teaching youth and young adults with EBD to become more involved in their education planning processes. Authors will discuss implications of these findings for practitioners and outline directions for future research. In particular, the authors will suggest ways behavior analysts may improve outcomes for youth with EBD through promoting involvement in education and transition planning, functional behavior assessment, and behavior intervention plan development.

 
 
Symposium #55
CE Offered: BACB
Analysis of Procedural Variations in Teaching on Learner Outcomes
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
M100 H-I (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jason M. Hirst (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The experimental literature documents the effectiveness of behavioral intervention across a wide range of teaching procedures, settings, populations, and target behaviors. Although empirically supported, slight variations in procedural details may impede or promote learning. The purpose of this symposium is to highlight four studies evaluating slight changes to teaching procedures and the impact on learner outcomes. The first presentation will share findings from an evaluation of the efficacy and efficiency of two prompting procedures on receptive labeling skills of three children with autism. The results of an analysis of the efficacy and efficiency of inter-trial interval length during discrete trial teaching on acquisition of three children with autism will be shared during the second presentation. The third presentation will summarize the results of a parametric analysis of treatment integrity level (i.e., feedback accuracy) on learner acquisition. Finally, the symposium will conclude with a summary of a review of the experimental literature on treatment integrity and highlight the variables influencing maintenance and generalization of staff performance.

Keyword(s): behavioral education, discrete trial teaching, treatment integrity
 

A Comparison of Graduated Guidance and Simultaneous Prompting in Teaching Children With Autism Receptive Language

ARIANA RONIS BOUTAIN HOPSTOCK (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

A variety of prompting procedures have been used to teach children with autism new skills. This study compared the effectiveness and efficiency of a criterion-based graduated guidance prompting to a simultaneous prompting procedure for 3 children with autism (ages 4-8). Using a parallel treatment design, researchers taught each participant 6 pairs of receptive labels, 3 with simultaneous prompting and 3 with graduated guidance. Results indicated that the criterion-based graduated guidance procedure was effective in teaching 2 pairs of skills to each participant. The simultaneous prompting procedure was effective in teaching 2 pairs of skills to 1 participant and 1 pair of skills to the other 2 participants. On average, the graduated guidance procedure required slightly fewer teaching trials than the simultaneous prompting procedure to teach skills and produced fewer child errors during daily probe trials. Although the findings indicate that a criterion-based graduated guidance procedure may be slightly more effective and efficient than a simultaneous prompting procedure, the choice of prompting procedure for teaching children with autism must be made on an individual basis.

 

The Effects of Inter-trial Intervals on Receptive Tasks for Young Children With Autism

NICOLE ASHLEE CALL (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Discrete trial teaching has been widely used to teach children with autism. Several studies have looked at inter-trial intervals during discrete trial teaching and the relationship inter-trial intervals have on the speed of learning and have indicated that the duration of the inter-trial interval may have some effect. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of inter-trial intervals on receptive labeling by three children (ages 4 to 7 years old) diagnosed on the autism spectrum. An alternating treatment design was used to compare the effects of short inter-trial intervals (5-10 seconds) to longer inter-trial intervals (15-20 seconds) during discrete trial teaching. Participants were taught to point to pictures of objects, numbers, or people. The results were mixed. One participant learned all of the pairs in roughly the same number of trials using both lengths of inter-intervals. The other two participants sometimes learned a pair of pictures with fewer trials using the short inter-trial intervals and sometimes using the long inter-trial intervals. While participants appeared to learn the tasks in a similar number of teaching trials, all participants learned the tasks in a shorter amount of total teaching time when the short inter-trial intervals were used.

 

The Short- and Long-Term Effects of Inaccurate Feedback: An Examination of Academic Task Acquisition in an Analogue Educational Setting

Jason M. Hirst (University of Kansas), FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

In educational settings, feedback plays a significant role in learning. However, in these settings, teachers do not always follow prescribed procedures with high integrity and research has shown a reliable negative impact on measures of outcome. Although the relation between fidelity of instruction and learning is becoming clear, there is no substantial body of evidence examining the implementation of feedback procedures. Human operant research has shown that participants are likely to follow inaccurate instructions even when doing so fails to maximize reinforcement. Feedback has been interpreted to serve a similar function as instructions. A logical empirical question is whether the accuracy of feedback will influence behavior in similar ways. To that end, the present study examined the effects of 4 levels of feedback accuracy on the acquisition of a simple academic task. Four typically-developing children, 4-5 years old were taught four discrimination tasks, each associated with a level of feedback accuracy in a multi-element design. The results suggest that learning only occurred when the feedback provided was 100% accurate. Additionally, during a second condition where only accurate feedback was provided, a consistent delay to acquisition was obtained for the tasks previously associated with inaccurate feedback.

 
Variables Affecting Maintenance and Generalization of Treatment Integrity by Direct Care Staff: A Review and Recommendations for Future Research
KERRY A. CONDE (Western New England University), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University)
Abstract: Treatment integrity, also known as procedural fidelity, refers to the accuracy with which a change agent implements an intervention (Fiske, 2008; St. Peter Pipkin, Vollmer, & Sloman, 2010; Vollmer et al., 2008; Watson, Foster, & Friman, 2006). The degree to which trainers and supervisors achieve maintenance and generalization of treatment integrity by direct-care staff may have important implications for treatment efficacy (e.g., DiGennaro Reed, Reed, Baez, & Maguire, 2011; Grow et al., 2009; Vollmer, Roane, Ringdahl, & Marcus, 1999; Wilder, Atwell, & Wine, 2006) and the validity of data-based treatment decisions (Vollmer et al., 2008). According to Fleming and Sulzer-Azaroff (1989), a primary concern for researchers and practitioners is the failure to maintain newly acquired skills. The purpose of the current paper is to review the experimental literature on strategies to promote maintenance and generalization of performance by direct-care staff. Results are discussed in terms of considerations for practicing behavior analysts and recommendations for future research.
 
 
Symposium #56
The Benefit of Implementing Performance Management Strategies in Human Service and Government Agencies
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
101 E (Convention Center)
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: William T. Forath (California State University, Fresno)
Discussant: Sergio E. Pinto (B.E.S.T. Consulting, Inc.)
Abstract:

Performance management strategies have been used in a variety of businesses and organizations, however for a field that shares a stage with many autism agencies, it might be considered underrepresented in demonstrations to assist these organizations specifically. OBM literature is also practically void of studies conducted in government or state agencies. Three papers will discuss interventions that produced improvement in human service and government agencies.

 

A Human Performance Collaboration Project in a Center-Based Autism Program

WILLIAM T. FORATH (California State University, Fresno), Amanda N. Adams (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

Human services agencies struggle with many issues not least of which is training and managing personnel. In collaboration with a leading OBM provider, a center based autism agency. Several strategies to improve workplace performance were implemented and tracked. The assessment process will be discussed as well as results from various interventions. The success of strategies such as prioritizing projects and getting buy in from staff will also be examined. Data indicate a moderately beneficial effect when results are taken as a whole. Considerations for improving and continuing such work will conclude the presentation.

 

Effects of Specific Visual Prompts and Response Effort on Litter Control and Recycling at an Outdoor Market and Human Service Agency

JOSE ANTONIO PRADO (California State University, Fresno), Amanda N. Adams (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

People are becoming more involved in attempting to reduce human-made pollutants and a widely encouraged method is to recycle. To do this efficiently there is a need to develop low-tech methods that are affordable and that will continue to produce widespread results in the future. Socially significant problems requiring behavior change are of interest in applied behavior analysis, a field that has successfully applied basic principles of behavior to complex human problems. The purpose of this study is to examine the effects of one such technique, visual prompts, on litter control and recycling in a natural environment. The current study will take place in two small towns in Central California in an outdoor market and a human service agency main entrance. The research question is: can specific visual prompts influence litter control and recycling at an outdoor market/flea market and a human service agency? Visual and statistical analyses will be used to analyze the effects visual prompts can have on the pounds of litter and recycling material properly disposed of.

 

Reducing Unexcused Absences in a Government Office

KEVIN LOWEN (California State University, Fresno), Amanda N. Adams (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

The OBM literature has a lack of studies conducted in a state or government work setting. The variables in these settings are different in many aspects to those of the public sector. A lottery prize served as a tool for the implementation of a strategy aimed at decreasing unexcused absences and creating better adherence to policy. Results were favorable. Factors such as employee buy in and group contingency dynamics will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #57
CE Offered: BACB
Beyond the Success Stories: Understanding the Behaviors That Can Destroy a Behavioral Safety Program
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
101 D (Convention Center)
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Discussant: Cloyd Hyten (ADI)
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Ludwig, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral Safety has been a success story of the successful application of behavior analytic principles in the workplace. This symposium focuses discussion on behavioral safety programs that achieve reductions in at-risk behaviors that lead to injury through data-based reviews of case studies and expert evaluations. The first presentation by Timothy Ludwig reviews a class of undesirable behaviors that can be reinforced in a typical behavior-based safety (BBS) program that uses incentives or other quotas to influence participation. The second presentation by Chris Goulart argues for the consideration of the full safety culture though the use of valid and reliable survey as an important first step in implementing a BBS process. The final paper by Judith Stowe will contrast the role of leadership when implementing a BBS process with the pressure managers put on employees emphasizing production.

Keyword(s): Behavioral-Safety, Leadership Behavior, Pencil Whipping, Safety Culture
 

You Think You're Reinforcing Participation in Behavioral Safety But You Reinforce Pencil Whipping Instead

TIMOTHY D. LUDWIG (Appalachian State University)
Abstract:

Its time to point to the elephant in the room and acknowledge Pencil Whipping within Behavior Based Safety. Pencil Whipping is a euphemism used to describe when workers, supervisors, and, yes, safety managers fill out observation cards, sometimes in great numbers, without actually conducting the observation (much less providing the critical feedback). This session will seek to understand and provide solutions for the environment that causes pencil whipping by reviewing research data and case studies for clues into this potentially deadly practice.

 

Behavioral Safety, Safety Culture, and Outcomes - Correlations and Causation? A Systemic Review and Case Study

CHRISTOPHER GOULART (RCI Safety)
Abstract:

Safety Culture is generally defined as the shared assumptions, beliefs, and values with regard to safety for the employees of an organization. It is often considered a constituent component of the larger organizational culture picture. Safety Culture is generally measured using employee perception surveys. These surveys can be developed internally or used from an external source. The key consideration for a Safety Culture survey is to ensure that it is valid and reliable. Behavior Based Safety (BBS) is a well-known, often applied, and robust safety process founded on the principles of operant conditioning. At its core, BBS involves front line employees, engages management, and generates viable leading indicators to manage a safety process effectively and efficiently. BBS has a long history of documented success. This paper will provide a case-study based on data obtained from an agricultural cooperative in South Dakota. This organization undertook efforts to improve safety performance from both a safety cultural perspective and by implementing a BBS Process. This cooperative evaluated their safety culture prior to the inception of the BBS Process and has done so annually. As a result of these efforts, this organization has experienced a significant improvement to their baseline safety culture scores, established a viable BBS Process, and experienced a notable reduction in workplace injuries and incidents. This session will provide a review of this comprehensive approach to safety management and will express data relating to safety cultural improvements, BBS observation performance, and injury reductions.

 

Leadership Impact in Behavior-Based Safety

JUDITH E. STOWE (Quality Safety Edge)
Abstract:

This paper will provide an overview of a typical BBS process and the ideal role of leadership in a successful process. Data will be presented from a two manufacturing and oil & gas companies where the level of Leadership participation varied across time. These data will also show from one of those companies how participation pressure from management and financial incentives impacted observation data and subsequent incident rates. Following changes in the incentive system and removal of management pressure, BBS process results improved.

 
 
Symposium #58
CE Offered: BACB
Review and Extensions of Training Strategies in Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
200 C-E (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D.
Abstract: For decades, researchers have highlighted the importance of effective competency-based training for behavior technicians who, as the front-line staff under the direction of a supervisor, implement and carry out behavior plans. In this symposium, we review the literature on training entry-level staff and discuss the need for further research in this area. The first presenter will offer a review and discuss effective training strategies commonly used by researchers. The second presenter will offer a review of the various methods by which researchers have assessed the effectiveness of their training and measured staff performance. The third presenter will discuss the methodological challenges that restrict the current training literature and will offer possible solutions. The fourth presenter will provide a description of an ongoing translational study as an example of how such research may be conducted. We will end the symposium by discussing the potential implications and benefits of translational research in the area of staff training.
Keyword(s): Supervision, Training, Translational Research
 

A Review of Evidence-Based Training Strategies

MARNIE NICOLE SHAPIRO (California State University, Northridge), Denice Rios (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

The fidelity with which a treatment is carried out depends heavily on effective supervision and training practices. Therefore, researchers have developed various effective and efficient antecedent and consequence-based training strategies to teach inexperienced staff to implement a range of behavior change and assessment procedures. A few examples in the literature include training participants to manage classroom behavior using a token economy system, teaching new skills using least-to-most prompting procedures and task analyses, and selecting highly preferred stimuli during intervention sessions by conducting stimulus preference assessments. Many of the training strategies have included a combination of verbal or written instructions, modeling, rehearsal, or feedback to teach staff to implement the aforementioned procedures with a high degree of procedural fidelity. In this symposium, we will review existing literature on training and discuss current evidenced-based training strategies, their individual components, and their modes of delivery. We hope that our review and discussion will help behavior analysts identify effective training strategies to incorporate into their staff training and supervision procedures.

 

Is My Training Working? A Review of Measurement Methods Used in the Training and Supervision Literature

MELISSA MENDOZA (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Effective training and supervision of staff is of utmost importance to behavior analysts who conduct assessments and develop behavior intervention plans but must train relatively inexperienced staff to carry out their plans with high treatment integrity. Therefore, it is socially significant for researchers to examine methods to improve training procedures as well as methods to measure training effects. In this presentation, we will review the literature on training and supervision with a focus on the measures researchers used to capture the effectiveness of their training. We will discuss the use of direct and indirect measures, such as in-vivo observations, videotaped sessions, checklists, task analyses, surveys and questionnaires, as well as provide in-depth examples of the commonly used methods by the majority of researchers. We will highlight how researchers include various social validity measures to obtain data on training satisfaction and conduct maintenance and generalization probes to determine training outcomes. We will end our presentation by discussing the value and feasibility of the commonly used measures and their relevance to practice in applied settings.

 
Methodological Challenges in Isolating the Effects of Training Variables
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: In this presentation, we will provide an in-depth look at components of evidence-based training strategies such as instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback with a particular focus on performance feedback. We will argue that there is a need for further research to refine current approaches to training. To set the stage for our argument, we will discuss the methodological challenges in isolating the effects of training variables when the performance of the trainee is dependent on the interaction between the trainee and the behavior of the client. We will first review the ways in which previous studies dealt with this challenge and discuss the use of confederates or simulators in staff-training research. We then propose an alternative method of dealing with the methodological challenge by introducing the use of a humanoid robot as an analog client. Finally, we will discuss the potential benefits and limitations of such translational research by presenting relevant research findings from the field of medicine, military, and aviation technology.
 

Behavior Analysts Think; Can Robots Do? Using Human Analogues in Translational Research

MELINE POGOSJANA (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

In this presentation, we will introduce the use of a human analogue, a robot, as one method by which we can potentially extend the current supervision and training literature. We will begin the discussion by reviewing our findings regarding the difference between the use of a simulated client and a robot during training. We then will discuss the use of a robot in the context of addressing some of the previously mentioned methodological restrictions of applied research in staff training. To illustrate how a robot can be used to isolate the effects of certain training variables, we will outline the methods and procedures of a study currently in progress. In this study, we plan to conduct a parametric analysis of schedules of feedback delivery to participants who will be instructed to work (i.e., conduct therapy sessions) with a human analogue in place of a simulated client. We will end the presentation by discussing potential benefits and limitations of such translational research and possible implications for practitioners.

 
 
Symposium #59
CE Offered: BACB
Embedding Verbal Behavior Interventions in Storytelling and Storybook Reading Activities
Saturday, May 25, 2013
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
200 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Douglas B. Petersen (University of Wyoming)
Discussant: Trina D. Spencer (Northern Arizona University)
CE Instructor: Trina D. Spencer, Ph.D.
Abstract: Behavior analysts are often criticized for teaching under tightly controlled conditions that impede generalization of acquired skills. While there are many advantages to traditional discrete trial learning arrangements, especially for some children, it is used excessively in practice, even when it is unnecessary. In addition, the success of discrete trial methods has unfortunately pigeonholed behavior analysts as being capable of working only with individuals who require discrete trial methods. In this symposium, the efficacy of interventions derived from an analysis of verbal behavior and relational frame theory set in “naturalized” contexts will be presented. The symposium will include three experimental studies using three different designs (i.e., multiple baseline, alternating treatments, and control group) to demonstrate the effects of verbal behavior interventions embedded in storytelling and story reading activities on the language skills of children from three different groups of children who do not require discrete trial teaching—a) at risk preschoolers, b) school-age English Learners, and c) children with language disabilities.
 
The Effect of “Naturalized” Transfer of Stimulus Control Strategies to Promote Sophisticated Storytelling
MANDANA KAJIAN (Northern Arizona University), Trina D. Spencer (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract: Narrative language is academically and socially important verbal behavior. Storytelling, a comfortably familiar activity amongst young children, facilitates the development of complex verbal behavior such as delayed tacts, relational autoclitics, and large-unit intraverbals. The current study examined the effect of a narrative-based verbal behavior intervention on story retells of 11 preschool children that showed little to no improvement after a less intense narrative intervention was implemented. A multiple baseline design across 3 groups of 11 participants was used to examine the effect of the small group intervention on children’s narrative language skills. During each intervention session, participants were taught story structure with the support of pictures and icons, which were then systematically faded within each intervention session. This allowed for systematic transfer of stimulus control from tact support to independent retelling of stories (part intraverbal; part echoic) and personal stories (delayed tact). To target autoclitics, interventionists carefully monitored linguistic structures used by each participant and differentiated intervention based on these data. Results of the current study indicate that the narrative-based verbal behavior intervention improved participant’s inclusion of story components and complex linguistic structures.
 

English to Spanish Cross-Linguistic Transfer: Evidence of Derived Rational Responding

DOUGLAS B. PETERSEN (University of Wyoming), Brenna Thompsen (University of Wyoming)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to examine the extent to which improvements in an English only intervention transferred to improvements in Spanish. In a quasi-experimental group design 76 bilingual (English/Spanish) Latino school-age children with and without language disabilities served as participants. Children were assigned to one of two groups: an English narrative language intervention treatment condition (TC) and a no-treatment control condition (CC). Prior to intervention and following intervention, narratives were elicited in English and Spanish and analyzed for length, story content, and presence of complex autoclitic structures (e.g., when, after, because). Only children in the TC group participated in the English narrative intervention. The narrative intervention was conducted with each child individually in 8, 10-minute cycles over two days. Results indicate that English intervention led to statistically significant increases in length, story content, and autoclitic structures of English narratives for the TC group when compared to the CC group. Additionally, increases in length, story content, and autoclitic structures transferred to Spanish narrative production, providing evidence of derived relational responding. Stark differences in relational responding were observed between children who were typically developing and those who were language impaired.

 

Teaching Irregular Past Tense Verbs: A Comparison of DTT and Intervention Embedded in Storybook Reading

CHRISTINE A. MAUL (California State University, Fresno), Krysten Ambler (California State University, Fresno), Whitney L. Silva (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

An alternating treatments research design was used to compare and evaluate the effects of traditional discrete trial therapy (DTT) and language intervention embedded in storybook reading. DTT involved a set of stimulus cards and predetermined verbal stimuli. In the storybook embedded intervention, a variety of verbal stimuli were presented in the context of a story to evoke production of irregular past tense verbs. Participants included two children diagnosed with expressive language disorders (an 8:6 male and a 6:7 female). Participants were taught two separate lists of irregular past tense verbs following alternating treatment conventions. Traditional DTT was used to teach one list, and DTT embedded in storybook reading was used to teach the other. Results showed both methods to be effective. Traditional DTT produced slightly more improvement in both participants, but there was little difference relative to the method used in the degree of generalization during intermixed, pure, and conversational probes at the conclusion of treatment.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #60
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

A New Paradigm for Behavior Analysis: Allocation, Induction, and Contingency

Saturday, May 25, 2013
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Ballroom B (Convention Center)
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: William M. Baum, Ph.D.
Chair: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University)
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis)
William M. Baum, Ph.D., received his B.A. in psychology from Harvard College in 1961. Originally a biology major, he switched to psychology after taking courses from B. F. Skinner and R. J. Herrnstein in his freshman and sophomore years. He attended Harvard University for graduate study in 1962, where he was supervised by Herrnstein and received his Ph.D. in 1966. He spent the year 1965-66 at Cambridge University, studying ethology at the Sub-Department of Animal Behavior. From 1966 to 1975, he held appointments as post-doctoral fellow, research associate, and assistant professor at Harvard University. He spent two years at the National Institutes of Health Laboratory for Brain, Evolution, and Behavior and then accepted an appointment in psychology at the University of New Hampshire in 1977. He retired from there in 1999. He currently has an appointment as associate researcher at the University of California, Davis and lives in San Francisco. His research concerns choice, molar behavior/environment relations, foraging, and behaviorism. He is the author of a book, Understanding Behaviorism: Behavior, Culture, and Evolution.
Abstract:

The concept of reinforcement is at least incomplete and almost certainly incorrect. An alternative way of organizing our understanding of behavior may be built around three concepts: allocation, induction, and correlation. Allocation is the measure of behavior and captures the centrality of choice: All behavior entails choice and consists of choice. Allocation changes as a result of induction and contingency. The term induction covers phenomena such as adjunctive, interim, and terminal behavior—behavior induced in a situation by occurrence of food or another Phylogenetically Important Event (PIE) in that situation. If one allowed that some stimulus control were the result of phylogeny, then induction and stimulus control would be identical, and a PIE would resemble a discriminative stimulus. Much evidence supports the idea that a PIE induces all PIE-related activities. Research also supports the idea that stimuli correlated with PIEs become PIE-related conditional inducers. Contingencies create correlations between "operant" activity (e.g., lever pressing) and PIEs (e.g., food). Once an activity has become PIE-related, the PIE induces it along with other PIE-related activities. Contingencies also constrain possible performances. These constraints specify feedback functions, which explain phenomena such as the higher response rates on ratio schedules in comparison with interval schedules.

Target Audience: Graduate students and other behavior analysts who rely on the concept of reinforcement in their work or research
Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to define behavioral allocation and draw a diagram to illustrate it. 2. At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to explain and give an example of a Phylogenetically Important Event. 3. At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to explain what induction is and give an example. 4. At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to explain how induction and contingency replace the notion of strengthening by reinforcement and illustrate with a diagram.
 
 
Special Event #61
SQAB Tutorial: Impulsivity, Impatience, and Risk Taking: How Many Impulsivities? A Discounting Perspective
Saturday, May 25, 2013
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Auditorium Room 1 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Presenting Authors: : LEONARD GREEN (Washington University), Joel Myerson (Washington University)
Abstract:

People discount the value of delayed or uncertain outcomes, and the same mathematical function describes both delay and probability discounting. The degree to which individuals discount is thought to reflect how impulsive they are. From this perspective, steep discounting of delayed outcomes (which fails to maximize long-term welfare) and shallow discounting of probabilistic outcomes (which fails to adequately take risk into account) reflect similar decision-making processes and also the same trait of impulsivity. However, several manipulations selectively affect delay and probability discounting, and correlational studies show that how steeply one discounts delayed rewards is relatively independent of how steeply one discounts probabilistic rewards. Thus, referring to both delay and probability discounting as measures of "impulsivity" may serve only to indicate that real behavioral problems can involve either kind of discounting. This tutorial will highlight the similarities and differences between delay and probability discounting as well as the implications of both experimental and correlational findings on discounting and impulsivity.

 
LEONARD GREEN (Washington University), Joel Myerson (Washington University)
Leonard Green, Ph.D., received his undergraduate degree from the City College of New York (CCNY) and his Ph.D. from the State University of New York at Stony Brook. After completing post-doctoral research, Green ventured west of the Mississippi (although he thought he was still east of the river) where he is now a professor of psychology at Washington University in St. Louis and director of undergraduate studies. Green’s research concerns choice and decision-making in rats, pigeons, and people, with a particular interest in models of self-control, impulsivity, and basic learning processes. He is one of the developers of behavioral economics, a transdisciplinary field that combines the experimental methodology of psychology with the theoretical constructs of economics. He has published more than 150 articles and book chapters, is co-author of the book Economic Choice Theory: An Experimental Analysis of Animal Behavior (Cambridge University Press), and editor of Advances in Behavioral Economics, the third volume of which is subtitled Substance Use and Abuse. He has been editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, associate editor of the Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science, and consulting editor for Behavior and Philosophy. Green’s research has been funded by the National Institutes of Health, National Institute on Aging, and the McDonnell Center for Higher Brain Function. He is a fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) and the Association for Psychological Science (APS). He was president of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and on the Executive Board of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB) and Missouri Families for Effective Autism Treatment (MO-FEAT).
 
 
Invited Tutorial #62
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Consumer Behavior Analysis: Behavioral Economics Meets the Marketplace
Saturday, May 25, 2013
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Main Auditorium (Convention Center)
Domain: Theory
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Gordon R. Foxall, Ph.D.
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Presenting Authors: : GORDON R. FOXALL (Cardiff University)
Abstract:

Consumer behavior analysis is concerned with the application of behavioral economics to the marketplace of human purchase and consumption activities. Operant choice is economic behavior: the allocation of limited responses among competing alternatives. Both matching analysis and behavioral economics, which are at the heart of this tutorial, lead to the conclusion that all behavior is choice and can be analyzed in economic terms. Consumer behavior analysis has a more restricted sphere of application: human economic and social choices which involve social exchange. In examining this contribution in its potential to illuminate consumer behavior in situ, the tutorial rangesfrom broad economic psychology that derives from Herrnstein’s discovery of matching, Baum’s formalization of laws of matching,to the ensuing interaction of behavioral psychology and experimental economics pioneered by Hursh, Rachlin and others. The unifying framework of the research presented is the Behavioral Perspective Model (BPM), a critical elaboration of the three-term of contingency of behavior analysis, as it embraces complex economic choice in the marketplace, as well as behavior analytical interpretations of such aspects of consumer choice as attitude-behavior relationships, the adoption and diffusion of innovations, so-called "green" consumer behavior, and addiction as consumer choice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Post-master's behavior analysts, BCBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: 1. Define the Behavioral Perspective Model (BPM), and explain how it elaborates the three-term contingency. 2. Explain the contributions of behavioral economics to understanding patterns of consumer behavior. 3. Translate the techniques underlying the BPM matching analysis to real-world economic situations.
 
GORDON R. FOXALL (Cardiff University)
Gordon Foxall is Distinguished Research Professor at Cardiff Business School, Cardiff University, United Kingdom, where he directs the Consumer Behaviour Analysis Research Group (CBAR). He holds Ph.D.s in industrial economics and business (University of Birmingham) and in psychology (University of Strathclyde), and a higher doctorate (DSocSc), also from the University of Birmingham. The author of more than 200 refereed papers and more than 20 books, he has held visiting appointments at the Universities of Michigan and Oxford, and is also Visiting Professor of Economic Psychology at the University of Durham. A Fellow of the British Psychological Society (FBPsS) and of the British Academy of Management (FBAM), he is an Academician of the Academy of Social Science (AcSS). His research interests are in psychological theories of choice and their neuroeconomic underpinnings and in the explanation of consumer choice and the behaviour of the marketing firm. His work on the behavioural economics of consumer choice has inaugurated a new area of research, consumer behaviour analysis, which brings behavioural economics and behavioural psychology to the investigation of consumer and marketer behavior in the natural settings of contemporary markets. The most recent monograph to emerge from this research program, The Marketing Firm: Economic Psychology of Corporate Behaviour, co-authored with Kevin Vella, was published by Edward Elgar in 2011. Webpage: http://www.cardiff.ac.uk/carbs/faculty/foxall/index.html
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, behavioral perspective model, consumer behavior analysis
 
 
Panel #63
CE Offered: BACB
PDS EVENT: Research in Nonuniversity Settings
Saturday, May 25, 2013
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
M100 F-G (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Bridget A. Taylor, Psy.D.
Chair: Laura Melton Grubb (Texas Tech University)
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom)
NICOLE HEAL (Melmark New England)
BRIDGET A. TAYLOR (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

All behavior analysts conduct research--whether it leads to publication or not. Being a behavior analyst means generating hypotheses, collecting data, and making decisions based on those data. As students of behavior analysis, we are thoroughly familiar with research in a university (or university-affiliated) setting. However, we rarely have opportunities to learn about research conducted without the programmatic support of a university, despite the fact that such work can be crucial to developing our field and making real differences for society. Panelists are productive researchers working in the following nonuniversity settings: a nonprofit autism education center, a comprehensive agency for individuals with disabilities, and the animal husbandry unit of a large theme park. They will describe their personal experiences in nonuniversity research, and provide practical advice for those interested in developing similar careers. Attendees will have an opportunity to ask questions and interact with panelists.

Keyword(s): Animal Husbandry, Applied Research, Autism
 
 
Symposium #64
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Tacts and Intraverbals
Saturday, May 25, 2013
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
200 H-I (Convention Center)
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Corey S. Stocco (Western New England University)
CE Instructor: Corey S Stocco, M.S.
Abstract:

A growing body of research has provided experimental support for Skinner’s (1957) account of Verbal Behavior and has led to the development of a technology for teaching verbal behavior. Three studies expand the literature by evaluating conditions under which verbal behavior can be brought under the control of complex stimuli, auditory and tactile stimuli, and stimuli accessible only to the learner (private stimuli). One study examined the emergence of intraverbals following listener training. Participants included both undergraduate students and children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Researchers employed a variety of teaching strategies including differential reinforcement, trial blocking, visual cues, and requiring a differential observing response. These studies identify teaching conditions under which verbal behavior was brought under control of target stimuli and those conditions that produced undesirable sources of control. Taken together these studies advance our understanding of the development of verbal behavior and contribute to our technology for teaching tacts and intraverbals.

Keyword(s): intraverbal, private events, tact, verbal behavior
 

Teaching Children With Autism to Tact Stimuli From Auditory and Tactile Sensory Modalities

NICOLE M. HANNEY (Auburn University), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Linda A. LeBlanc (Auburn University)
Abstract:

A number of contemporary investigations have examined tact-training procedures with a number of different populations, specifically with children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (e.g., Barbera & Kubina, 2005; Kelley, Shillingsburg, Castro, Addison, & LaRue, 2007; Stevens, Sidener, Reeves, & Sidener, 2005). All of the studies, however, have focused on teaching individuals to tact visual stimuli (2-D and 3-D), despite clinical recommendations to teach tacts of stimuli in other sensory modalities (Sundberg & Partington, 1998). In the current study, two children with autism were taught to tact auditory and tactile stimuli. The effectiveness of teaching the stimuli in isolation (e.g., auditory and tactile stimuli presented with no visual cues) and as compound stimuli (i.e., a toy that produced the auditory stimulus and an object covered in the tactile stimulus) was compared. Results indicate that while both teaching methods may be effective, using compound stimuli when teaching auditory and tactile tacts interfered with learners prior tact repertoires.

 

Teaching Tacting of Private Events Based on Public Accompaniments: Public-Private Correspondence, Contingencies, and Audience Control

COREY S. STOCCO (Western New England University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University), John M. Hart (Western New England University)
Abstract:

Our current understanding of the role of private events in a science of behavior is based largely on Skinners (1953) natural science interpretation of private events. Skinner (1945) described public accompaniments as one way that a verbal community might differentially reinforce verbal behavior regarding private events. In this study, we developed an experimental analogue to study variables influencing tacting of private events. The participant had exclusive access to one set of stimuli (the private stimuli) and the experimenter attempted to teach tacts for private stimuli based on their correspondence with public stimuli accessible to both the experimenter and participant. Accuracy of participant verbal reports of private symbols was shown to be a function of private-public correspondence, reinforcement contingency, and audience member. The orderly patterns of data obtained suggest that analogue arrangements might be a useful, and even necessary, starting point for experimental investigations of how private events may enter into the analysis of behavior.

 

Listener Training and the Emergence of Novel Intraverbal Responses in Children With Autism

EINAR T. INGVARSSON (University of North Texas), Jesse Anderson (Child Study Center), Heather Macias (University of North Texas), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract:

We evaluated the effects of teaching listener responses pertaining to functions of objects (e. g., point to what you sleep in) on the emergence of untrained intraverbal responses (e.g., you sleep in a). Prior to and during the study, the participants were able to tact and respond as listeners with respect to object names, but not object functions. The participants were two children with autism, who had relatively strong listener and tact repertoires, but limited intraverbal repertoires. With one participant, all intraverbal responses emerged after the listener responses had been taught to mastery. With a second participant, some untrained intraverbal responses emerged following listener training, but this result was not reliable. Direct intraverbal training was therefore conducted. Vocal prompting was necessary to teach the first intraverbal response in each set. However, we were able to teach the remaining intraverbal responses using a procedure in which the stimulus control over vocal responses (e.g., bed) was transferred quickly from nonverbal stimuli to verbal stimuli without the use of vocal prompts. Further evaluation with additional participants is planned.

 

Evaluating Procedures Derived From the Conditional Discrimination Literature to Teach Complex Intraverbals to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders

APRIL N. KISAMORE (Caldwell College), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University), Charlotte Mann (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Reciprocal conversations, instructional activities, and other social interactions are replete with complex intraverbals, many instances of which involve conditional discriminations (Axe, 2008; Sundberg & Sundberg, 2011). Conditional discriminations have been examined extensively in the literature on stimulus equivalence and match-to-sample (MTS) performance (Green, 1991). However, it is unknown whether strategies from the conditional discrimination-MTS literature might be relevant for establishing intraverbal conditional discriminations with people who do not succeed under standard (i.e., trial-and-error) teaching conditions. The purpose of this investigation was to examine the effects of trial-and-error teaching, a differential observing response (DOR) requirement, and a DOR plus trial-blocking procedure on acquisition of intraverbals with children with ASDs. Interobserver agreement was assessed for at least 34% of sessions for all participants and averaged 99% (range, 80-100). Results indicate that a) trial-and-error teaching was sufficient to increase accuracy of intraverbal performance for 3 of 7 participants, b) 4 of 7 participants required additional teaching procedures, and c) when additional procedures were necessary, at least 75% of errors were consistent with restricted stimulus control. Based on these findings, procedures from the conditional discrimination literature may be effective aids to complex intraverbal instruction for children with ASDs.

 
 
Symposium #65
Social Responsibility in Organizations: Systems Analyses of Meta- and Macrocontingencies and Socially Significant Behaviors in Existing Organizations
Saturday, May 25, 2013
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
102 F (Convention Center)
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Chelsea J. Wilhite (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have called for colleagues in the field to further the promotion of socially responsible behaviors. Sigrid Glenns introduction of the metacontingency provided a natural science framework for research in this area, and important subsequent contributions have furthered our understanding of selection at the sociological level. According to this literature, if the cumulative product of a cultural practice is detrimental to the environment, individuals, or the culture itself, it could constitute a social problem. Within ABAI, a number of special interest groups focus on various social problems and the behavior analysts role in relation to them. This symposium examines socially significant behaviors, cultural practices, social problems, and the contingencies, metacontingencies, and macrocontingencies related to those practices and problems in existing organizations. We place special emphasis on leadership, decision-making, and why shifting emphasis from individuals behaviors to cultural practices may help speed progress toward interventions which bring us closer to understanding social problems.

Keyword(s): behavioral systems analysis, cultural selection, social problems, socially significant practices
 

Social Responsibility and News Media: Using a Systems Analysis to Better Understand News Personnel Decision-Making

CHELSEA J. WILHITE (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), Kristen Howard (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Collectively, the news media are undergoing a dramatic shift in how and why news stories are reported. Some of these changes are correlated with changes in technology while others correlate with changes in media ethics. In the United States, millions of people contact stories, articles, shows, and reports produced by news media personnel each day. Information contained within those products not only reflects macrobehaviors but also influences the cultural milieu in which humans operate, posing ethical issues which deserve examination. The authors propose our understanding of this phenomenon can benefit from a systems analysis approach. This paper identifies variables present in news media settings and examines possible relations between those variables and at-work decisions by news personnel with respect to two general types of news presentation contexts or frames: objectivist and advocacy. We also consider how ethical and social responsibility issues are handled with respect to media ethics and the influence of scientific knowledge.

 

Climate Change and Behavior Change: Using a Metacontingency Approach to Large-Scale Solutions

Criss Wilhite (California State University, Fresno), JONPAUL D. MOSCHELLA (California State University, Fresno), Chelsea J. Wilhite (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Since the 2009 ABAI Conference in Phoenix, some behavior analysts have focused on research to alter behavior leading to increased greenhouse gases and other environmental problems. Students in the Ethics and Philosophy of Behaviorism graduate course at Fresno State have conducted research on individuals behavior in relation to climate change since the spring of 2010. In 2012, only two of the four projects conducted resulted in positive outcomes: reusable water bottle use and recycled paper products use. Unfortunately, the dozen projects conducted over a total of three years have resulted in few long-term effects. Given the ethical requirements for behavior analysts and the urgency of intervention efficacy, we have shifted emphasis from directly changing the behavior of individuals to changing institutional practices. In collaboration with university administrators, we have developed initial procedures to strengthen the universitys green-campus ratings. Our first targeted changes include campus-wide increases in recycling, composting, and water conservation.

 
Bringing Home the Bacon: A Closer Look at the Food Industry
LAUREN DIANE BROWN PEARSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: There is much confusion as to which food products are healthy for humans and which products are not. A prominent example involves one set of research results which indicate that meat and dairy products are healthy for humans and that they cannot live without them, while results from another, contemporary, line of research indicate that animal-based foods are detrimental to human development and cause health-related ailments. Products that are marketed as having nutritional value without any side effects but which are very unhealthy and do have negative side effects is just one example of possible externalities within the food industry. This paper first identifies these externalities. The authors then utilize a behavioral systems approach, including the meta- and macrocontingencies, to analyze organizational contexts, the products of which contribute to externalities. Third, the authors discuss the three processes of selection within the metacontingency in hopes of offering potential solutions for change initiatives at each level.
 
 
Paper Session #66
Conceptual and Measurement Issues in Education
Saturday, May 25, 2013
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
M100 D-E (Convention Center)
Area: EDC
Chair: Douglas Robertson (Florida International University)
 
Shaping the Behavior of 40,000 Undergraduates in Support of Their Academic Success
Domain: Service Delivery
DOUGLAS ROBERTSON (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
 
Abstract: Retention and on-time graduation are now not only significant for individual students and their families but are also critical concerns for universities. Retention and on-time graduation have become key metrics for various publics and are tied to the generation and allocation of university resources. This paper presents a discussion of a learning system which uses technology and human intervention to teach undergraduate students to make decisions and perform academically in ways that lead to their academic success. The learning system is a part of a comprehensive, university-wide set of systemic interventions, called the Graduation Success Initiative (GSI), which transforms the administration of the undergraduate curriculum in order to support student success at a large, public research university in Miami, Florida (Florida International University; enrollment, 50,000; undergraduates, 40,000). We discuss the complexity of interrelated organizational programming that systematically provides contingencies for individual students that shape their constructive academic behavior towards graduation. At the aggregate level, these students’ behaviors lead to a shift in metacontingencies, from a culture of prolonged study and attrition to a culture of retention and on-time graduation.
 
Psychometrics and Functionality of Materials and Procedures for Monitoring Implementation Integrity of an Academic Intervention
Domain: Applied Research
JOHN C. BEGENY (North Carolina State University), Julia Easton-Mayer (North Carolina State University), Kali Osbeck (North Carolina State University), James Upright (North Carolina State University), Cassia Ehrenbock (North Carolina State University)
 
Abstract: Observing for, documenting, and improving implementation integrity are critical components of effective intervention services in schools. Without them, students may not receive effective intervention and systems-level models of intervention service-delivery (e.g., response-to-intervention) may never be properly evaluated or used. This presentation discusses a series of studies aimed at developing and evaluating a comprehensive set of materials and procedures for observing interventionists’ use of a structured reading program. Data regarding the following questions will be presented: (a) do direct observations of an interventionist using the reading program correspond with self-report of implementation integrity; (b) do direct observations correspond with permanent products that are generated from the intervention; (c) did the observation and feedback procedures result in interventionists using the program more successfully; and (d) what is the inter-observer reliability of two independent observers who use the feedback procedures and materials? Overall findings from the studies showed that the observation and feedback procedures were effective in producing strong implementation integrity among the interventionists, and the materials and procedures were used reliably across multiple observers. Implications will be discussed, including how the procedures and materials can be adapted for other intervention programs to assist researchers and practitioners with monitoring implementation integrity in schools and other applied settings.
 
An Alternative Approach to K-12 Education and School Reform
Domain: Theory
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation)
 
Abstract: For the past four years, the Paideia Personalized Education (PPE) system has been demonstrated in operation at the Queens Paideia School—a prototype model of a new type of school. The PPE system brings together many of the features of progressive education, including Fred Keller’s personalized systems of instruction; John Dewey’s teachings; personalized learning plans that consist of behavioral objectives for academic subjects as well as interpersonal behavior, self- management skills, and learning skills; a 5:1 student-teacher ratio; 30 students aged 5-17 sharing a single space, meaningful parent involvement, and learning managers providing students with continuous coaching and feedback regarding their academic as well as their non-academic behavior. Results will be presented in terms of the behavior changes that have been observed and recorded—standardized test results and ongoing assessments of progress in academic and non-academic areas. The current five-year plan is to demonstrate that when 14 PPE schools of 30 students each are operated as autonomous self-sufficient modules under a common administrative umbrella, and also share such physical resources as a library, gymnasium, lunch room, transportation, music room, art room, and the services of specialty teachers, the per-pupil costs fall below those that are currently typical of public schools.
 
The Origins of Reinforcement in Education
Domain: Theory
GEORGE H. BUCK (University of Alberta)
 
Abstract: While many textbooks contend that the study of reinforcement as a learning variable began in the late nineteenth century, and was championed in the twentieth century by B.F. Skinner, there is evidence that some Roman educators, most notably Marcus Fabius Quintilianus (Quintilian), and Publius Flavius Vegetius Renatus, understood the concept of reinforcement (both positive and negative reinforcement as defined today), and applied it in practical settings. Quintilian applied his methods in school, while Vegetius applied the ideas to military training. Moreover, there were studies done at the time, albeit not to present standards, to demonstrate the superiority of using reinforcement over traditional methods of rote instruction. Following the demise of the Western Roman Empire in 476, the concept of reinforcement as applied to education was re-articulated by later educators including Erasmus and John Locke. In an early version of the recent controversy between those who advocate the use of tangible reinforcers, and those who argue that such reinforcers lead to dependency (see Cameron & Pierce, 1994, 1996; Deci, Koestner, & Ryan, 1999), Erasmus used tangible reinforcers, while Locke contended that secondary reinforcers are preferable as they do not lead to physical dependency. This paper describes, analyzes and discusses the early evidence that the concept of reinforcement, and what would now be considered rudimentary behavioral analysis, was understood and applied by Roman educators in the period of the Empire, and that the concepts were again described and used in the Renaissance and beyond.
 
 
 
Paper Session #67
Novel Approaches to Applied Research
Saturday, May 25, 2013
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
205 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: PRA
Chair: Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Florida Institute of Technology)
 

The New Behavior Bank: Let's Play a Game

Domain: Theory
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark Malady (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
 
Abstract:

Gamification is a trending method that many organizations are beginning to use to change large amounts of human behavior. This piece will describe gamification, identify the behavioral principles at work and illustrate how it could be used to revive one of Ogden Lindsley's projects from the 1960s, the Behavior Bank. This project was well ahead of its time in the 1960s. It was set up to be an international computer bank containing a large amount of information on a myriad of human behavior and performances. At the time, it was extremely costly (they had to rent time on a mainframe to input records) and did not gather the momentum needed. Given today's technology and global connection, it is time that we examine how such a project might be feasible and the implications it might hold for education, behavior analysis, and the human condition.

 

A Case Against Percentage as the Primary Dependent Measure

Domain: Service Delivery
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (University of South Dakota), Paul Malanga (West Tennessee Resource Center)
 
Abstract:

Percentage is a ubiquitous dependent measure in behavior analysis. A common data collection method is a partial interval (PI) recording system where the observer marks an interval (e.g., 15) if the behavior occurs at least one time. The marks are then converted to percentage of intervals and charted. One benefit of using a PI data collection system is the ease of use for the end user the direct-care staff. One argument for the use of percentage as a primary dependent measure is it results in a smoothing of the data by eliminating variability (i.e., bounce) making it easy to interpret the data. A case against both practices will be presented and the benefits of using rate will be discussed. Methods of collecting rate data and an example of setting up rate data in Excel will be presented.

 

Increasing the Suppressive Effect of Delayed Punishers

Domain: Theory
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (University of Memphis), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis)
 
Abstract:

Although punishment is a common feature in programs designed to suppress inappropriate responding, the delivery of punishment may be delayed in clinical situations for a variety of reasons. When punishment is delayed, the result may be a decrease in response suppression. This, in turn, may lead to further application of an ineffective delayed punisher, which presents ethical concerns. As punishment is common in many behavior programs, and as the delivery of punishment is often delayed, it is important to identify strategies to increase the effectiveness of these delayed consequences. The basic and applied research on delayed punishment was reviewed and several potentially effective strategies were identified to increase the suppressive effect of a delayed punisher. The various strategies, along with the supporting research, will be discussed. In addition, for each strategy identified, a conceptual account will be provided describing how the strategy enables a delayed punisher to exert a suppressive effect. Further, additional uninvestigated but potentially effective strategies will be identified as will problems with current research on the topic of delayed punishment. Finally, recommendations regarding future research into delayed punishers will be provided.

 
 
 
Symposium #68
CE Offered: BACB
New Directions in Staff Training and Treatment Fidelity
Saturday, May 25, 2013
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
M100 A (Convention Center)
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica Akers (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Jessica Akers, M.A.
Abstract: This symposium is intended for those interested in innovative training techniques and treatment fidelity. In this symposium we will share four papers; two of these presentations will discuss data on using technology-based training procedures. The first paper will describe a computer-based program designed to train instructors of the visually impaired to identify braille characters. The second paper will discuss the evaluation of a multi-component training package to train teachers to write function-based behavior plans and to implement differential reinforcement of an alternative behavior for escape-maintained problem behavior. The third paper will discuss using e-learning modules to train college students to accurately implement discrete trial instruction. The final paper will evaluate the accuracy of therapist implementation of discrete trial instruction alone compared to when the therapist also is implementing an intervention for problem behavior.
Keyword(s): Staff Training
 

A Computer-Based Instructional Program to Teach Braille Reading to Sighted Individuals: A Replication and Evaluation of Different Response Set Sizes

MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Louisiana State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Sarah J. Miller (Louisiana State University), Joanna E. Lomas Mevers (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

There is a current deficit in efficient braille training methods for instructors of the visually impaired. In the case where instructors are sighted, they have the advantage of learning the braille code visually and this can be capitalized on in instruction. The current study replicated the efficacy of a computer-based program intended to train the relation of braille characters to English letters with 81 sighted college students. Participants completed the program in only 23 minutes and posttest braille letter identification averaged over 99% accuracy. In addition, rudimentary reading ability, an untrained skill, emerged following training. Both letter-identification and reading ability showed adequate maintenance at 7-14 days. In addition, the study conducted a direct comparison of two instructional techniques differing by the size of the selection array used (4-5 multiple choice options or a selection array of all keyboard items) to assess differences in training time, instructional errors, skill acquisition, and maintenance.

 

Training Individuals in Function-Based Behavior Intervention Plans Using Modeling, Rehearsal, and Self-Monitoring

AIMEE GILES (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Behavior intervention plans based on the function of problem behavior are more likely to be effective than non-function-based plans. However, plans developed by teachers often do not address behavior function. In addition to ensuring that teachers can write function-based behavior intervention plans, it is also important to ensure plans are implemented with a sufficient degree of fidelity. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate a multi-component training package to train teachers to write function-based behavior intervention plans and to accurately implement differential reinforcement of alternative behavior for escape-maintained problem behavior. Twenty public school teachers of children with emotional and behavior disorders participated in a 7 hr training. The training package consisted of video-modeling, didactic instructions, self-monitoring, and rehearsal. Data were collected using the Behavior Support Plan Qualitative Evaluation Guide on the quality of written plans produced by teachers during the training. Experimenter-developed treatment integrity checklists were used to collect data on the accuracy with which differential reinforcement of alternative behavior was implemented during role-plays. A pretest/posttest control group design was used. Statistical and visual analysis indicated increases in the quality of the written behavior plans and in the accuracy with which they implemented differential reinforcement of alternative behavior.

 

An Evaluation of an E-learning Training Course to Train Instructors to Implement Discrete Trial Teaching

JOY POLLARD (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Jessica Akers (Utah State University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder often require early intensive behavioral interventions (EIBI) to learn new skills and decrease maladaptive behaviors. Discrete trial instruction (DTI) is a strategy behavior analysts often incorporate in EIBI programs. Researchers have demonstrated that DTI is effective, but it requires intensive training for teachers to implement the strategy with high fidelity. Therefore, researchers have recently begun to investigate time efficient methods to train instructors. One method, e-learning, is a multi-media, computer-based training that typical includes audio narration, videos, and graphics. Although e-learning is a low-cost, time-efficient alternative to the traditional face-to-face training method, very little research has been conducted thus far to evaluate the effectiveness of e-learning for teaching behavioral intervention techniques. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to investigate the use of an e-learning course to teach university students to implement discrete trial instruction with children with autism. Four participants completed the e-learning training package and we found that all participants' fidelity when implementing DTI increased in role plays with an adult. All participants also were able to accurately implement DTI when teaching a child with autism and we observed generalization to untrained instructional programs. All participants were able to complete the training in an average of 2 hrs and ratings on the social validity questionnaire indicated that participants felt the training was interesting and useful when learning to implement DTI.

 
Consistency of Discrete Trial Training (DTT), NCR, and DRO Schedules Implemented by Direct Care Staff
AURELIA RIBEIRO (Florida Tech), Meagan Gregory (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The effectiveness of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) in the reduction of problem behavior has been demonstrated in a large number of studies. Gregory, Iwata, and Beavers (in prep) compared the consistency of implementation of NCR, interval DRO, and momentary DRO by direct care staff in an analogue context during which graduate students played the role of clients, and they found that NCR produced the fewest errors. More recently, Leon-Enriquez, Gregory, Ribeiro, and Watts (in prep) extended this comparison to an instructional setting with clients exhibiting actual problem behaviors. Anecdotal observations by Leon-Enriquez et al. suggested that when problem behavior treatments were implemented in the context of discrete trial teaching (DTT) sessions, the consistency of DTT decreased. The purpose of this study was to assess errors in DTT implementation during the implementation of treatments for problem behavior. Participants were three graduate students who worked at a center for autism treatment. Preliminary data show low levels of errors when therapists are asked to implement DTT alone. However, when asked to implement a problem behavior treatment during DTT, errors in DTT increase and errors also occur in problem behavior treatment implementation.
 
 
Symposium #69
CE Offered: BACB
Challenges and Considerations in the Effective Implementation and Measurement of Outcomes When Using Interteaching
Saturday, May 25, 2013
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
M100 J (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Chrystal E.R. Jansz (Texas Tech University-Burkhart Center for Autism Education & Research)
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Joshua K. Pritchard, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The focus of this symposium on interteaching is twofold; authors will present outcome data from different experimental manipulations in interteaching as well as highlight challenges and considerations for implementing interteaching and conducting applied research in the classroom. Lead by two highly published researchers in this area, the following investigations will be discussed. In the first presentation, the order of interteaching activities (e.g., preparation guide, pair discussion, clarifying lecture) was manipulated. That is, investigators assessed the timing of the clarifying lecture on student exam performance. Authors of the next presentation assessed the effects of submitting written responses to preparation questions on student quiz performance. Finally, in the third presentation, authors measured long-term retention of course material across three experimental conditions and found that interteaching lead to better retention than the other two conditions. Included in each presentation, these highly experienced authors will discuss implementation and research challenges in the context of their respective outcomes.

 

The Effect of Reordering Interteaching Components on Test Performance: Placement of the Clarifying Lecture

TRACY E. ZINN (James Madison University)
Abstract:

In the current study, we compared two versions of an interteaching course: one in which students engaged in pair discussion before hearing a lecture on the material (as proposed in the original conception) and one in which students listened to a lecture before participating in pair discussion. Students from two different psychological statistics courses participated. In both classes, we used the same instructor, prep guides, time allotted for pair discussions (35-40 min), lectures (about 20 min long), and exams. The classes did not differ on GPA, number of credit hours, or number of credit hours in psychology at the beginning of the terms. Regarding test performance, all of the tests for students who received the traditional method of the means of the raw test scores were higher on interteaching. The differences between the individual tests did not reach statistical significance; however, the total scores at the end of the semester were different between the two groups.

 
Research and Implementation Challenges in Evaluating Interteaching Effectiveness
MATTHEW C. BELL (Santa Clara University)
Abstract: The goal was to identify variables influencing interteaching efficacy in the classroom. Undergraduates participated in interteaching session as an integrated component of an upper-division psychology of learning course. Participation in interteaching and behavioral objective requirements were manipulated in a within-course design across three terms. In each class, students were randomly assigned to either an odd- or even-week group. There were two variables that were manipulated across courses. Two sections included a requirement for turning in written answers to the behavioral objectives that differed by week. A third section was required to either study alone or participate in interteaching (again, this differed by week). Preliminary results for turning in written questions suggest that requiring written responses to the behavioral objectives enhanced quiz performance for students in the lower half of the class (based on their final grades) but had no effect on performance for students in the top half of the class. Preliminary results for studying alone compared to participating in interteaching showed no difference in quiz performance. Failure to find an interteaching effect is likely due to implementation issues requiring deviation from the experimental protocol, which will be discussed.
 
Interteaching: An Analysis of Long-Term Remembering
BRYAN K. SAVILLE (James Madison University), Alex Bureau (James Madison University), Claire Eckenrode (James Madison University), Alison Fullerton (James Madison University), Reanna Herbert (James Madison University), Michelle Maley (James Madison University), Julie Zombakis (James Madison University)
Abstract: A growing number of studies have found interteaching to increase student-learning outcomes relative to traditional teaching methods (e.g., Saville et al., 2005; Saville et al., 2006). To date, however, researchers have not systematically examined whether interteaching produces better long-term remembering than traditional teaching methods. In this lab-based study, we randomly assigned students to one of three teaching conditions: interteaching, lecture, or control. Students in the interteaching condition read a short journal article and completed a preparation guide, discussed their answers in pairs, and heard a brief lecture; students in the lecture condition heard a lecture over the same material; and students in the control condition completed anagrams (i.e., they had no exposure to the material). Immediately after the initial teaching session, all students completed a short, multiple-choice quiz over the assigned material and returned 1 week, and again 1 month later to complete another multiple-choice quiz. Students in the interteaching condition answered significantly more questions correctly than students in the lecture and control conditions on each quiz. Moreover, the rate of forgetting was less for students in the interteaching condition than for students in the lecture condition. These results provide evidence that interteaching produces better remembering than lecture-based teaching methods.
 
 
Symposium #70
CE Offered: BACB
Theoretical and Interpretive Discussions of Complex Behavioral Phenomena
Saturday, May 25, 2013
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
101 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: TPC/VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Kenneth Jacobs (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: David L. Morgan (Spalding University)
CE Instructor: Deric E. Toney, Ph.D.
Abstract: Across the various branches of psychology, numerous constructs have emerged which have maintained across generations. The use of many of these constructs may be limited to non-scientific areas to describe behavior, such as common vernacular. Psychologists often seek to explain or understand the phenomena underlying these constructs as if the constructs are the phenomena in and of themselves. Behavior analysts often neglect to address such constructs as if they serve no benefit to the field of behavior analysis, for it is assumed that all behaviors can be explained using the simple three-term contingency. Additionally, behavior analysts steer clear of constructs commonly used in other fields as if they have no relevance to a behavior analytic account of phenomena. In this symposium, the presenters will present a behavioral account of various constructs commonly used in other branches of psychology as well as provide justification as to why these constructs may be beneficial to the field of behavior analysis.
Keyword(s): Affordances, Behaviorism, Guilt, Justification
 

Just Justify and You'll Be Fine: A Behavioral Interpretation of Justification and Guilt

DERIC E. TONEY (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Often times when we behave, our behavior produces aversive consequences, consequences that leave us in an aversive state long after the consequence has already ended. In the presence of aversive conditions we have learned that continued responding leads to the termination of the aversive condition or the "solution" (i.e. problem solving). As this enduring aversive condition proceeds, we engage in various responses related to the event such as talking to others, talking to ourselves, and thinking related to the event. We finally come to emit a response that terminates this aversive condition and usually it is in the form of justifying our behavior. We will justify failing on a diet due to a bad day and smoking a cigarette when trying to quit smoking due to stress. As a result, the punishing effects of the consequence of the original event are diminished and therefore we are more likely to repeat the response. Therefore, continued responding related to an event alters the effects of the consequences of the original event. In this presentation, the author will explore the behavioral processes that lead us to engage in justification responses as well as the potential effects this process has on learning.

 
Perceiving the World: An Analysis of the Theory of Affordances
KENNETH JACOBS (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: In accounting for everyday human behavior commonly referred to as cognitive, behavior analysis may benefit from the integration of other non-mentalistic theories drawn from sources such as ecological psychology. Affordances are one such theory, which, like the behavior analytic approach, situates the organism in an environment manifesting the two as a system of interactions that form mutual relations. For instance, dependent upon context, stimulus object properties, and the organism’s environmental and evolutionary history, the behavior of an organism is afforded in that a stimulus object has a particular stimulus function that affords some ability (e.g., the drink-ability or throw-ability of a cup). In placing particular emphasis on organism-behavior-environment relations, a theory of affordances may broaden the scope of behavior analysis in that it may supplement a behavioral interpretation of phenomena presumably out of our reach, and may even experimentally inform the field. Therefore, an integration of affordances into the field of behavior analysis may act as a guide for future inquiry.
 

Conceptual Rescission: A Preliminary Examination of Why Affordances Do Not Fit in a Science of Behavior

MARK MALADY (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Behaviorism is the content area of the science of behavior that focuses primarily on theoretical and conceptual development of the science of behavior (Skinner, 1957; Day, 1980). Jacobs presents a case that the conceptualization of affordances deserves a home in behaviorism. When making this argument however it must be stated what the construct of affordances introduces to behaviorism that is not already inherit within the system. This becomes difficult given the multiple conceptual systems that are placed within the category of behaviorism (Skinner, 1974; O'Donohue & Kitchner, 1999). In this presentation, the author will focus on three behaviorisms: Radical behaviorism (Skinner's system), interbehavioral psychology (Kantor's system), and radical behaviorism/ probabilistic epigenetic psychology (Kuo's system) (Smith, 2001). Using these three approaches to behaviorism the author will demonstrate how the conceptual clarity provided by affordance is already inherit within these systems.

 
 
Paper Session #71
Behavior Analysis: Past, Present, and Future
Saturday, May 25, 2013
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
101 A (Convention Center)
Area: TPC
Chair: Sam Leigland (Gonzaga University)
 

Sherrington and the Conceptual Nervous System: An Analysis of Skinner's Criticism of Synapse

Domain: Theory
DIEGO ZILIO (University of São Paulo, Brazil)
 
Abstract:

Skinner is known for being critical of pseudo-physiological theories of behavior. Those theories were described as being about a conceptual nervous system, in contrast to the real one. According to Skinner, some theories of the nervous system were being constructed on the basis of hypothetical entities inferred from behavioral data and not from physiology. One of the main targets of the conceptual nervous system criticism was Sherrington. Skinner believed that Sherringtons proposal of the synapse was made only on the basis of data about reflexes. In addition, for Skinner, Sherrington was also proposing that some properties of reflex relations were, in fact, properties of the synapse. However, Sherrington was right is his assumption: synapses are real, and the proposal of the concept was paramount for the development of neuroscience. Therefore, was Skinner justified in criticizing the way that Sherrington conducted his researches and developed his hypotheses? In order to answer this question I analyze the history behind Sherringtons proposal; that is, the elements that conducted him to the synaptic theory. I will argue that, although the conceptual nervous system criticism still remains valid, Skinner was being unfair, and simply wrong in some points, in his criticisms of Sherringtons work.

 
Some Unemphasized Aspects of John B. Watson's Classical Behaviorism
Domain: Theory
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University)
 
Abstract: The typical account of John B. Watson's career does not go much beyond discussing his founding of behaviorism in 1913, his alleged environmentalism, and the article "Conditioned Emotional Reactions." However, Watson's interests and research were many and varied--and as little known to many behavior analysts as they are to psychologists in general. To rectify this situation, this paper will describe some of these unemphasized aspects of his work, including his research in ethology, developmental psychobiology, psychophysics, STD reduction, and social philosophy.
 

What Can We Learn From Pre-Skinnarian Behaviorism: Was John B. Watson Really Wrong About Private Events?

Domain: Theory
T.V. JOE LAYNG (Mimio)
 
Abstract:

In his 1913 paper, Psychology as the Behaviorist Views It, John B. Watson argued that only observable behavior was suitable for study in a natural science. While in general agreement, many now believe this broad admonition was too restrictive and left out the investigation of private events. But, does it? If we tie one hand behind our backs and refuse to give causal status to private behavior, can we actually do a better job of accounting for private events? This paper will argue that this may indeed be the case, and provide some evidence from instructional programs that result in uniformly reported private experiences to support this contention. While acknowledging that there are indeed private events, perhaps the best way to understand them is to look at the programs required to establish the contingencies responsible for both the behavior and any accompanying private events. This would include both emotions and thought, and would be distinguished from behavior categorized as emotional or verbal.

 
Comments on Current Trends and Progress of Behavior Analysis and Experimental Psychology
Domain: Theory
SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University)
 
Abstract: The experimental analysis of behavior originally developed out of the field of experimental psychology. Apart from recent and important professional and practice controversies involving the relationship between applied behavior analysis and certain areas of clinical psychology, behavior analysis maintains a presence in the basic research areas of experimental psychology. This paper examines the relationship between the latter fields of research and compares the nature and types of progress that may be seen in each field. Examples will be drawn from certain research areas of experimental psychology, with an emphasis upon cognitive psychology, and a number of research areas within the field of behavior analysis. Differences in the types of scientific progress achieved will be examined in the context of the respective scientific systems involved with each field. The case will be made that only behavior analysis entails a scientific system that enables the same type of scientific progress seen in fields such as physics, chemistry, and biology. Challenges facing the further development of behavior analysis as a scientific field will also be examined.
 
 
 
Paper Session #72
Assessing Behaviaor in Deaf, Blind, or Deaf/Blind Dogs: A Forgotten Canine Population
Saturday, May 25, 2013
4:00 PM–4:20 PM
101 F (Convention Center)
Area: AAB
Chair: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
 
Assessing Behaviaor in Deaf, Blind, or Deaf/Blind Dogs: A Forgotten Canine Population
Domain: Applied Research
VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University)
 
Abstract: Congenitally deaf, blind, or deaf/blind dogs are an increasing population in American animal shelters, foster programs, and rescue organizations. The number of blind dogs is estimated at approximately 300,000, but there are very little reliable data (Deaf Dogs Forever, 2010). Estimates of the number of deaf dogs in the US in 2010 suggest about 35,000 bilaterally deaf dogs, and approximately 120,000 dogs with unilateral loss. This represents approximately 5 to 10% of canine pets (Deaf Dogs Forever, 2010). Traditionally, breeders have euthanized so called lethal whites, typically by drowning, suffocating or cervical dislocation during the first two to three months after birth. Reasons given for euthanasia include tendencies for aggression, startling responses when awakened, excessive barking, and poor quality of life (Strain, 2011). Strain advocates that deaf dogs should be euthanized rather than placed in homes, while admitting that there are no data regarding the incidence of aggression or other behavior problems in deaf, blind or deaf/blind dogs (Strain, 2011, pg. 118, 120). However, many websites and listserves devoted to this population suggest that these dogs are loving, trainable, nonaggressive and make wonderful family pets. Such sites advocate for deaf dogs, and argue that it is unethical to euthanize these dogs in the absence of actual data. This talk addresses three projects which empirically compared the behavioral traits, owner-dog relationships and aggressive tendencies of deaf/low vision and typical dogs. The three projects demonstrate that deaf, blind or deaf/blind dogs have few differences when compared to typical dogs in terms of aggression, owner-dog relationships, and behavior problems. In fact, any differences suggest that these dogs often have fewer inappropriate behaviors than typical dogs.
 
 
 
Panel #73
CE Offered: BACB
Conceptualization, Identification, Implementation, and Evaluation of Autism Treatment Programs
Saturday, May 25, 2013
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
208 C-D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Daniel E. Hursh, Ph.D.
Chair: Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University)
DANA CIHELKOVA (West Virginia University)
SUSANNAH POE (West Virginia University)
HANNA C. RUE (National Autism Center)
Abstract: Policy makers, funding agencies, parents, and teachers must determine which are the appropriate effective interventions and treatment programs for persons with autism. The power of Applied Behavior Analysis has led to the development of many effective autism interventions and treatment programs. This panel discussion focuses on the conceptualization of interventions and treatment programs, identification of effective interventions, implementation of these interventions and the treatment programs they make up, and the comprehensive evaluation of complex applied behavior analysis models for the treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorders. Panel members will engage each other and audience members as they consider the many issues raised by the challenges inherent in successfully treating Autism Spectrum Disorders. Behavior principles and processes applied to the spectrum of characteristics displayed by persons with autism make applications specific to the circumstances of each person. This challenges us to discern behavior functions in ways that suggest interventions and treatment programs. The panel members are prepared to discuss what remains to be done so that policy makers, funding agencies, parents, and teachers remain legitimately convinced that Applied Behavior Analysis continues to develop effective treatments so that persons with autism live better lives.
Keyword(s): Autism Treatment Programs, Complex Behavioral Treatments, Comprehensive Program Evaluation, Program Implementation
 
 
Paper Session #74
Barriers to the Adoption of Behavior Analytic Treatments for Autism
Saturday, May 25, 2013
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
205 C-D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT
Chair: Travis Thompson (University of Minnesota)
 
What Do Those Autism "Experts" Know, Anyway?
Domain: Service Delivery
ALICE M. WALKUP (Florida Institute of Technology)
 
Abstract: The uncertainty regarding the cause and specific mechanisms of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), in addition to the eagerness for recovery, have created an environment where novel treatment approaches are constantly being developed and marketed toward parents and intervention providers. While many of these methods are well-intentioned, few have the scientific support backing their use with children with autism. Clinicians and researchers have expressed concern about the divide between evidence-based methods and the techniques that providers and parents choose to utilize. In this study, autism service providers from a number of orientations were asked to indicate the perceived level of scientific evidence behind commonly-endorsed interventions. A parent group also completed the survey; the responses of both groups were compared to true efficacy scores. The results of the investigation demonstrate that neither the parent group nor the provider group correctly rated the efficacy of any of the treatments. The provider rankings were consistently more correct than the parent ratings. A notable trend was displayed by the parents’ tendency to rank less-efficacious treatments more highly than the treatments with demonstrated efficacy. The results highlight the ethical responsibility of professionals to stay informed of the current research and share this information with parents.
 
Why Parents Say “No” to Behavioral Autism Interventions and What to Do About It
Domain: Theory
TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota)
 
Abstract: Parent acceptance and active participation in behavioral interventions for children with autism continues to limit effective involvement of children with autism and their families in early intensive behavioral autism services. Some obstacles involve cultural parental assumptions about the proper nature of parenting, other hurdles arise from misinformation from other providers and the internet, and still other barriers include practical demands on families which may be unrealistic. The main focus of this presentation will be the assumptions behavioral practitioners make about their role in the child’s and family’s lives and the specific strategy for incorporating parents into planning and implementation of services. A behavioral analysis of these barriers and possible solutions will conclude the discussion
 
 
 
Panel #75
Bridging the Applied Behavior Analysis Gap: Connecting Africa and the United States
Saturday, May 25, 2013
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
211 A-B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jason Gruhl (The Joshua School)
JESSECA COLLINS (The Joshua School)
COLLEEN LAWRUK (The Joshua School)
KRISTIN BUCHANAN (The Joshua School)
Abstract: In rural nations such as Ghana, resources are very limited and training is almost non-existent. Internet capability is a crucial tool for receiving information and staying informed of best practice. In March of 2012, The Joshua School (TJS), an ABA-based school in Denver, Colorado, partnered with Autism Awareness Care and Training (AACT) in Accra, Ghana. We provided training (assessment and curriculum), materials, and support, and in a matter of two weeks, we were able to raise their level of knowledge and application of Applied Behavior Analysis and effectiveness for children and families. This was just the tip of the iceberg. Using this visit as a guide for the "real needs" of rural areas, TJS has developed other training protocols, etc. to further enhance the understanding of ABA. We want to open up a discussion about supporting centers like AACT in locations where access to services for individuals with Autism, and ABA training for staff is limited. We believe this training can spread to other Western African nations, and that others can support us in bringing it around the globe.
Keyword(s): Africa, Autism, Training
 
 
Panel #76
In the Room, in the Moment: The Role of Functional Analysis for Treatment Planning in Clinical Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 25, 2013
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
102 D-E (Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Sunni Primeaux (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
DAVID R. PERKINS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
SCOTT T. GAYNOR (Western Michigan University)
MICHAEL J. DOUGHER (University of New Mexico)
Abstract:

Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) is the application of behavior analytic principles in attempts to understand and address forms of human suffering commonly labeled and treated as "mental disorders." Clinical behavior analysis differs from many dominant approaches to such difficulties by relying on functional analysis as the foundation of assessment, conceptualization, treatment planning, and treatment evaluation. This focus on identifying and intervening on the context in which problematic behaviors, and the relations among those behaviors emerge, has proved largely successful both in terms of effectiveness and in terms of the research program generated. For this reason, a number of "third wave behavior therapies" are becoming increasingly visible in non-behavior analytic circles. Still, many of the front line providers in traditional mental health settings struggle to consider psychological difficulties from a functional perspective. This panel will briefly discuss the history and current status of clinical behavior analysis. Then the audience and panelists will watch video footage of a therapeutic interaction and discuss possible functions client and therapist behaviors with a focus on how these might contribute to the development of an overall treatment plan.

Keyword(s): Clinical Behavior Analysis, Functional Analysis, Treatment Planning
 
 
Paper Session #77
Empowering Interventions for Parents of Children With ASD
Saturday, May 25, 2013
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
102 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: CBM
Chair: Jennifer D. Kowalkowski (Oakland Integrated Healthcare Network)
 

The Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on Teaching Parents to Be Social Skills Trainers

Domain: Applied Research
Rebecca Kate Dogan (Learning Strategies), MELISSA L. KING (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Anthony T. Fischetti (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Candice M. Jostad (University of Nebraska Medical Center), William J. Warzak (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Therese L. Mathews (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
 
Abstract:

Impairment in social interactions is one of the primary features of children with autism spectrum disorders. Research has demonstrated the importance of teaching skills associated with social development as well as the negative consequences that can persist if behaviors such as social skills are not addressed. The present study evaluated the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) on teaching four parents of children with an autism spectrum disorder to be social skills trainers. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across parent-child dyads was employed and direct-observation was used to assess both parent and child behaviors. Results from the current study demonstrated that all parent participants met criterion and improved their ability to correctly teach their children both trained and untrained social skills. Child participants also displayed an increase in the number of correctly performed steps associated with both the trained and untrained skills. Participants continued to display higher rates of correct responding at one-month follow-up sessions. The BST intervention used in the current study was highly accepted by participants and is likely to be viewed as a helpful, low-effort strategy that can lead to changes in the ways parents work with their children toward improving their social skills.

 

The Impact of a Group-Based Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Intervention on Parents of Children Diagnosed With an Autism Spectrum Disorder

Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER D. KOWALKOWSKI (Oakland Integrated Healthcare Network), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
 
Abstract:

Parents of children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder face significant stressors and challenges; however, little research has investigated ways to effectively address their psychological distress and adjustment issues. This study used a between-subject and within-subject repeated measures design to test the effects of an 8-week Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) or treatment as usual (TAU) group. Treatment completers included 13 mothers in the ACT condition and 4 mothers in TAU. They were assessed three weeks before the intervention, one week after, and three months post-intervention. Limited data for between-group comparison demonstrated only a significant difference on the frequency scale of the Automatic Thoughts Questionnaire (ATQ), in which frequency of automatic thoughts increased for mothers in the TAU condition. For mothers in the ACT condition only, repeated measures ANOVAs revealed significant decreases from baseline to post-intervention on the Parental Distress Index of the Parental Stress Index-Short Form. Baseline to post-intervention decreases were seen for the GSI of the Brief Symptom Inventory-18 (BSI-18), with some regression to baseline at follow-up but overall reductions maintained. Similar significant findings were also demonstrated with increases in the Positive Aspects of Caregiving and decreases in the ATQ total score and the believability scale. No statistically significant changes were seen on the Depression Index of BSI-18, the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire II, or the Five Facets of Mindfulness Questionnaire. In exploratory analysis, experiential avoidance correlated positively with multiple scales of a self-administered measure of executive functioning, including a measure of ones ability to shift attention rapidly. Additionally, mothers who reported significantly greater levels of externalizing problem behaviors also reported significantly higher degrees of parental distress. This research suggests that an ACT-based treatment delivered in group format may be of assistance in helping parents better adjust to the difficulties in raising children with autism.

 
 
 
Special Event #78
SQAB Tutorial: Behavioral Mechanisms of Drug Action: What Are They, How Will We Know One When We See It, and How Might Quantitative Models Help?
Saturday, May 25, 2013
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Auditorium Room 1 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB/BPH; Domain: Basic Research
Presenting Authors: : RAYMOND C. PITTS (University of North Carolina at Wilmington)
Abstract:

More than 45 years of research in behavioral pharmacology has shown quite clearly that environmental variables are powerful determinants of the behavioral effects of drugs. Unfortunately, providing a coherent, behavior-analytic framework within which to characterize the roles of environmental context, behavioral history, schedule of reinforcement, type of reinforcer, and deprivation level (to name a few) has proven to be quite a challenge. It has been suggested that effects of these and the myriad other environmental determinants might be viewed within a conceptual framework referred to as "behavioral mechanisms" of drug action. This tutorial will describe the notion of behavioral mechanisms of drug action and review some of the sorts of data that have been said to illustrate them. The focus will be on the potential for quantitative models as a set of tools for elucidating behavioral mechanisms. The presentation will conclude by exploring the applied/translational implications of the concept.

 
RAYMOND C. PITTS (University of North Carolina at Wilmington)
Raymond C. Pitts received his Ph.D. in psychology from the University of Florida in 1989. After completing a post-doctoral fellowship in the Department of Physiology and Pharmacology at the Wake Forest Medical School, he took a job as a research assistant professor in the Department of Psychology at the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill. In 1996, he moved to the Department of Psychology at the University of North Carolina Wilmington, and has been there ever since. He achieved his current rank of professor in 2005.  Dr. Pitts has served on the editorial boards of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Behavior Analyst. His work has been supported by grants from the National Institute on Drug Abuse, and has been published in journals such as the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, Psychopharmacology, Behavioural Pharmacology, Behavioral Neuroscience, Behavioural Processes, and the Journal of Clinical and Experimental Psychopharmacology. He has served as the ABAI Program co-chair and currently serves as the experimental representative on the ABAI Council.
 
 
Panel #79
PDS EVENT: On Being a Post Doc
Saturday, May 25, 2013
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
M100 B-C (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
KATHRYN HOLMAN (Marcus Autism Center)
JILL FODSTAD (Louisiana State University)
ANGIE CHRISTINE QUERIM (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
JONATHAN DEAN SCHMIDT (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Upon completion of a doctoral degree, many graduate students looking to further enhance their research or professional skills seek postdoctoral fellowship (postdoc) positions. Many sites offer these types of advanced training opportunities in applied behavior analysis and can provide critical training. Postdoctoral fellowships can offer invaluable supervision from experienced and licensed psychologists in the field. In addition, individuals are given additional time to refine specialized skills sets (e.g., grant-writing, research, teaching) before applying for a full-time position. However, the goals and expectations of postdocs are not always clearly understood and differ widely across programs. Some individuals pursue a postdoc position to enhance their clinical skills while others seek out additional research opportunities. The current panel will discuss and review important aspects of being a postdoc. Panelists will discuss their personal account of working as a postdoc or working as a training director within the field of applied behavior analysis. They will provide recommendations and advice to those looking to pursue a position as a postdoc. Panelists also will discuss experiences, goals, and the primary expectations involved in completing a fellowship.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #80
CE Offered: PSY

Infusing Human Performance Technology Into the Instructional Systems Design Process

Saturday, May 25, 2013
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Ballroom B (Convention Center)
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Lori H. Diener-Ludwig, Ph.D.
Chair: Lori H. Diener-Ludwig (Performance Blueprints, Inc.)
LISA TOENNIGES (Innovative Learning Group)
Lisa Toenniges is owner and chief executive officer of Innovative Learning Group, a company that provides custom learning and performance support services to Fortune 1000 companies. A dynamic and respected leader, Ms. Toenniges has more than 20 years of experience in the performance improvement industry, and has consulted with many companies about learning and performance strategies and solutions. Her entrepreneurial spirit and hands-on leadership style have been the drivers behind ILG's rapid growth and tremendous success. As a result of her efforts, she was named one of the 2010 Top 10 Michigan Business Women and Rainmaker of the Year by the National Association of Women Business Owners of Greater Detroit. Ms. Toenniges  is president-elect of the International Society for Performance Improvement (ISPI) and will assume the role of president in April 2013. Previously, she served a two-year term as a board member and treasurer of the organization. Ms. Toenniges also is a certified performance technologist endorsed by ISPI. She is a frequent speaker and panelist at performance improvement conferences and other business-related events. She also has dedicated a significant amount of her time to mentor college students and other professionals who are looking for a career in the training industry.
Abstract:

Many of us are involved at one time or another in the process of developing training. Sometimes training is the right solution, and in other situations, another solution may have more impact. In this session, Innovative Learning Group's CEO Lisa Toenniges will pose two questions: (1) If training is the right solution, how do we build performance-based training? (2) If we are involved in a training project where a nontraining solution may help improve performance, how do we share these ideas throughout the instructional systems design (ISD) process? This interactive session will be based on a robust job aid that includes more than 100 best practices for infusing human performance technology into the ISD process.

Target Audience:

Individuals involved in the process of developing training

Learning Objectives: At the end of the session, participants will be able to: 1. Describe multiple, viable ideas to infuse more performance improvement when working through the ISD process 2. Demonstrate subtle techniques to educate clients on how to improve performance
 
 
Panel #81
CE Offered: BACB
Using Standard Celeration Charts in the Assessment and Treatment of Feeding Disorders: A Novel Application; Should It Be?
Saturday, May 25, 2013
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
200 C-E (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Richard M. Kubina Jr., Ph.D.
Chair: Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education)
RICHARD M. KUBINA JR. (Pennsylvania State University)
PAUL DUNKLEBARGER (Pennsylvania State University)
SEAN D. CASEY (The Iowa Department of Education)
Abstract:

Assessment and treatment of children with feeding issues has been a more frequent area of research in the behavioral literature. In the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, there have been over 40 articles published using experimental data, with nearly half of the publications a appearing within the last 8 years. A hallmark of the main figures presented include the use of nonstandard line graphs detailing a variety of dependent measures including: bites accepted, inappropriate mealtime behavior, problem behavior during meals, volume consumed and caloric oral intake. The current study evaluates the use of feeding data using nonstandard line graphs and Standard Celeration Charts (SCC) to ascertain differences in measurement and visual display systems that would be advantageous in the data analysis for children with feeding issues. The panel will focus on sharing published studies and the differences between these graphical displays. For one study data was also recoded for frequency analysis. The outcome of the comparisons as well as future extensions and applicability of the SCC in the area of feeding disorders will be discussed.

Keyword(s): feeding disorders, grahpical display, standard celeration charts
 
 
Poster Session #82
EAB Poster Session - Saturday Evening
Saturday, May 25, 2013
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
1. Social Foraging in Rats: Effects of Reinforcement Dimension and Predictability on Group and Individual Matching
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LAVINIA C.M. TAN (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
Abstract:

The effects of varying reinforcer rate and quantity on group and individual choice behavior was examined in three separate experiments. In each, five male Long Evans rats were tested in a free-ranging foraging procedure where food was delivered from two locations according to variable-time (VT) schedules. Relative rate and quantity varied over five ratios in each experiment either across components within a session, or across whole sessions. The Generalized Matching Law and the Ideal Free Distribution provided a good account of individual and group behavior, respectively. Individual and group sensitivity values tended to be similar and varied depending on the reinforcement dimension manipulated and level of variability in reinforcement contingencies. Competitiveness was assessed independently in two of the experiments and correlated with individual reinforcement rate and sensitivity. This paradigm provides a valuable tool for investigating determinants of group and individual choice and the relation between behavior at these different levels.

 
2. Foraging by Eastern Fox Squirrels (Sciurus Niger) and Manipulations of Response Effort and Reinforcer Quality
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRADY J. PHELPS (Dept. of Psychology, South Dakota State University), Ryan A. Richmond (South Dakota State University), Ben C. Ruggeberg (South Dakota State University), Paul Boettcher (South Dakota State University)
Abstract: Few studies have examined the foraging of free-ranging animals (Baum, 1974, 1983; Houston, 1986; Zach, 1978,1979). These studies examined the behavior of free-ranging birds (pigeons, wagtails and crows respectively). The present study examined the effects of increased response effort as well as the effects of devalued reinforcers on foraging behaviors of free-ranging squirrels. The tendency for response costs to be reduced by response selection, and for behavior to increase in efficiency characterizes learning. A lower quality reinforcer is predicted to reduce foraging towards this option. Two commercially available squirrel feeders were used to observe the foraging. A digital camcorder, programmed to record one second of every minute from approximately 8:00 a.m. until dusk, recordings began September 2012. The manipulation of response effort involved weights added to lid of feeder, each weight approx 25 gms (24.94 gms) added in increments of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 24, and 32 weights. The minimum resistance added =.245 N, the maximum = 7.845 N. A highly preferred food-shelled sunflower seeds served as reinforcer; as a manipulation of reinforcer quality, bird seed (bs) was added to the sunflower seed (sfs) to obtain mixtures of 75% sfs, 50% sfs, and 25% sfs.
 
3. The effect of the discriminative stimuli on rats foraging behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JOSUE ANTONIO CAMACHO CANDIA (Universidad Autonoma de Tlaxcala), Felipe Cabrera González (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Marisela HernÁndez González (University of Guadalajara, Mexico)
Abstract:

It is proposed to study the effect of the discriminative stimuli (DS) on rats foraging behavior in the radial arm maze on the floor. As a pilot study, it be used a T-maze to identify whether the DS and spatial changes (T-maze with two arms and without one arm) affect the choice of rats. After that, in a six arms radial maze on the floor, it will test whether DS and spatial changes (remove arms of the maze as condition of the study) affect the rats foraging behavior. In the pilot study the establishment of the lighting stimulus as DS was using a standard chamber of conditioning. The results of the pilot study in the T-maze with two arms, show an increase in the choice of the arm with the DS. However, in the T-maze without an arm, the choice of the arm with the DS decreases. Its possible that the T-maze configuration is the main factor for the choice of the rat. Those results are consistent with those obtained by Timberlakes research on locomotor search tactics. Those results suggest that the rats foraging behavior in the radial arm maze will be affected by the DS only if the radial arm maze has all arms, but if the maze does not have any arms the DS wont have effect and configuration of the maze could be the main factor for the rats foraging behavior.

 
4. AvianNeonates' Responses Reinforced by Either an Imprinted Stimulus or Food Under Variable-Interval Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FUKUKO HASEGAWA (Tokiwa University), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University)
Abstract: The present study compared avian neonates' operant responses reinforced by an imprinted stimulus with those reinforced by food under VI schedules. The subjects were newly hatched chicks (n=5) and ducklings (n=7). They were exposed to a rotating red cylinder. After that, only subjects imprinted to the stimulus were used as the subjects for the remaining sessions. They were divided into the imprinted-stimulus or the food groups. According to the group, their key-peck responses were shaped by using the imprinted stimulus or food as a reinforcer, respectively. Then the subjects' responses were under VI schedules. The results of two species were similar each other. The cumulative response patterns of the imprinted-stimulus group had some pauses and bursts. The patterns for the food group were similar to those reported by previous studies. The difference between two groups clearly appeared in the IRTs/op distributions. Although the IRTs/op of the imprinted-stimulus group was higher for the shorter IRT, that of the food group showed the opposite tendency. These results suggest some idiosyncratic reinforcing effects of an imprinted stimulus for operant responses of chicks and ducklings.
 
5. Behavioral Adjustment Under Different Kinds of Reinforcement Contingencies
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIO SERRANO (Universidad Veracruzana-CEICAH), Enoc Obed De la Sancha Villa (Universidad Veracruzana-IPyE), Zaira Jacqueline García Pérez (Universidad Veracruzana), Gelacio GuzmÁn Dáaz (Universidad Veracruzana-CEICAH), Edgar Eduardo Montes Castro (Universidad Veracruzana-CEICAH), Hugo Palacios (Universidad Veracruzana-CEICAH), Alma Briseida Ramárez Estrada (Universidad Veracruzana-IPyE)
Abstract: Three groups of rats were exposed to concurrent non-contingent (NK), concurrent contingent (K), and concurrent conditional-contingent (KC) temporal reinforcement schedules. Adjustment of behavior to these three kinds of contingency arrangements was calculated using a formula that arithmetically related stimuli (i.e., scheduled and obtained) and functionally defined different kinds of responses (i.e., required, contingent and persistent). The performance under non-contingent reinforcement was higher that under contingent reinforcement, which in turn was higher than under conditional-contingent reinforcement. Besides previous experiments, these results are discussed in the context of interbehavioral psychology and a taxonomic proposal that can provide a coherent coverage to both simple and complex behavior.
 
6. Sidman Avoidance in Betta Splendens
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Jacqueline Little (University of Manitoba), MARILEIDE ANTUNES OLIVEIRA (University of Manitoba), Noelle Warkentin (University of Manitoba), Jessica Myskiw (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba)
Abstract:

An adaptation of the Sidman avoidance procedure was used with two male Betta splendens. The aversive stimulus consisted of 10 s of water flows delivered at regular intervals. The time elapsed between the presentation of consecutive water flows when no responses occurred was termed the flow-flow (FF) interval. The time elapsed between a response and a water flow was termed the response-flow (RF) interval. A response was defined as changing compartments in a shuttle tank. Avoidance responses were defined as changing compartments prior to the presentation of water flows, and escape responses were defined as changing compartments during the presentation of water flows. Data collection was carried out daily and sessions lasted 20 min. One fish received a number of sessions in which both the RF interval and the FF interval were 30 s; however, although escape behaviour occurred consistently, avoidance behaviour did not develop. Decreasing the FF interval to 5 s also did not produce consistent avoidance behaviour. However, when escape responses were punished with water flow there was a slight but consistent increase in avoidance behaviour. Currently, the second fish is receiving training with RF interval of 30 s and FF interval of 5 s. Results obtained up to this point show consistent escape, but very little avoidance responding. Thus, for both fish, shortening the FF interval produced no appreciable changes in avoidance responding. In the next stage for the second fish, escape responses will be punished with water flows. It is predicted that, as with the first fish, this will result in an increase in avoidance responding. In the final stage, punishment will be removed for both fish. Results will be discussed in terms of the interaction between escape and avoidance behaviour, and the effect of punishment of escape, on both of these types of behaviour in this species of fish.

 
7. Response-Independent Food Delivery Generates More Adjunctive Drinking Than Response-Dependent Food Delivery
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MELISSA M. M. ANDREWS (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Adjunctive behavior, in which responses are induced by intermittent schedules of reinforcement, occurs with both response-independent and response-dependent food schedules, however the manner of food delivery can affect the probability of adjunctive behavior. For example, schedule-induced drinking (polydipsia) in rats has been shown to increase (Burks, 1970), whereas schedule-induced attack in pigeons has been shown to decrease (Kupfer, Allen and Malagodi, 2008) when food is delivered response independently, relative to response dependently. Two experiments using rats were conducted to assess the reliability and generality of Burks’ result with schedule-induced drinking. Experiment 1 systematically replicated Burks by comparing drinking under fixed-ratio and fixed-time schedules with the response lever removed during the response-independent condition. Experiment 2 compared drinking under a fixed-ratio and a yoked matched-time schedule similar to Kupfer, Allen and Malagodi’s procedure. Water consumption was greater in both experiments under response-independent conditions, replicating and extending the generality of previous polydipsia research but not previous schedule-induced attach research. It is unclear why the relation between work requirement and adjunctive behavior is opposite in these different forms of adjunctive behavior.
 
8. Percentile Reinforcement of Lever Holding in Rats: Increasing Reinforcement Magnitude Decreases Latency to Respond but Does Not Systematically Affect on Hold Duration
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHARLES FRYE (Southern Illinois University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jerry Zhu (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Percentile reinforcement contingencies hold much promise as a tool for systematically shaping behavior in applied settings. When used to increase response duration or effort, however, percentile reinforcement contingencies may result in decreases in overall reinforcement rate as the duration of the response or the latency to respond increases. The decrease in overall reinforcement rate may undermine the effectiveness of the contingency. We are exploring if the effects of decreasing reinforcement rate can be offset by increasing reinforcement magnitude. Hold durations were reinforced with sucrose solution (10% vol/vol) if the duration of the response exceeded 16 of the previous 20 responses. The volume of sucrose solution delivered varied by condition over the following values: 56, 100, 300, or 560 l/presentation. The order of conditions was arranged according to a quasi-Latin square design and conditions were changed upon steady state performance. Preliminary data suggest that the magnitude of reinforcement has little or no systematic effect on hold duration, but has large effects on latency to respond. When shifting from a high magnitude condition (300 or 560 l) to a low magnitude condition (56 or 100 l) latency to respond increases drastically. Conversely, when shifting from a low magnitude condition to a high magnitude condition, latency to respond decreases drastically.

 
9. Selection of Different Culturants in the Prisoner's Dilemma Game:A Meta-contingency Study
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CLARISSA NOGUEIRA (Universidade de Brasilia), Laercia Abreu Vasconcelos (University of Brasilia)
Abstract:

The Iterated Prisoner`s Dilemma Game is an instrument used in the study of social behavior. The game involves a situation in which two participants must simultaneously choose between two alternatives in each trial: cooperate and compete. The arrangement of the participants` responses generate different individual outcomes. This interdependency between the individuals` responses characterizes the social behavior. For the study of metacontingencies the INPDG has been used with the addition of a cultural contingency contingent on the emission of certain arrangements of responses. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect of the cultural contingency on the selection of different arrangements of responses. The role of communication between participants and of sequential or simultaneous choices in the acquisition of the target arrangement has also been verified. For this purpose, four groups of three participants were formed: Group with Communication and sequential choices (CC-SQ), Group with communication and simultaneous choices (CC-SM); Group without communication and with sequential choices (SC-SQ), and Group without communication and with simultaneous choices (SC-SM). The results indicate the selection of the different culturants by all groups. It suggests that communication is the most important factor in facilitating the acquisition of the target culturant in all conditions.

 
10. Impulsive Students Participate Later: Delay Discounting in a Research Subject Pool
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RACHEL N. CASSIDY (University of Florida), Brian D. Kangas (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: Course credit is commonly used to induce students to serve as subjects in psychological research. However, despite the high prevalence of this practice, it remains unclear if it has any unintended effects on research outcomes. The present study assessed whether the behavioral profiles of recruited subjects changed throughout a semester. Subjects were recruited through typical course credit contingencies at different time periods throughout a semester and their responses during a common delay discounting task were evaluated to determine whether this laboratory measure of impulsivity would correspond to delaying completion of course requirements. A correlation between levels of impulsivity on the delay discounting task and study signup date was observed suggesting implications for researchers who use course credit contingencies to induce participation, especially when studying the effects of variables on rates of discounting.
 
11. Choice Behavior in Adolescents in Conflict With Law: Probability and Delay Effects of Hypothetical Consequences
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ARIELA HOLANDA (University of Brasilia), Cristiano Coelho (Universidade Católica de Goiás), Lincoln S. Gimenes (University of Brasilia), Jorge Oliveira-Castro (University of Brasilia)
Abstract: Twenty-four adolescents under Confinement as a Socio-Educational Measure were submitted to hypothetical choices between fulfill one of the Brazilian Socio-Educational Measures (Community Services, Probation, Semi-Freedom, and Confinement) by a smaller period of time, immediately or for sure, or by a longer period after some delay/according to specified chances. There were used delays ranging from 3 months to 10 years and probabilities from 10% to 90%. The participants were assigned to one of two groups: Primaries who were less time confined (Group 1); or recurrent/confined for a longer time (Group 2). In general, with choices involving delay, the participants showed subjective values of the delayed Measure fulfillment, approximately constants, as the delay was increased, while in choices involving probability, it was observed a tendency to diminish the subjective value with increases in the odds against to fulfill the Measure. The analyses of hyperbolic and power models described individual data in probabilistic choices, but no in intertemporal ones. In the intertemporal choices, the participants tended to show no discount rates. For group data, Group 2 obtained higher discount rates for Confinement than Group 1, and this one had higher discount rates than Group 2 for all other Measures, except for Probation.
 
12. Hyperbolic Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ELISE FURREBOE (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract:

Numerous studies have demonstrated the relationship between the hyperbolic curve and preference reversal using the discounting account, in which several equal delays have been added to two outcomes. The scope of this experiment was mainly to investigate preference reversal in a singular concurrent choice setting, in order to look at the actual delay-difference (in addition to the relative delay-differences), and relate it to the shift between rule-governed behavior and contingency-shaped behavior. The participants were grouped to 3 conditions, and tested individually on a portable PC. Their task was to collect points. Initially the participants received 1 point for a response to A, and 20 points for a response to B, either reward received after 0.3 sec. For every additional B-response the B-delay increased by an additional 0.3 sec. Hence, A represented a smaller-sooner alternative, and B a larger-later alternative. 14 out of 17 participants displayed a clear abrupt preference reversal as B reached a sufficiently large delay. The results support the idea that hyperbolic discounting in human subjects is related to preference reversal and a shift between rule-governed behavior and contingencies. Preferences seem to reverse as the delay difference between the options increase, regardless of the conditions of added delay.

 
13. The Abbreviated Temporal Discounting Task for Rapid, Accurate Assessment of Discount Rate in About 25 Seconds
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MIKHAIL KOFFARNUS (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Doug A. Smith (Virginia Tech), Warren K. Bickel (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute)
Abstract:

Interest in temporal discounting (devaluation of future reinforcers as a function of delay) among researchers and clinicians is growing with the increasing recognition that a high rate of temporal discounting is associated with a range of unhealthy behavior patterns including, but not limited to, drug abuse, overeating, and gambling. However, the time required to accurately assess temporal discounting rate is limiting in some contexts. We developed a novel, flexible, and easily administered Abbreviated Temporal Discounting (ATD) task that accurately measures temporal discounting rate with just five questions. This task was administered to college undergraduates along with a more traditional adjusting amount task. We found high concordance between the two tasks and no significant difference in overall discount rate obtained. The ABT was much faster than the adjusting amount procedure with an average completion time of around 25 seconds. We also used the ABT to replicate the amount effect often seen with temporal discounting, finding that $1,000,000 was discounted at a significantly lower rate than $1000, which was discounted at a significantly lower rate than $10 (both p < 0.001). These data indicate the ATD task is an accurate and rapid measure of temporal discounting.

 
14. Decreasing Social Discounting by Altering Level of Construal
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KAYLEIGH MCCARTY (University of Maryland, College Park), Alison Pickover (University of Memphis), Richard Yi (University of Maryland, College Park)
Abstract: Construal level theory (CLT) states that psychologically proximal outcomes are construed concretely and implies that perceptions of psychological distance (e.g. time, social distance) may impact individuals’ choices. Two studies explored this topic by imposing concrete construal of psychologically distal events (as a function of social distance in Study 1; temporal distance in Study 2) prior to completing a social discounting task, during which participants indicated preference between hypothetical monetary outcomes for the self or for a known other. Forty-one college students (mean age= 18.78; 82.9% female) were recruited for Study 1, and forty-four were recruited for Study 2 (mean age= 19.86; 72.7% female). Participants attended two sessions (experimental, control) that were separated by one week, and the order of completion was counterbalanced. Due to suspected order effects, planned comparisons were conducted between conditions at each order in the study. Analyses revealed that there was a significant reduction in social discounting rates (p<0.05) following concrete construal of others (Study 1) and concrete construal of the future (Study 2), but only when participants completed the control condition in the first session. These findings suggest that concrete construal of psychologically distal outcomes can decrease social discounting and provide qualified support for CLT.
 
15. Go/no-go Procedure with Compound Stimuli with Pigeons: Presenting Figures as Compound Stimuli in Order to Test for Emergent Relations
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HELOISA CURSI CAMPOS (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Paula Debert (University of São Paulo, Brazil)
Abstract: Our study using a go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli taught pigeons to peck to two-color compounds A1B1, A2B2, B1C1, B2C2 and refrain from pecking to A1B2, A2B1, B1C2, B2C1. Tests presented the colors of training compounds in new spatial and/or recombinative arrangements that corresponded to tests for emergent relations. Subjects exhibited training-consistent responding in symmetry tests (responses to B1A1, B2A2, C1B1, C2B2 and not to B1A2, B2A1, C1B2, C2B1). However subjects did not exhibit training-consistent responding in transitivity and equivalence tests (basically more responses to A1C2, A2C1, C1A2, C2A1 than to A1C1, A2C2, C1A1, C2A2) probably due to stimulus similarity between the colors of the related baseline and not-related transitivity and equivalence test stimuli, and between not-related baseline and related transitivity and equivalence test stimuli. This study verified whether six pigeons would show the emergence of equivalence relations when figures formed the compounds. The go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli was employed in training, symmetry, transitivity, and equivalence tests. Three subjects exhibited training-consistent responding in symmetry tests. No subject exhibited training-consistent responding in transitivity and equivalence tests, suggesting that the absence of transitivity and equivalence relations in our previous study was not due to stimulus similarity between baseline and test compounds.
 
16. Stimulus Classes Controlled by Contextual Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LUIS ANTONIO PEREZ-GONZALEZ (University of Oviedo, Spain), Noray Rubio (University of Oviedo, Spain)
Abstract:

A stimulus can belong to two or more different classes according to the context. Sidman provided a theoretical account on how this process can happen in conditional discriminations. So far, there are little evidence that a stimulus can belong simultaneously to two classes according contextual stimuli. We provide a theoretical analysis of how this can happen and provide some data that show this phenomenon. Several adults learned contextually controlled stimulus classes in which a contextual stimulus indicated some stimulus relations (e.g., A1-B1-C1) and another contextual stimulus indicated different stimulus relations (e.g., A1-B2-C3). Subsequent emergent probes indicated whether the participants had formed simultaneously two classes. Some participants did, but other participants did not. Thus, the results indicated that the process is possible, but the outcome is due very likely to specific learning factors. We discuss how the learning procedures may result in contextually-controlled equivalence classes and how to improve the procedures to facilitate this phenomenon.

 
17. On the Role of Speed of Responding in Formation for Stimulus Equivalence Classes
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KIM HENRIK LILAND (Norwegian ABA), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

There are only a few studies on stimulus equivalence and short response latencies. All of them start baseline training without restrictions in available time. In the present study, three adults received initial training with rapid responding. Limited hold (LH) for both sample and comparison were titrated down to an asymptotic level in an identity matching-to-sample task. Afterwards, these short LH time windows were used in conditional discrimination training with arbitrary stimuli. A concurrent one-to-many training structure, three classes with three members, with 0 s delay was employed. This phase was terminated after 720 trials. The next phase was another titrating phase where errors below 90% increased the LH with 100ms to an asymptotic level. All calculations of LH and changes in LH during the experiment were done automatic by the software. All three participants reached steady state as defined by the software. One participant reached the asymptotic level. Results showed that none of the participants were able to form conditional discriminations with short response latencies conditions. When given more time to respond all participants established conditional discriminations. As can be seen in Table 1, only one participant passed the test for derived relations on the first test. One participant required two tests. And the last participant failed three tests for derived relations

 
18. Relatedness of Stimuli in Equivalence Classes as a Function of Amount of Training: Possible Influence of Response Topography
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIELE CORTEZ (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), Julio C. De Rose (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), Renato Bortoloti (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil)
Abstract:

Recent studies used a semantic differential (SD) to verify transfer of meaning across equivalence classes, each containing a meaningful stimulus, a face expressing an emotion. These studies provided additional evidence that stimuli in equivalence classes may differ in their degree of relatedness. The present study used an SD to verify relatedness as a function of amount of training and response topography. Participants learned AB, BC, CD, and DE conditional relations, with three sets of stimuli, where the B stimuli were pictures of faces expressing happiness, anger, and neutrality, respectively, and the remaining stimuli were abstract pictures. Seven college students selected stimuli using a mouse and six responded pressing keys on the keyboard. Three participants with the keyboard and four with the mouse had the number of training trials doubled. After showing equivalence class formation, they evaluated the D stimuli with an SD. Data confirmed previous results from our laboratory showing that overtraining increases relatedness for participants responding with the mouse. Surprisingly, however, results appeared to be reversed for participants responding with the keyboard. Further research is necessary to confirm the role of response topography in modulating effects of amount of training on relatedness of stimuli in equivalence classes.

 
19. Responding and Learning by Exclusion in Prelingual Deaf Individuals
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LUCAS GARCIA (Federal University of São Carlos, Department of Psychology), Deisy das Garças de Souza (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil)
Abstract:

The Responding by Exclusion (RE) may result in rapid acquisition of new arbitrary stimulus-stimulus relations and have important educational relevance. This study aimed to verify the occurrence of RE and learning outcomes of new relations between signs of the Brazilian Sign Language (LIBRAS) and pictures in deaf individuals with low verbal repertoires. Participants were seven prelingual deaf persons, 5-27 years old, enrolled in a program aimed to teach a conventional language (LIBRAS). An initial assessment evaluated receptive sign vocabulary trough a validated Brazilian test and several types of stimulus-stimulus relations through matching tasks. The main procedure was teaching a baseline of conditional relations between signs and pictures, followed by blocks of probing trials in matching format that evaluated RE, learning outcomes, and control trials. Probe trials also evaluated the emergence of gestural naming. All participants showed emergent matching in most exclusion trials. They showed high percentage of responding consistent with learning outcome in one type of learning trials (Type 1), but showed chance responding in the other two. For some participants, the performances in the naming probes indicated functional independence of both matching and verbal responding. These results extended previous findings on emergent mapping to deaf persons and sign-pictures relations.

 
20. Complexity in Concept Formation:Stimulus Equivalence and Directionality
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LIVE FAY BRAATEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Class size, number of nodes, the distribution of singles among nodes and directionality of training are variables in relation to a training structure that can affect the establishment of an equivalence class. Research within the field of stimulus equivalence have shown that class size, number of nodes and different training structures in conditional discrimination procedure affects the outcome when testing emergent relations. Whether and how different directionality affects emergent responding has not yet been explored. This study aims to see how directionality affects responding in accordance to stimulus equivalence by comparing two conditions in a single subject design fashion. In one condition; participants are trained in a linear series training structure, and in the second condition; participants are trained with a complex training structure where directionality between stimuli are manipulated. These conditions will be compared in terms of responding in accordance to stimulus equivalence, nodality and reaction time. Results so far show no differences in test outcome between the two conditions, but differences in numbers of trials to criterion in the training (see Table 1).
 
21. Equivalence Class Formation in Children With Visual Impairment
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALESSANDRA CANOSA (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil), MariaStella C. Alcantara-Gil (Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil)
Abstract: The study of the Stimulus Equivalence model has contributed to understanding the new behaviors emergence. This study aimed to investigate the emergence of stimulus equivalence classes performed by visually impaired children. Three 5years-old visually impaired children, with normal development, were exposed to arbitrary conditional discrimination learning on a three comparisons matching to sample standard procedure. The stimuli were ensembles of representation from three different animals (lion, elephant and monkey) in tactile and sound dimensions. The tactile dimension was composed of two stimuli sets with plush animal toys (one proportional-sized between them /B and the other with the same size /E) and one with raised drawing animals/D. The auditory stimuli were a set of the dictated animals names/A and the animal's voices reproduction/C. Three conditional discriminations were explicitly taught (AB; AC and AD). The children were tested to the CB/BC and DB/BD stimuli relations emergence aiming to verifying the formation of equivalent stimulus classes with three and four components (ABC and ABCD). All participants high performed in tests for tactile and auditory dimensions. The generalization tests indicated the extension of repertoires learned to other stimuli. This study can contribute to the development of teaching procedures for children with visual impairment.
 
22. Different Relatedness BetweenMembers of Stimulus Classes Depending on Training Structures: A Computational Model
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALVARO TORRES CHAVEZ (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Angel Tovar y Romo (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

It is relevant to determine the best training structures to teach concepts or categories to humans with special learning needs. One important parameter that determines the training structure is the number of nodal stimuli. A node is a stimulus that is linked to at least two other stimuli during training; as the number of nodes increases the relatedness between emergent transitive relations decreases. Several studies have reported this effect by analyzing reaction times and accuracy; participants require more time to respond to more distant stimulus relations and more trials to master criterion during testing. We analyze different training structures with a neuro-computational model that works with one cortical layer and one hippocampus module to produce a mapping of the relatedness between the members of a class. The study by Spencer and Chase (1996) was simulated to evaluate the model fitness. The model simulated human performance by taking more cycles to respond to more distant stimulus relations, and provided a quantitative description of the relatedness inside equivalence classes. Lesioning the model produced a decreased capability for learning stimulus classes. The model can be used to predict the training structures that generate class formation with the highest relatedness between the class members.

 
 
 
Poster Session #83
TPC Poster Session - Saturday Evening
Saturday, May 25, 2013
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
23. Was Little Albert a Neurologically Impaired Child? Continued Difficulties with the Douglas Merritte Hypothesis
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
RUSSELL A. POWELL (Grant MacEwan University), Nancy Digdon (Grant MacEwan University)
Abstract: Though often the subject of controversy, John B. Watson’s legacy as the founder of behaviorism suffered a particularly strong blow this past year with accusations of severe wrong-doing in the case of Little Albert. In 2009, Beck and colleagues reported that Albert was a child named Douglas Merritte, the son of a wet nurse in the hospital where Watson and Rayner (1920) were conducting their experiment on phobic conditioning. Based partly on Douglas’s medical records, Fridlund, Beck, and others (2012) recently claimed that Albert was neurologically impaired at the time of the experiment (due to an eventually fatal case of hydrocephalus)—and that Watson, in a severe breach of professional ethics, chose Albert as a subject despite knowing of his condition, and then deliberately hid this fact in his published accounts of the case. However, we will present evidence that contradicts the claim that Albert was neurologically impaired, and further calls into question the possibility of Douglas having been Albert. Included is our discovery of another child, likewise the son of a wet nurse at the hospital, whom we believe to be a strong candidate for the real Little Albert.
 
24. Everything You Know about the Experimental Analysis of Behavior Is Wrong
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: SCOWL: I saw the best minds of my generation destroyed by lust for the straight semi-log transform, confusing the little dots falling on the straight line, with underlying process (if it’s straight as a gate, it’s straight, gate). Relevant topics: (1) The relation between experimental and applied research in behavior analysis. (2) Why bridging research gets it wrong. (3) Why basic research gets it wrong. (4) Preschool fatalism. (5) Pre-PhD fatalism: Why you will agree with practically none of this poster. (6) The little boy with a new hammer who tries to fix everything by hitting it with his wonderful hammer. (7) Why the worst thing Skinner ever did was invent schedules of reinforcement. (8) Why delay discounting is irrelevant to almost anything of importance. (9) Why grandma's wisdom is wrong. (10) The myth of poor self-control. (11) The truth about poor self-control. (12) Rule-governed vs. contingency-controlled behavior. (13) Why operationalization provides only a false sense of intellectual security. (14) The shiftless paradigm. The high IQ mind of an EABer is a terrible thing to waste; hopefully this poster will save one or two of the less rigid ones.
 
25. The Importance of Interdisciplinary Science in Behavior Analysis: A Trend Study of JABA and JEAB Publications
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
MELISSA NOSIK (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark Malady (Florida Institute of Technology), Ryland K. Baker (University of Nevada, Reno), Vanessa Willmoth (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This poster will examine the potential contributions of related sciences to a more complete understanding of complex human behavior. In pursuing this potential for collaboration with other sciences, it is important to recognize the unique contribution that a science of behavior may make to this venture. To this end, an understanding of the differences between disciplinary and interdisciplinary work is critical to the further development of behavior analysis as a science. Information will be presented on the frequency and types of interdisciplinary work in behavior analysis that has been published in JEAB and JABA since publishing started in these journals. Additionally, the progression of changes in sources of published work will be highlighted as it has paralleled the growth in behavior analytic programs in our field.
 
26. Mathematical Foundations of Clinical Functional Analysis: Relations and Functions
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
DAVID RICHARD PHILLIPS (Eastern Michigan University), Chelsea Dore (Eastern Michigan University), Dennis J. Delprato (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

In The Behavior of Organisms: An Experimental Analysis (1938), Skinner stressed correlation as a substitute for cause. Skinner promoted a descriptive (a running account of a sample of behavior as it unfolds itself in some frame of reference) and experimental science of behavior. He recognized that prediction and control of behavior requires finding variables of which behavior is a function (functional relationships), that is, controlling variables. We use the mathematical distinction between relations and functions to illustrate the logic of experimentation and behavioral control and show how correlational data are indeterminate as a foundation for selecting behavior change conditions. Experimentally obtained functional relations, on the other hand, identify treatment conditions that yield more predictable outcomes and superior behavior control. We address implications for descriptive and experimental clinical behavioral assessment and stress that the purpose of functional assessment is to determine the probability of behavior and is not a guarantee that behavior will occur.

 
27. A Survey of Academic Standards and Student Interest in Philosophical and Conceptual Issues in Behavior Analysis
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
ERIN E. WATKINS (Western Michigan University), Christopher Walmsley (Western Michigan University), Yannick Schenk (Western Michigan University), James D. Morrison (Western Michigan University), Miles K. Bennett (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Accreditation, certification, and licensure are three ways to place and gauge certain standards on a program or individual. Often these standards are minimum requirements of education in a classroom or field setting. Educational standards strive to create consistency and transparency across programs and people, providing a way by which a discipline can assess its members and itself. Within the field of behavior analysis, there exists many accreditation, and certification standards for education. This study limits its scope to ABAI program accreditation, specifically education standards for behavior analytic theory and philosophy. Of the 25 ABAI accredited programs, six did not report requiring a course in theory or philosophy to earn a degree. To better understand what type of education behavior analysts are receiving and how this education is related to an overall interest and knowledge of this subject, an online survey was distributed to behavior analysts holding graduate degrees. The results of this survey have helped to elucidate the contact that graduate students have with theoretical and philosophical principles of behavior analysis. It remains to be seen if there is an association between academic standards and overall knowledge or interest in a subject.

 
28. Ontological Questions in Radical Behaviorism — Philosophical Assumptions in Skinner's The Operational Analysis of Psychological Terms
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
GUNNAR REE (Oslo and Akerhus University College of Applied Sciences), Christoffer K. Eilifsen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: When trying to clarify and promote further understanding of the concepts used in the analysis of behavior, one encounters a series of philosophical challenges, starting with questions concerning ontology and epistemology in particular. As some of the quandaries are negotiated, others may materialize as consequences of the preceding ones. A review of a selection of behavior analytic literature explicitly addressing epistemology and ontology reveals both a lively debate and lack of consensus, with disagreement being especially pronounced when ontology is discussed. These debates involve several philosophical positions, including essentialism, pragmatism, and materialism. One of the most influential papers on radical behaviorist thought is arguably the 1945 paper The Operational Analysis of Psychological Terms by B. F. Skinner. Taking as a starting point a selection of statements concerning ontology from the works of W. v. O. Quine, a philosopher with a strong behavioristic bent, we discuss explicit statements and implicit assumptions about ontology and epistemology in Skinner’s paper in order to contribute to the more general debate about these issues in radical behaviorism.
 
29. A Rose by Any Name: The Varied Nomenclature of Behaviorism
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
BRENDAN JAMES BÖHR (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: This poster will be an eye-catching infographic documenting the rich history of proposed and adopted names used by scientists to refer to the field of behavior science across the last century and a half. In this poster, we will present the history of a variety of names for our science (e.g. “behaviorism,” “behavior modification,” “behavior analysis,” “behaviorology,” etc.) and the scientists who first used or proposed them. We plan to illustrate the impact of their geographic and temporal location visually. The poster will include the author’s own proposed name for the field and the reasons for doing so. As our lab is wont to do, we also plan to make this poster interactive, so will include an interactive touch-screen device which visitors may use to vote rank the names for our science according to their own preference. Additionally, visitors may add a name of their own invention. Users will optionally provide their education level and geographic location. Results will be available online / delivered via email sometime after the conference.
 
30. Environmentalism and Conditioned Reflex in the Work of John Broadus Watson
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
MARIANA CASTELLI (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Bruno Strapasson (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Maria Helena Hunziker (University of São Paulo, Brazil)
Abstract:

John Broadus Watson promoted great changes in the psychology of his time and outlined the behaviorist approach, which remains until today a fruitful field in experimental psychology. The relevance of this research is based on the historical relevance of the work of John Broadus Watson and lies, more specifically, in a better understanding of his appropriation of the conditioned reflex and its impact to his theoretical propositions. Although introductions to John Broadus Watsons behaviorism may describe it as the psychology of conditioned reflex, it had not been so from the beginning. At the time of the publication of his 1913s treatise and in the next years, there were two major categories which accounted for the behavior of an organism: instinct and habit. Instincts were philogenetic (hereditary) modes of response, whereas habits were ontogenetic (acquired) modes of response. At first, Watson proposed that evolutionary mechanisms explained instincts and two factors called frequency and recency explained habit formation. The concept of conditioned reflex, which was first mentioned by Watson in 1914, was incorporated only gradually: initially as one among the existing experimental methods of investigation, then as the main method and finally as a more solid explanation to habit formation. As the conditioned reflex gained space, the proportion of behavior which Watson considered to be instinct decreased and he became much closer to the environmentalist position which behaviorism was and sometimes still is criticized of. This will be illustrated with a chronological comparison of Watsons quotations regarding conditioned reflex and themes which give rise to the debate nature versus nurture (such as talent and vocation).

 
31. Topics Driving Translational Research in Behaviour Analysis
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
ALISON COX (University of Manitoba), Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba), Hernan Hurtado-Parrado Parrado (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to identify areas of research that have led to cross-field content interaction between experimental and applied behaviour analysis. We analyzed the topics of articles by authors who have published in both JABA and JEAB. The productivity of authors that are active both in experimental and applied behavior analysis (dual authors) is a potential source of information of basic-applied interaction trends. We extracted references published by dual authors including author-generated keywords of all articles published during the period 1980-2010 in both journals. We created a classification system to condense the pool of keywords into a manageable dataset. Subsequently, we classified each article based on one of the first five keywords. The results show content correspondence in dual author productivity across both journals. These topics included: stimulus control and stimulus equivalence, behavioural pharmacology and addictive behaviours, matching law and choice, schedules of reinforcement, verbal behaviour, delayed reinforcement, behavioural momentum, and field-related issues. Our analysis demonstrates increasing trends in the range of topics and the frequency of correspondent topics in the publications of authors that are active both in JABA and JEAB. This analysis suggests an increasing interaction between the basic and applied branches of behavior analysis.
 
32. Exploring the Ism's of Behavior
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
MARK MALADY (High Sierra Industries), Ricky Thurman (High Sierra Industries/WARC), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Behaviorism is often regarded as the philosophy of the science of behavior. With this loose definition there is room for multiple systems to develop. In the current theoretical realm of the philosophy of the science of behavior there are several such systems. The current paper will address the critical features of each system and how they interact with the various other systems. The core features that are evident in each system will are presented and a demarcation line between behavioral versus non-behavioral philosophy is chased. A graphical display that outlines each system is presented; it is the hope of the authors that this graphic will become a tool for future students of behavior to interact with the theoretical/conceptual approaches that have shaped modern behavior analysis.

 
 
 
Poster Session #84
EDC Poster Session - Saturday Evening
Saturday, May 25, 2013
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
33. Class-Wide Function-Related Intervention Teams "CW-FIT": Year 1 Results From a Multi-Site Study
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DEBRA M. KAMPS (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Paul Caldarella (Brigham Young University Positive Behavior Support Initiative), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University), Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University), Terrell McGuire (Vanderbilt University), Leslie Gunter (Brigham Young University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the project is to conduct a multi-site efficacy trial of the Class-wide Function-related Intervention Teams Program (CW-FIT) for elementary school students including students with and at risk for Emotional/Behavior Disorders (EBD). The CW-FIT Program includes four elements designed from hundreds of empirical studies: (1) teaching socially-appropriate communicative skills, (2) differential reinforcement using an interdependent group contingency, (3) extinction or eliminating potential reinforcement (attention, escape) for problem behavior, and (4) Tier 2 using self-management, help cards, and functional assessment. The current study is based on strong prior evidence of the efficacy of the CW-FIT intervention in seventeen schools. Schools in Missouri, Utah, and Tennessee are participating. Initial findings from year 1 are similar to prior CW-FIT studies, and indicate improved on task and decreased disruptive behaviors for classes and students. Figures present data for classes at the Missouri site for four third grade, two first, and two kindergarten students during baseline and during the CW-FIT intervention. Data will be presented from the three national sites for fifteen intervention classrooms and for individual students.

 
34. Academic Discounting in College Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
SCOTT WIGGINS (University of Kansas), Christopher Niileksela (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The discounting of delayed outcomes is well-established in the literature (Madden & Bickel, 2010), and in humans this has been established in a variety of domains, including money (Rachlin, Raineri, & Cross, 1991), health (Chapman, 1996), and food (Odum & Rainaud, 2003). The purpose of this study was to investigate whether academic outcomes are discounted similarly to monetary outcomes. Specifically, three major questions were evaluated: 1) Are academic outcomes discounted similarly to monetary outcomes (e.g., hyperbolic discounting, Mazur, 1987), 2) Is there a magnitude effect (Green, Myerson, & McFadden, 1997) in academic discounting where studying for easy classes is discounted more steeply than studying for difficult classes, and 3) Is there are relationship between discounting of monetary outcomes and academic outcomes? Questionnaires were administered to 136 undergraduate students (79% female, mean age = 19.8, SD = 2.5). Usable data was available for 120 students. Academic discounting was assessed using questionnaires in which students were asked to rate the importance of studying (0-10 scale) for a) an Easy class, and b) a Difficult Class. Monetary discounting was assessed using procedures similar to Beck and Triplett (2009). Results showed that individuals discounted studying hyperbolically, and the hyperbolic equation (Mazur, 1987) accounted for 99.76% of the variance for the Difficult test, and 99.97% of the variance for the Easy test. Thus, students discounted studying similar to money, replicating previous research. Second, there was a magnitude effect for discounting of studying, where studying for an Easy test was discounted more steeply than studying for a difficult test. This difference was statistically significant using Wilcoxon Signed ranks test (Z = 9.04, p < .001, Cohen’s d = 1.00). Finally, the relationship between academic discounting and monetary discounting was evaluated. Discounting of academic outcomes was negatively related to monetary outcomes (both $5 and $50), but only for Difficult test (Spearman’s Rho = -.21 & -.19, p < .05). This suggests that steeper discounting of academic outcomes was related to shallower discounting of money, but it is notable that these relations were very small. Future research should continue to examine discounting of different domains, and the academic consequences that discounting of academic outcomes should be evaluated more thoroughly.
 
35. "Can I Play With You?" Using Video-Modeling to Promote Social Initiations and Reciprocal Play of Children With Autism in a Public Preschool
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
THORHALLA GUDMUNDSDOTTIR (School of Education, University of Iceland), Anna-Lind Petursdottir (School of Education, University of Iceland)
Abstract: In this poster, effects of video modeling with iPod touch on social interactions of four children with autism will be presented. Participants were three boys and one girl, aged four to five years, attending public preschools in Iceland. During video-modeling, participants were shown a video-clip on iPod touch where a peer model initiated social interactions with two peers and played with them for one minute. Subsequently, participants were observed for 5 minutes in the same settings as shown in the video-clips. Single-subject-multiple baselines across participants showed that video modeling reduced the delay of social initiation and increased the duration of reciprocal play of all participants. Delay of social initiation decreased on average from 138 s to 27 s and time spent in reciprocal play increased on average from 100 s to 235 s per 5 minute play session. The increased social interactions generalized to three settings: a) play with other peers, b) playing with a larger group of peers and c) to the typical preschool environment. Also, increases in social interactions were maintained six to seven weeks post intervention. Results indicate that video modeling can be an effective and relatively simple way to increase social interactions of children with autism toward their typically developing peers.
 
36. Effects of Video-modeling on Play-related Statements of Children with Autism Toward Their Peers in a Public Preschool
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA-LIND PETURSDOTTIR (School of Education, University of Iceland), Thorhalla Gudmundsdottir (School of Education, University of Iceland)
Abstract:

This poster presents the effects of video modeling with iPod touch on verbal, play-related statements of four children with autism. Participants were three boys and one girl, aged four to five years, attending public preschools in Iceland. During video-modeling, participants were shown a one-minute video-clip on iPod touch where a peer model played with two peers using toys that typically were associated with frequent verbal play-related interactions in preschool children. Subsequently, participants were observed for 5 minutes in the same settings as shown in the video-clips. Single-subject-multiple baselines across participants showed that video modeling increased the frequency of play-related statements. When using video modeling the frequency of words increased on average from 8 to 49 words per five minute play session and the frequency of playsounds increased on average from 4 to 15 per five minute play session. Increased play-related statements generalized to play with other peers, to playing with a larger group of peers and to the typical preschool environment. Increases in verbal play-related statements were maintained six to seven weeks after the end of intervention. Results indicate that video modeling can be an effective and relatively simple way to increase verbal play-related statements of children with autism toward their typically developing peers.

 
37. From Segregation to Inclusion: Decreasing Persistent Behavior Problems Through a Function-based Behavior Support Plan
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Lucinda Arnadottir (University of Iceland), Snaefridur Drofn Björgvinsdottir (University of Iceland), ANNA-LIND PETURSDOTTIR (School of Education, University of Iceland)
Abstract:

Student problem behavior probably presents the biggest obstacle to inclusion in Iceland. In this study, a function-based behavior support plan with increasingly higher performance goals was used to resolve persistent disruptive behaviors of an 8-yrs-old student in a general education classroom. Despite previous interventions, his behavior was so disruptive that he was spending an increasing amount of time in a segregated special education classroom and was to be placed there altogether. Several versions of the behavior support plan were implemented by the general education teacher, following of which the frequency of disruptive behavior decreased from an average of 43 to 2 per 20 minute observation intervals and on-task behavior increased from an average of 69% to 95% in the general education classroom. Interviews with student and teacher 6 months post intervention revealed great satisfaction with the process and that the student was nearly completely in the general education classroom, displaying few disruptive behaviors.

 
38. The Relation Between a Handbooked Intervention for Behavioral Concerns and Academic Progress
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT M. SCHIENLE (University of Nevada, Reno), Sean Saunders (University of Nevada, Reno), Daylee E. Magnison (University of Nevada, Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Historically, students labeled as being emotionally and behaviorally disordered have proven to be challenging in the realm of intervention development. Recently, a large school district in the Southwest United States has undertaken a program to address the unique needs of this population. The intervention, the Social Intervention Program, has at its core a level system with embedded token economy and has proven to be successful in the alteration of behavior patterns to better approximate those of their non-labeled peers. However, little data has been presented that investigates the impact this intervention has on academic progress. Data presented here suggest that the program has a positive effect on student academic behavior, thus furthering the documented impact of this intervention.
 
39. An Examination of WebCampus and Learning Curve on Student Performance in an Introductory Psychology Class
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DANA NELSON (Student), Todd A. Ward (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Chelsea J. Wilhite (University of Nevada, Reno), Amber Marie Candido (University of Nevada, Reno), Carolyn Brayko (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The current study evaluated the relative effects of two instructional design technologies on student performance in an introductory psychology class. The manipulation compared the effectiveness of two types of supplementary weekly quizzes, graded based on completion, on student performance during weekly chapter quizzes and the final exam. The supplementary quizzes were given in WebCampus or Learning Curve. The publisher of the psychology textbook developed the latter and the study was conducted under a contractual agreement to provide data-based recommendations on its effectiveness in improving student performance. Learning Curve was designed as an adaptive learning system, whereby questions were selected during the quiz based on student performance. Using an AB/A design, wherein section 001 received A (WebCampus) during the first half of the semester before exposure to B (Learning Curve) during the last half of the semester. Moreover, section 002 received A (WebCampus) throughout the entire semester as a control group. Results indicate that, though a fewer percentage of students utilized Learning Curve, the latter program seems to differentiate performance on weekly quizzes more than WebCampus. Learning Curve, though aesthetically appealing and adaptive in nature, marginally improved the weekly quiz performance of students when compared to WebCampus.

 
40. Behavior Analysis and the Design, Management, and Operation of Day Care and Preschool Environments: A Literature Review
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
CHRISTINA A. LYDON (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Behavior analytic research in Day Cares and Preschools and with Preschool-aged children has been conducted for over 40 years. While much of this research focuses on individual interventions and/or interventions targeted at children with disabilities, there is a subset of this research that targets the behavior of the entire classroom and attempts to improve the service delivery for young children receiving care outside the home. However, there is very little research to be found on how to transfer these technologies to the Day Care and Preschool providers and staff that could actually implement them in their classrooms, and by extension, very little data on the long-term effects, maintenance, and generalization of the skills taught using them. As an example, a search for Day Care or Preschool-based research in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis will be analyzed by topic, target population, year of publication, and dissemination and maintenance using mediators. This will illustrate that the breadth of knowledge regarding effective ways to run a classroom for Preschool-aged children is currently being either under-utilized or under-reported, and that steps should be taken to disseminate these technologies to those that can apply them.

 
41. Pre-service Teachers Using Standard Celeration Charts to Assess the Effects of Their Reading Instruction on Urban At-risk Learners
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
RALPH GARDNER III (The Ohio State University), Joshua Garner (The Ohio State University), Christina A. Rouse (The Ohio State University), Paula E. Chan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Reading is the most important skill that students learn in school. Despite the best efforts of teachers, many children fail to become proficient readers. Children with disabilities, especially those who have low socioeconomic status, are at greatest risk of reading failure (Moats, 2000). These students often need and respond to specialized instruction (Carnine, Silbert, Kame’enui, & Tarver, 2004). Empirical evidence has shown that explicit instruction in phonemic awareness and phonetics can have significant positive effects on children’s ability to read (Shaywitz, 2003). This reading course is designed for pre-service teachers who are enrolled in the undergraduate special education licensure program at The Ohio State University. During the course, students learn instructional strategies for teaching reading skills that focuses on the five critical areas of reading instruction designated by the National Reading Panel. Students also develop a systematic instructional plan to promote reading achievement. Students learn how to make instructional decisions based on data, which is graphed using The Standard Celeration Chart. Reading strategies that have been empirically-validated with students who have disabilities, who are English language learners, and/or who are economically disadvantaged are emphasized. During the week, OSU students go to a public urban school and are assigned to work one-on-one with a student over the duration of the semester. Instruction occurs for one hour two days per week. Students at the urban school range from first to second grade.
 
42. Evaluating the Effects of Timed Practice on Reading Endurance: A comparison of One-Minute and Three-Minute Practice Conditions
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JOSHUA GARNER (The Ohio State University), Neal Miller (University of Memphis), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Jessica Heacock (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: An important component to reading may involve maintaining performance over long periods of time, especially when degradations in performance could otherwise negatively impact the outcome. This study used a counterbalanced multiple probe design to compare the effects of two reading practices on reading endurance of six second grade regular education students. The results indicated that the frequency of words read correctly increased in level and trend when a passage was practiced for 3-min, and little when the passage was practiced for 1-min three times (although one participant experienced substantial improvement during both conditions). The analysis of probe data across successive 10-s intervals indicated that large degradations in performance sometimes occurred within several minutes of reading. In addition, larger degradations occurred across the three, 1-min practice condition from the first minute to end of the timing. The implications of this finding for endurance are discussed along with limitations and suggestions for future research.
 
43. Using the KWL Strategy to Improve the Listening Comprehension of English Language Learners
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Alice Deck (The Ohio State University), CHRISTINA A ROUSE (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Listening comprehension is a critical skill for success in school. Throughout the school day, students are expected to listen and comprehend large amounts of spoken information such as content area instruction (e.g., science, social studies) and directions for performing academic skills, completing assignments, and following classroom routines. This study examined the effects of the KWL strategy on the listening comprehension of six middle school English language learners from Somalia. The KWL (Know, Want, Learn) intervention consisted of small group instruction in which the participants, prior to listening to a science passage, generated and wrote down statements about what they Know about that topic and what they Want to know about that topic. After listening to the experimenter read the passage, the students independently wrote what they Learned, and then took an immediate 10-item comprehension quiz. An ABAB reversal design demonstrated evidence of a functional relation of KWL on increased comprehension quiz accuracy for four of the six students.
 
44. Incentivizing Children's Fruit and Vegetable Consumption: Examinations of Incentive Type and Treatment Fidelity in the Food Dudes Program
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BROOKE ASHLEY JONES (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University), Heidi Wengreen (Utah State University), Sheryl Aguilar (Utah State University)
Abstract: A pilot study on the efficacy of the Food Dudes healthy-eating program was completed in one elementary school in Logan, UT with promising results that reproduced previous findings showing the program's efficacy. An additional USDA grant allowed for a randomized controlled trial (RCT) that was completed in 6 elementary schools in the same area. In addition to program efficacy, we examined the effects of (a) tangible rewards vs praise rewards and (b) treatment fidelity on child outcomes. In this RCT, two of the 6 participating schools received the full Food Dudes program (Incentive schools), two schools received the Food Dudes program but used praise/social recognition instead of tangible rewards (Social Recognition schools), and two schools received default F/V provision only (Control schools). Treatment fidelity was assessed via (a) a secure website accessed by teachers to complete pre-lunch program components and (b) product measures of remaining tangible rewards (Incentive) or teacher report (Social Recognition) for post-lunch program components. Preliminary results indicate robust short-term effects on consumption (e.g., after a 16-day, intensive intervention) but less-promising effects on longer-term consumption (e.g., after a 4-month maintenance period). Preliminary evaluation of the teacher fidelity data indicates that teachers implemented the program with different levels of integrity. These results may have implications for both the necessity of tangible incentives and the importance of good treatment fidelity in this program.
 
45. Effects of Increasing the Ratio of Positive to Negative Interactions During Task Completion
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
Matt Taylor (Utah State University), Rikki Kae Wheatley-Wardle (Utah State University), ERIC HASTINGS (Center for the School of the Future), Richard P. West (Utah State University)
Abstract: Across many social content areas a belief persists that the ratio of positive to negative interactions (PN Ratio) is an important characteristic of human relationships. Research has demonstrated that this ratio is highly correlated with positive outcomes such as student achievement and decreased disruption in the classroom. Due to these findings, educational practice has employed a high PN ratio (4:1) as the expected standard for classroom instruction. While there is evidence that the PN Ratio varies with the types of outcomes under consideration, to date there is little evidence that the PN Ratio can be effectively manipulated or that when they are increased learner outcomes are improved. The purpose of this research was to demonstrate the effectiveness of interventions designed to manipulate the PN Ratio and to assess the effect of the increase on learner-based outcomes.
 
46. The Effects of Headsprout on Language Skills in Wards of the State
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA ROSE POPOVICH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Charles T. Merbitz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

The present study used a multiple baseline design across 5 participants, who are wards of the state, to determine if language skills would be increased by implementing Headsprout, an internet-based computer program for teaching reading. Participants experienced baseline conditions for varying amounts of time. Baseline included the Preschool Language Scale- 4th Edition (PLS-4) and the Dynamic Indicators of Early Literacy Skills (DIBELS). Three participants were exposed to the Headsprout program for early readers. The PLS-4 was administered before intervention and at the end of intervention, and the DIBELS was administered before, during, and after intervention. Two participants only did the assessments without Headsprout intervention. The results of this study suggest that exposure to Headsprout reading programs may contribute to increased language skills in the areas of DIBELS percentile, correct initial sounds per minute, and number of words used per minute. The two participants exposed to baseline only showed little or no improvement in their DIBELS percentile, and little or no improvement in the correct initial sounds per minute and number of words used per minute.

 
47. Analysis of Errorless Compliance in the Classroom Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
FARAH BACCHUS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Abstract:

Noncompliance is one of the most serious and frequent behavior problems to affect children (Christophersen, Barnard, Ford and Wolf, 1976). The role of compliance in the classroom is particularly important to ensure effective learning (Martens, Kelly, 1993). One's inability to comply can limit instructional opportunities (Martens, Kelly, 1993) and decrease academic learning time (Fisher et al., 1980), which can negatively influence academic achievement. One proven method to increase compliance is an 'errorless compliance' approach which is a systematic way of introducing daily classroom requests based on their probabilities of completion (Ducharme, Sanjuan & Drain, 2007) . High probability requests are introduced, and compliance to those requests are reinforced. As compliance with high probability requests improves more difficult tasks are introduced until the subject is able to comply with all given requests. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effectiveness of an errorless compliance approach within a classroom setting and determine if compliance will generalize to untargeted requests by conducting multiple probes prior to the initiation of each intervention phase. Participants were two boys with developmental disabilities in a transitional second/third grade classroom . Results showed that both participants were able to increase compliance from baseline to intervention phases. As successively lower probability requests were introduced across four phases, compliance remained high for both participants. Results from probes showed that generalization of compliance from targeted to untargeted requests were successful for participant 2, but not for participant 1.

 
48. Fluency: Skill Acquisition of Common Tagalog Words and Symbols
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DON TOGADE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The current project used SAFMEDS (Say All Fast a Minute Each Day, Shuffled) procedures to teach common Tagalog words and symbols to fluent levels to two graduate student participants. This project explored intervention outcomes for the two learners by having slightly modified instructional arrangements for the same task. Procedures for learner 1 categorized learning stimuli into separate classes (e.g., fruits, numbers, and letters) and required fluent levels of performance during timings with each category before combining all cards into a full deck. Learner 2 completed timings with a full deck of Tagalog cards that combined stimuli from separate classes. Findings suggest that learner 1 acquired and surpassed the aim of 35 correct Tagalog words and symbols per minute in 13 days with low error variability. Learner 2 also acquired the skill and surpassed the aim but did so in 11 days. However, learner 2's data showed higher error variability. Both learners completed maintenance and retention testing after four weeks. Learner 1 performed 42 corrects, while learner 2 performed 37 corrects each during a 1-minute timing. Results support conclusions that both learners reached and retained an accurate and fluent performance of identifying common Tagalog words and symbols despite different interventions implemented for each learner. Keywords: fluency, celeration, foreign language, SAFMEDS
 
49. Video Self-Monitoring as a Behavior Intervention
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA BUSHMAN (Applied Behavioral Analysis Montana State University Billings), Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings)
Abstract: Behavioral teachers and specialists have developed an analysis of the effectiveness of video self-monitoring interventions for children with Emotional Disturbance (ED) who exhibits socially inappropriate behavior within a classroom setting. Four single-subject design studies were videotaped during different academic activities. Videotapes were analyzed to determine disruptive and off-task behaviors. The children were shown the video and monitored what behaviors were appropriate (taking turns, listening, following directions first time given, voice tone, etc.) and which behaviors needed improvement (loud voice, whining, not taking turns, head on desk, threats, forcing objects off table, etc.) in order to successfully participate. Results suggested video self-monitoring is an effective intervention for addressing social interaction with peers and functional and behavioral skills within children who have emotional disturbances. Results also indicate that the acquisition skills learned throughout the video self-monitoring are maintained and generalize to other settings. These results support video self-monitoring intervention strategies that meet criteria as evidence-based practices.
 
 
 
Poster Session #85
TBA Poster Session - Saturday Evening
Saturday, May 25, 2013
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
50. Using a Multiple-baseline Across Skills Design to Train Special Education Teachers and Paraprofessionals to Use Trial Based Structured Teaching Strategies
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CHIARA M. CUNNINGHAM (Marcus Autism Center, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Dana Zavatkay (Marcus Autism Center & Emory University), Dana M. Bamford (Marcus Autism Center), Stacy A. Cleveland (Butterfly Effects)
Abstract:

The majority of children with autism receive skill acquisition programming through educational systems provided by professionals who are not trained to implement structured, behavior analytic teaching procedures. Behavior analysts working in schools often spend their time training special education personnel to implement these teaching procedures in order for students to receive quality programming to address skill deficits in language, communication, academics, and adaptive skills. Various training methods are employed to ensure high levels of procedural fidelity that will in turn result in efficient skill acquisition for students. In this study, public school teachers and paraprofessionals without prior training in behavior analysis received didactic and in-vivo training and consultation. A multiple baseline across skills design will be used to show procedural fidelity for each aspect of structured teaching trained in isolation. Data show that procedural fidelity with all aspects did not meet mastery criteria following didactic training alone; with in-vivo consultation focused on individual aspects of the teaching strategy teachers as well as paraprofessionals implemented the strategies with over 90% fidelity across skills. With all classroom staff effectively trained, including paraprofessionals, students received increased structured teaching time within their community educational system to address critical skill deficits.

 
51. Teaching Discrete-Trial Training Methods to Paraprofessionals via Online Instruction: Transfer of Training to Implementation Skills
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE M. FORAN (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Caroline Cooke (University of Southern California), Rishi Vangapalli (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Ashley J. Tello (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Kaitlyn E. Hurd (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Eugene Mutembei (University of Massachusetts at Lowell), Charles Hamad (University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract:

As the rates of Autism Spectrum Disorders rise, so does the demand for trained treatment providers of behavioral intervention methods, yet few formal training programs are available for paraprofessionals. This study evaluated portions of an online training program that included video demonstration of discrete-trial training methods, as well as simulation exercises that allowed practice with a virtual onscreen child. The objective of the study was to determine whether online-training knowledge acquired by seven experimentally naive college-student participants would translate into proficient live skill performance. During baseline, participants were required to teach an object identification task through several simulated discrete-trial training sessions, with an experimenter acting as a confederate child. Following baseline, participants completed online training that focused on the key components of discrete-trial training methods. During the post-training phase, participants conducted six more simulated discrete-trial training sessions. The dependent measure was the percentage of correctly performed components within each discrete-trial training session. The results showed dramatic improvement from the baseline to post-training phases, as evaluated with a multiple-baseline-across-participants design. This study suggests that video- and simulation-based instruction may be an effective tool for establishing skill-based performance in those learning to implement discrete-trial training.

 
52. Train-To-Code Teaches Paraprofessionals Foundational Skills in Applied Behavior Analysis
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA GARRETT (Step by Step Academy), Michele M. LaMarche (Step by Step Academy), John Solomon (Step by Step Academy), Cynthia Ring (Step by Step Academy), Chris Meek (Step by Step Academy)
Abstract: Staff training is necessary for correct implementation of the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis. 12 paraprofessionals were chosen to participant in the study. All participants had been recently hired and were beginning training at a center for individuals with autism. Prior to training, each participant received a pre-test that consisted of a role-play to demonstrate how well the trainee was able to successfully perform a discrete trial and different prompting strategies. Following the pre-test, the participants then completed the computer software program, Train-To-Code (TTC) until mastery. The participants had no contact with a trainer throughout the duration of TTC. The program delivered training on two different modules. The first module taught implementation of a discrete trial. The second module taught identification and implementation of a variety of prompting strategies. Following training, each participant received a post-test identical to the pre-test. Post-test results found that TTC had an effect on the participants ability to perform a discrete trial and a variety of prompting procedures. The findings demonstrate the potential effects that technology can have on training staff to implement fundamental principles used in Applied Behavior Analysis.
 
53. Assessment of a Self-Instruction Package to Train Staff to Conduct Discrete Trials
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
THOURAYA AL-NASSER (University of Nevada, Reno), Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Many human service agencies incorporate methods, and procedures of applied behavior analysis (ABA) due to its effectiveness in reducing disruptive behaviors (Eldevik et al, 2009; Jahr, 1998; Lindsley, (1996); Newsome, & Rincover, 1989; Rogers, & Vismara, (2008). However, staff members working with persons with intellectual disabilities may resort to applying a wide variety of treatments to reduce their client's self injurious behaviors or other undesired behaviors without the integrity, or accuracy of the required skills (see Austin, Carr & Agnew 1999). In spite of the recognized increase advances in staff training techniques and methods, shortcomings are revealed when staff members are observed in their regular work environments on regular basis (e.g., Crow & Synder, 1998; Parsons et al 1993; Richman et al 1988; Repp et al 1987). Too often, staff may start their jobs with minimum or in some cases without sufficient training preparing them to perform their jobs with integrity and reliability (e.g., Demchak & Browder, 1990; Wolery, 1991; Wareen et al., 1986). Consequently, several researchers (e.g., Lovaas, & Smith 1998; Dibs , & Sturmey, 2007) have suggested a greater emphasis on developing more effective staff training programs. Jarr,. (1998), Reid and Green (1990) and, Reid, Parsons, Green, & Schepis, (1991); have stressed that the importance of staff training is "one of the most critical determinants of the effectiveness of human service systems" (1991, p.71). Discrete trial teaching (DTT) is an example of one common ABA procedure that has been shown to be an effective teaching method for children diagnosed with autism or other developmental disability (see Leaf, & McEachin, 1999; Smith, 2001; Sundberg, & Partington, 1999). However, training programs and protocols that are time and cost consuming, or labor intensive and require several hours of oversight are unlikely to be adapted by most human services. This requires a constant search on the part of some of human agencies to find efficient training methods that are cost effective and at the same time attain rapid changes and results. Therefore, to achieve the best results, training should be practical, effective and efficient for both the trainer and trainee. This poster will evaluate the conceptual concerns addressing the integrity of discrete trial training, and will propose some potential avenues for future investigations.

 
54. Increasing the Use of Experimental Analyses in Functional Behavior Assessments Conducted in School Settings
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
MICHAEL SCHEIB (University of Southern Maine), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Tory J. Christensen (Association of University Centers on Disabilities), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education)
Abstract: The Iowa Department of Education contracted with behavioral analysts at the University of Iowas Center for Disabilities and Development in 2009 to provide training on behavior assessment to behavior specialists serving school districts in Iowa. Specific assessments taught included preference assessments, functional analyses, antecedent analyses, and concurrent operants assessments. We questioned whether the independent use of these assessments increased when trainees completed functional behavior assessments in the school setting. At the end of each year of training, trainees submitted an FBA Summary for review. A rubric was developed to evaluate all components of the trainees FBA. This poster will highlight the observed changes in the use of targeted assessments by reviewing data from the first three years of the project. In addition to an increase in the use of preference assessments and experimental analyses, changes were observed in the interpretation of the assessments as indicated by reviewing summary statements. A substantial increase in the number of summary statements that were supported by data and were determined to be valid based on the described data was observed. These changes suggest that trainees are implementing the procedures learned through the training and that data-based decisions are being made.
 
55. The impact of systematic training to conduct experimental analyses on the quality of Behavior Intervention Plans in Iowa (Service Delivery)
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
JOHN F. LEE (University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Michael Scheib (University of Southern Maine), Tory J. Christensen (Association of University Centers on Disabilities), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education)
Abstract: Behavior intervention plans (BIPs) for students whose behavior interferes with learning are important components of an individualized education program as outlined in The Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (PL 108-446). BIPs are intended to promote a free and appropriate education by addressing interfering behavior. Area Education Agency (AEA) members in Iowa serve as behavior consultants by assisting school teams in the development of BIPs. As in most states there are no formal measurement tools to evaluate the quality of BIPs in Iowa. Behavior Specialists at The Center for Disabilities and Development developed a rubric to evaluate AEA-submitted BIPs as part of the Challenging Behavior Service (CBS) training program funded by the Iowa Department of Education. The rubric rates BIP components, including, Does the behavior intervention plan contain actions that match the function of problem behavior identified in the functional behavior assessment (FBA)? This poster will evaluate the indirect impact of the CBS training program, which focuses on teaching AEA personnel to conduct experimental analyses of problem behavior, on the quality of their BIPs by comparing the differences between BIP rubric scores submitted during Year 1, Year 2, and Year 3 of their participation in the training program.
 
56. Component Analysis of Teacher Training Program for Functional Behavior Support
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
KENICHI OHKUBO (Department of Education, Asahikawa Campus, Hokkaido University of Education)
Abstract: Simply providing the "technology" to manage problem behaviors in schools is not enough. We also need to provide training program for its successful implementation. In this study, I examined the issue of skill acquisition in implementing functional assessment and planning behavior support plan(BSP)by evaluating knowledge of ABA, interview skill, and validity of BSPs of participants. Six undergraduate students enrolled in a laboratory course in education served as participants. First, I lectured on several basic elements of ABA(reinforcement, punishment, extinction, functional assessment, BSP, contextual fit, maintenance, generalization, data-based decision, etc.). Second, I trained participants to design BSPs for fictional cases using checklist. Results showed that knowledge of ABA of participants improved after lecture, validity of BSPs of participants improved after training for designing BSPs. And, results showed that in order to conduct functional assessment interview and design BSPs, We should acquire basic knowledge of ABA before the training for designing BSPs. I found that the training for designing BSPs was effective after basic lecture.
 
57. Increasing Staff Development and Training Outcomes Through Utilization of ABA Principles
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
BRAD HATCHER (Unlocking The Spectrum), Elizabeth Nallenweg (Unlocking The Spectrum)
Abstract: There is limited research on effective training methods in ABA therapy. Current models focus on the importance of online-based ABA learning. Emerging research in other human services professions demonstrates the importance of intensive direct supervision. Our research demonstrates the efficacy of combining computer based learning with staff supervision through ongoing individual and group training. By incorporating these elements, a therapist will demonstrate measurable professional development, more defined skills set and stronger application of ABA principles. Participants are adult employees with varying levels of ABA experience ranging in ages 22-55 throughout the central Indiana area. All participants have received an online ABA training and work 1:1 with a client for a minimum of 16 hours per week. Progress is measured using ABA principles such as data collection, immediate positive reinforcement and praise to reward skill acquisition. Rewards are given as tangibles, verbal praise and through differential reinforcement of desired behaviors. Currently, our data demonstrates that staff members have a higher retention rate and better skills acquisition after receiving individual supervision and group trainings versus computer based learning. Using a system of positive and differential reinforcement with staff members increases the desired behaviors we want our ABA therapists to possess.
 
58. Assessing Observer Effects on the Fidelity of Implementation of Functional Analysis Procedures
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SEAN FIELD (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Instructing and training others in the use of Functional Analyses (FA) can be a cumbersome and time-consuming task. Not only must students and practitioners learn all the various components of establishing conditions and analyzing the results, they must also gain experience in the running of the various conditions. The current study assessed the fidelity of individuals implementing a FA directly after observing and rating the fidelity of videos of others implementing an FA. This assessment was done in a multiple baseline research design across FA conditions. Video models of each of the four training conditions were provided throughout each condition; however, participants were only asked to provide fidelity ratings of a single video that corresponded with the baseline of intervention. Results indicate that participating in scoring fidelity of a video model can increase the fidelity performance of individuals implementing FA’s directly following providing fidelity measures for the video. Further research should investigate the impact of video quality (high or low fidelity) and possibly the accuracy of fidelity ratings and its subsequent effect on the raters ability to implement those procedures.
 
59. Training Discrete Trials Teaching Skills Using Videoconference
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
AINA W. HAY-HANSSON (Vestre Viken Hospital Trust, Department of Habilitation, Women and Children's Clinic), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: This study investigated the effect of videoconferencing in training staff to implement discrete trials teaching in real life settings with children with autism. Fourteen participants were randomly assigned to two groups. One group received training on-site, the other group received training via videoconference. The participants received 3x15 minutes of training on three different programs; matching, receptive and expressive labeling. The results showed no significant differences between the groups in the post test whilst both groups had improved significantly following training. Although preliminary, these results suggests that videoconferencing can be an efficacious, rapid and cost-saving way to train staff in how to implement DTT.
 
60. An Evaluation of Findings of Brief Functional Analyses Conducted in School and Clinic Settings
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA EMILY SCHWARTZ (University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Michael Scheib (University of Southern Maine), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether there were differences in outcomes of brief functional analyses conducted in clinic and school settings as part of the Challenging Behavior Service (CBS). The Challenging Behavior Service is a project funded by the Iowa Department of Education in which behavior analysts from the Center for Disabilities and Development (CDD) provide hands-on training to challenging behavior specialists across Iowa who conduct behavior assessments in school settings. One type of training provided by CBS trainers is the modeling and coaching of functional analysis procedures. Training sessions are conducted in both the school and clinic setting. Between 2009 and 2012, 146 functional analyses were conducted with 9 participating challenging behavior teams. Sixty-nine analyses were conducted in school settings and seventy-seven were conducted in the clinic setting. Functional analyses yielded differentiated results in 42 school-based analyses and 43 clinic-based analyses. Further analyses of the similarities and differences in the results of functional analyses conducted in the different settings will be highlighted and implications for training and practice will be discussed. Finally, a case study of a student assessed across both settings will be included.
 
 
 
Poster Session #86
VRB Poster Session - Saturday Evening
Saturday, May 25, 2013
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
61. Evaluation of Procedures to Establish Emergent Verbal Operants in Children with Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTOPHER BROWN (Youngstown State University), Mary Vallinger (Youngstown State University), Rocio Rosales (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: The current study examined two methods to facilitate the emergence of untaught verbal operants in pre-school aged children with a diagnosis of autism. Participants were required to be under instructional control and engage in joint attention skills prior to the start of the study. An alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the relative effectiveness of two procedures. Listener training consisted of a simultaneous match-to-sample table top procedure whereby participants were required to engage in a selection based response (i.e., point to a picture indicated by the experimenter), followed by corrective and approving feedback until a mastery criterion was attained. Stimulus pairing training consisted of presentation of a picture in isolation paired with the dictated name of the item by the experimenter. No overt response was required of the participant, and feedback was not provided. Implications for the use of these procedures to establish elementary verbal operants in children with autism will be discussed.
 
62. Acquisition of Tact Behavior Through Embedding Visual Stimuli in Intraverbal Teaching
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
CRYSTAL N. BOWEN (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea R. Reavis (Marcus Autism Center), Cassondra M. Gayman (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Though verbal operants are functionally independent and directly teaching each verbal operant individually is often necessary for children with autism, it is equally important to examine procedures that may lead to more efficient ways to teach these skills to maximize the amount of language acquired. One way to achieve efficiency is to utilize procedures to promote incidental learning during instruction. Incidental learning allows students to acquire information that is present in the instructional context but for which there are no programmed contingencies (Stevenson, 1972). Embedding nontargeted information into teaching procedures is one method to promote incidental learning and may provide learners with the opportunity to acquire additional skills without requiring additional instructional time. The current study examined a procedure aimed to increase intraverbal behavior via direct teaching while embedding visual stimuli as nontargeted information into instruction. Acquisition of tacting behavior was assessed for the embedded stimuli. Two males diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder completed the study. Data show that participants acquired all directly taught targets and acquired tacts for visual stimuli that were embedded into intraverbal instruction without any direct teaching.
 
63. The Effects of Intensive Tact Instruction on the Emission of Pure Mands, Tacts, and Conversational Units in Non-Instructional Environments
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JINHYEOK CHOI (The Faison School for Autism), Josh Harmon (The Faison School for Autism)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to test the effect of intensive tact instruction on the number of pure mands, tacts, and conversational units in non-instructional settings. The participants were two males with autism functioning at speaker and listener levels of verbal behavior. During pre-probe sessions, both participants emitted low levels of the target verbal operants. The intensive tact instruction was implemented for both students, and consisted of adding 100 learn units of tact instruction to the students’ regular daily instruction. Post probe results indicated that the number of all target operants emitted during probe sessions increased for participant A in comparison to baseline responding. Participant B increased the number of tacts, and conversational units emitted during probe sessions in comparison to baseline responding.
 
64. The Effects of the Auditory Word-Match-to-Sample Procedure on Participants’ Echoic Repertoires and Rates of Learning
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Elizabeth Sarto (Teachers College, Columbia University and CABAS), JENNIFER WEBER (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: We tested the effects of the auditory word-match-to-sample procedure on the accuracy of echoic responses and rate of learning, by three elementary age students with disabilities. We used a delayed multiple probe design across participants with pre and post intervention probes, to measure whether participants echoic responses and rate of learning increased as a function of the auditory word-match-to-sample procedure. Intervention conditions included, an auditory word-match-to sample (MTS) procedure with training sessions which consisted of an MTS Flash® advanced program for target words and phrases on the computer. Instructors delivered reinforcement to participant’s contingent on emitting accurate echoics and correct responses. The results showed that all participants increased the accuracy of echoic phrases emitted as a function of the intervention. Additionally, the post- intervention measure of learn units to criterion showed that, all participants rate of learning increased as a result of the implementation of the auditory word-match-to-sample procedure.
 
65. Inducing Echoics to Improve Success in Match-to-sample Stimulus Equivalence Tests
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JACKIE CHARNOCK (Jigsaw CABAS® School), Jo Highley (Jigsaw CABAS® School), Katie Lyon (Jigsaw CABAS® School), Jo Phillips (Jigsaw CABAS® School), Emma Hawkins (Jigsaw CABAS® School)
Abstract:

The development of equivalence classes and the role of the echoic repertoire were tested in pupils with an Autism Spectrum Disorder. The study tested whether participants could pass match-to-sample stimulus equivalence tests using contrived stimuli. For those who failed to demonstrate match-to-sample relations (that is, demonstrate the emerging relation without direct instruction), the role of the echoic repertoire was reviewed (the participants were taught to tact a common name to each member of a stimulus class outside the match-to-sample format, then were required to echo the name of the stimuli whilst matching to sample). Upon mastery of the echoic responding the equivalence relations were tested. All participants were tested for symmetry of the contrived stimuli (B to A and C to A); some participants were tested for transitivity (B to C and C to B). The role of the echoic within the area of stimulus equivalence and the development of untrained conditional relations are discussed.

 
66. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Emergence of Stimulus Equivalence and Reading Comprehension
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Jeanne Marie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School, Teachers College, Columbia University), JOAN A. BROTO (Fred S. Keller School), Erika Byers (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: We conducted two experiments to test the effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) and the emergence of stimulus equivalence and reading comprehension. In Experiment I, a delayed multiple probe design across participants was used with two preschoolers with disabilities. The participants were not able to match untaught print to picture responses prior to the implementation of MEI. Multiple Exemplar Instruction was implemented in which four novel sets of 2-D stimuli were taught across four matching topographies including auditory to text, text to text, auditory to picture, and picture to picture. The results demonstrated that MEI was an effective method of inducing the stimulus equivalence for reading comprehension capability. In Experiment II, we again implemented MEI with two typically developing preschoolers and one preschooler with a disability. The dependent variable was untaught text to picture matching responses after the participants were taught to textually respond to the words of tacts in repertoire. MEI was implemented in which the textual responding response was included in the rotation. All three participants acquired transformation of stimulus functions for the novel sets and reading comprehension.
 
67. The Effects of Intraverbally Implemented Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Emergence of Novel Comparative Relations
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA CRUMPECKER (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Clarissa S. Barnes (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Relational Frame Theory provides a modern, data-driven account of human language and cognition that stems from the concept of derived stimulus relations. In order to bolster the claim that the act of framing events relationally is generalized operant behavior, the current study utilized multiple exemplar instruction implemented intraverbally with typically developing children. Comparative frames of faster-than/slower-than and bigger-than/smaller-than were probed during the pretest. During the instructional phase, only comparative frames of faster-than/slower-than were trained. Posttest probes tested for the emergence of novel responding with bigger-than/smaller-than comparative frames.

 
68. Effects of Single and Multiple Exemplar Tact Training on Stimulus Generalization
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
VINCENT E. CAMPBELL (University of Oregon), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Annie Bailey (University of Oregon), Tom Cariveau (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Multiple exemplar training involves teaching one exemplar to mastery and probing for generalization across untrained stimuli. Training with additional exemplars continues until the results of generalization probes indicate high levels of correct responding across all untrained exemplars. Pervious research shows that multiple exemplar training produces stimulus generalization after teaching just a few exemplars. However, it remains unclear whether this procedure is more efficient than teaching multiple exemplars at the same time. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the most efficient instructional method that produced stimulus generalization. In one condition, we trained three exemplars of a stimulus simultaneously and probed for generalization to three untrained exemplars. In a second condition, we trained one exemplar at a time and conducted probes to measure generalization to not-yet trained exemplars (i.e., multiple exemplar training). We compared mastery and generalization across conditions within an adapted alternating treatments design embedded within a modified multiple probe design with on child diagnosed with autism. The results showed that training multiple stimuli simultaneously was more efficient instructional strategy than multiple exemplar training.

 
69. A Comparison Between Single Exemplar Instruction and Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Acquisition of Same and Different as a Generalized Operant
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
TIMOTHY MICHAEL YEAGER (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jeanne Marie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School, Columbia University), Bianca Vassare (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: The effect of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) on the acquisition of a generalized operant identifying same and different was analyzed using a concurrent multiple probe design across participants. Two experiments were conducted. The independent variable of the two studies was multiple exemplar instruction. The dependent variable was the emergence of Same and Different as an Intraverbal, across 8 different unconsequated probe sets, with 160 total stimuli. Experiment 1 and 2 only differed in the stimuli used in the intervention set. The intervention set used in Experiment 1 consisted of 10 different geometric shapes. In Experiment 2 the intervention set used 30 different images ranging from pictures of common objects, symbols, shapes, letters and numbers. In both baseline and intervention, learn units were used. In baseline, single exemplar instruction was used requiring the participant to intraverbally respond when presented with a card that had either two same stimuli or different stimuli. MEI was used during intervention in which the participants were required to match, point and tact using the same set of stimuli as was used during baseline. The use of MEI in Experiment 1 and the set of solely geometric shapes did not result in Same and Different emerging as an generalized operant. However, the increase in size and type of stimuli used in Experiment 2 did result in the participants emitting accurate unconsequated responses on all 8 of the probe sets. The findings in this study support previous findings using MEI to join both the visual and auditory stimuli within a multiply controlled behavior. Further, these findings also confirm previous findings relating the number and variety of stimuli used in general case instruction and the concept learned.
 
70. Actions and Names: Observing Responses and the Role of Multiple Stimulus Control in Incidental Language Acquisition
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
CLAIRE S. CAHILL (Teachers College, Columbia University - CABAS), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: Organisms are continuously exposed to a variety of stimuli in the environment, and stimulus control determines which of these stimuli select out an observing response. In the present research, preschool students were presented with the opportunity to observe multiple aspects of a stimulus and experimenters measured which of those aspects the selected out the participants observing responses. Researchers used a reversal design to evaluate the effects of simultaneously demonstrating an action while tacting the name of an object on the subsequent acquisition of listener and speaker responses. In the experimental condition, participants consistently acquired the actions for the stimuli, while variations were observed for speaker and listener responses. In the control condition, without actions, six of the seven participants acquired the names of the objects more readily than when an action was present. These results suggest that actions, rather than names, selected out observing responses when both actions and names were present. The results are discussed in reference to stimulus control, observing responses, and instructional interventions to facilitate acquisition of multiple responses.
 
71. The Naming Experience as Components of Naming Including Conditioned Seeing
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: We tested the effects of teaching vocal phonemic responses on the presence of Naming as well as the correlation between the presence of conditioned seeing and Naming. There were 12 participants in this study, all of which were typically developing children. The dependent variables were responses to Naming probes pre- and post-phonemic response intervention, and responses to conditioned seeing probes pre- and post-intervention. Conditioned seeing probes were defined as the participants ability to draw a likeness of the stimuli as agreed upon by independent observers. The independent variable was a vocal phonemic response training to join self-echoic and conditioned seeing responses for those with Naming. Results showed that vocal response training increased correct responses to Naming probes post-intervention for those with Naming. There was also some correlation between the demonstration of conditioned seeing and Naming.
 
72. Assessing the Verbal Correlates of Hypothetical Monetary Discounting Choices
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
J. PHILIP ERB JR. (University of Florida)
Abstract: An individual’s rate of discounting is the quantification of a pattern of choices, often between immediate and delayed monetary values. Given that these choices are typically hypothetical, this seems to preclude direct control by environmental contingencies and instead suggests some form of verbal control. The objective of the present study was to evaluate the use of protocol analysis – a set of methodological techniques for obtaining reliable verbal reports – to assess college students’ covert verbalizations during the completion of a monetary discounting task. An ABA design was used to examine whether ‘thinking-aloud’ during the task influenced subjects’ discounting rates. In the first and third sessions, subjects completed the task without any instruction to verbalize thoughts. In the second session, subjects were instructed to verbalize any thoughts that occurred while completing the task. Preliminary results suggest that the verbalization technique did not significantly influence discounting rates - rates remained relatively stable across the three sessions. These data suggest that protocol analysis is amenable to the goals of the current research. Future research will use these techniques to compare verbalizations of populations characterized by excessive temporal discounting (e.g., cigarette smokers) to those of the general population.
 
73. An Extension of the Effects of Praising Qualifying Autoclitics on the Frequency of Reading
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
NICHOLE L. DAVIS (Florida Institute of Technology), Nedelka Martinez (Florida Institute of Technology), Mahmoud Sheyab (Jordanian University of Science and Technology), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark Malady (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: This poster will present a study which sought to replicate and extend that by Hubner, Austin, & Miguel (2008). Tin which tacts with positive qualifying autoclitics for reading were reinforced in an examination of its effect on allocation of reading behavior. Participants were four children between 9-12 years old in Irbid, Jordan. Each participant was provided free operant sessions during baseline to independently choose activities from an array of material on the table. During these free operant sessions, there were no consequences provided for their allocation. As treatment, the experimenters praised positive statements about reading by each participant. Following treatment, 4 out of 4 of the participants increased behavioral allocation to reading, suggesting that praising these statements yields an increase in reading behavior.
 
 
 
Poster Session #87
DDA Poster Session - Saturday Evening
Saturday, May 25, 2013
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
74. The Use of Choice Arrangements to Increase Spoon Acceptance of a Non-preferred Food
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH A. MASLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Tessa Christine Taylor (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Choice arrangements have previously been used to target food refusal (e.g., Cooper et al., 1999; Vaz, Volkert, & Piazza, 2011). The current study extended choice arrangements to food refusal related to utensil and variety for a 5-year-old girl admitted to an intensive feeding program for the assessment and treatment of feeding difficulties. She engaged in food refusal when non-preferred foods were presented on a spoon, but accepted preferred foods on a spoon. She also accepted non-preferred foods when presented on a NUK. Choice arrangements were implemented to increase acceptance of a non-preferred food on a spoon. The child was provided with two choices while two variables were manipulated - food variety and utensil (i.e., spoon versus NUK). Acceptance of a non-preferred food on a spoon increased when paired with the alternative of a lesser preferred food presented on a NUK. These results support the effectiveness of choice arrangements in the treatment of food refusal.
 
75. Evaluating the Effects of Escape Extinction on the Number of Bites Accepted Both Pre- and Post-Fundoplication
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN M. WORCESTER (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of escape extinction on the number of bites accepted by a two-year old boy with acid reflux. The effects of escape extinction on oral intake and refusal behavior was compared both pre- and post-fundoplication. The results indicated no significant difference in the effects of escape extinction pre-fundoplication compared to post-fundoplication. Escape extinction was effective at increasing the number of bites consumed by the participant while simultaneously decreasing the participants refusals and negative behavior. Escape extinction was conducted along with texture fading. We began with pureed food and moved to fork-mashed foods. Results will be discussed in terms of conducting this type of feeding intervention in different environments with the parent as the therapist. Interobserver agreement was collected for 54% of the sessions with an average of 99.2% agreement.

 
76. Medical Conditions and Treatment Outcomes Reported for Children with Pediatric Feeding Disorders Under the Age of 2
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
ALLISON LUNDAHL (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Elizabeth A. Masler (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Feeding disorders have been recognized as an important issue in the pediatric population affecting children who have developmental disabilities, medical conditions and who are typically developing. Although the effectiveness of behavioral interventions to treat feeding disorders has been well documented in the literature, outcomes specifically focusing on children under 2 have not been evaluated. Consequently, this study examined medical diagnoses, feeding history, parent goals, team recommendations and general outcomes for children under 2 years of age evaluated in an interdisciplinary feeding clinic across 1 year. Based on the severity of their feeding disorder, children were recommended for intensive interdisciplinary services, outpatient behavioral services, outpatient oral motor therapy, and/or provided general behavioral recommendations. Seventy-one participants were included in this study. A chart review was conducted to collect demographic information and team recommendations made at the clinic evaluation. Subsequently, a parent survey was sent out at least 4 months after the initial evaluation to gather information about feeding-related progress.
 
77. Children With Down's Syndrome: Evaluation and Intervention in the Development of Language and Socialization
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MILAGROS DAMIÁN-DÁAZ (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: One characteristic of children with Down's syndrome is the lack of language and socialization especially in the oral communication and production of vocabulary. This work describes the psychological treatment with two Down's syndrome children. The goal of this study is to show the data of language and socialization development before and after the treatment. Participants were two girls, one the 28 months, at the beginning and 85 months on final treatment, another girl, 11 months age at the beginning and low socioeconomic status. Material used was appropriate for language and socialization skills (animals' pictures, different transportation vehicles, relatives' photographs, pictures of human activities, games. Three mirrors for self-sighting were used too. Intrervention: a) First Evaluation Phase b) Intervention Phase, consisted in training of language and socialization development of skills by games and activities with physical, verbal, sensorial, and tactile aids, based on imitation and performing tasks from easy to difficult complexity, and c) Second Evaluation. Data showed important quantitative and qualitative advances in the area in both children.
 
78. Manipulating Environmental Variables to Decrease Emesis in Children with Feeding Problems
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE MILLER (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz), Christa F. Curtaz (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract: Emesis (vomiting) is often a prevalent problem in children with feeding disorders. Frequent episodes of emesis can be caused by medical problems, such as gastroesophageal reflux or food allergies It can be also maintained by behavioral contingencies such as positive reinforcement in the form of attention or access to preferred foods or negative reinforcement is the form of escape from eating. Emesis can also be maintained by automatic reinforcement in that when the child is feeling gastrointestinal pain they learn to vomit to relieve that pain. Regardless of the function, frequent emesis can result in physiological problems such as weight loss and/or erosion of the esophagus. Positive and negative reinforcement, differential reinforcement, escape extinction, overcorrection, and punishment are consequence strategies that have been implemented to reduce emesis in children and adults. Studies have found that when adding antecedent-based interventions with consequence-based strategies, a reduction in emesis is maintained. This study evaluated the effects of antecedent manipulations in the home setting to reduce emesis in a 2-year-old typically developing boy and a 2-year-old developmentally delayed girl diagnosed with pediatric feeding disorders. Both participants showed a reduction in episodes of emesis through manipulating environmental variables. These results showed that episodes of emesis can be reduced through antecedent strategies; however, consequence strategies may need to be in place for appropriate mealtime behaviors to be maintained
 
79. The Use of Visual Cues and Post-meal Reward to Increase Food Consumption: A Component Analysis
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIE DOROTHEA ENGLAND (Melmark), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark), Christopher J. Perrin (Melmark)
Abstract:

Food selectivity has been reported in individuals diagnosed with autism. Food selectivity can lead to decreased food consumption during mealtimes. Differential reinforcement and escape extinction are common behavioral treatments used to decrease food selectivity (Allison et al., 2012; Anderson & McMillian, 2001) and increase food consumption. Although, the use of a visual cue, to increase or decrease a variety of behaviors, has been well-documented in the literature (Waters, Lerman, & Hovanetz, 2009), the use of a visual cue to increase food consumption and decrease food selectivity has been under reported in the literature. A changing criterion design was used to decrease food selectivity and increase food consumption in an individual diagnosed with autism. A reinforcer following consumption of a specified number of bites and bite board signaling the required number of bites, to be consumed comprised the treatment package. Following stable and increased bite consumption, a component analysis was conducted to determine whether the reinforcer, visual cue, or both were the active components in the treatment package.

 
80. Going From Pureed Foods to Regular Textured Foods in Children with Feeding Problems
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALLYNE MARCON-DAWSON (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz), Christa F. Curtaz (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract:

Delayed introduction of regular texture solid foods may compromise the development of a child's oral-motor skills. The opposite may also apply: a child's ability to consume higher texture foods depends on her oral-motor skills level (e.g., strength of chewing, tongue lateralization, swallowing ability), and children with poor oral-motor skills may not be able to consume regular texture solid foods. In this presentation, we will discuss data from 2 children that were solely consuming liquids and pureed foods prior to treatment. Janie was 2 year and 7 months old at the onset of treatment. She had a history of severe gastroesophageal reflux and most of her caloric intake was from a high calorie beverage (Bright Beginnings®) and a calorie booster (Duocal®). Janie also consumed a few stage 1 jarred baby foods and smooth yogurts. Janie engaged in packing behavior even with smooth foods and liquids. She also retracted her tongue at the presence of the spoon. Samuel was 3 years and 8 months old when treatment was initiated. Most of Samuel's caloric intake was from a high calorie beverage (Ensure® Plus). He also consumed pureed oatmeal, pudding, and yogurt. Samuel had a history of severe gagging and gagged frequently with these 3 foods he consumed. Furthermore, he was not able to perform multiple swallows prior to treatment. Both children consistently consumed all regular texture foods (including mixed textures) at the end of 18 months (Janie) and 17 months (Samuel). Foods were introduced using a developmental progression and oral motor skills were increased by various oral motor exercises. Foods introduced per month per child will be displayed.

 
81. Examination of Proto-SIB Behavior in Young Children
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHATURI EDRISINHA (St. Cloud State University), Theresa Estrem (St. Cloud State University), Jennifer Gudding (St. Cloud State University), Mary Carpenter (St. Cloud State University), Ayriel Steffes (St. Cloud State University), Brianna Ross (St. Cloud State University), Jacqueline Purdu (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Using language to communicate needs and wants is a vital skill that is learned early in a child's life. However, some children do not learn this skill and other replacement behaviors, such as proto and self-injurious behaviors (SIB), may emerge. The current pilot study examined the effectiveness of teaching functional communication to a 3-year-old boy that was not diagnosed with a developmental disability. The procedure included conducting a functional analysis to determine the consequences maintaining the participant's proto-SIB and SIB. Following the functional analysis, functional communication training (FCT) was implemented. Results of the current study revealed that teaching FCT was successful in reducing both proto-SIB and SIB and increasing functional communication. Results suggest that targeting Proto-SIB early prior to their evolution to SIB may prevent SIB from occurring.
 
82. Using an Appetite Stimulant to Increase Oral Intake in a Child with a Gastrostomy Tube
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE L. SUTHERLAND (Cliniic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract: The appetite stimulants cyproheptadine hydrochloride (Periactin) and megestrol acetate (Megace) have been established as treatments to increase appetite for individuals with cancer-related cachexia, HIV, Cushings Syndrome, among other ailments. Appetite stimulants have also been prescribed for children exhibiting low motivation to eat plus feeding tube dependence or failure to thrive. Research related to the effectiveness of appetite stimulants in this application is limited. In the current study, an ABAB reversal design was implemented with one child to determine whether the percentage of bites consumed would increase when Periactin was administered (2.5ml 2x/day) without using a structured protocol. Results indicate that bite consumption was higher when Periactin was used. An average of 44.2% bites were consumed, compared to 28.5% bites without Periactin. These findings suggest that Periactin may be effective at increasing hunger for children with feeding problems.
 
83. Using Correspondence Training to Increase Compliance During Transition Times
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BOBBY HUFFMAN (Oakstone Academy), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University), Emily Levy (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the use of correspondence training to facilitate smooth transitions between classroom activities for a six-year-old preschool child with special needs. A multiple baseline design across settings was employed to examine the effectiveness of correspondence training (say-do-say) and task analytic picture cues of a high interest character on compliance and engagement during daily classroom transitions. The mean and range inter-observer agreement for percentage of intervals on-task during baseline was 98.5% (91%-100%), intervention 95.3% (90%-100%), maintenance 98.6% (95%100%) and follow up sessions was 100%. Procedural integrity was 100% during all baseline conditions. Results of the study indicated the participants compliance and engagement during classroom transitions increased with a concomitant effect of decreasing experimenter prompts. Intervention. The use of a correspondence training package increased Matts compliance and engagement during daily classroom transitions. The mean and range for percentage of intervals on-task was. (a) Clean up 88.7% (5%-100%), (b) hand washing 87.6% (67%-100%), and (c) table time 100%. The classroom teachers reported they would use this intervention in the future. Implications for practice and suggestions for future research are discussed.
 
84. Do it yourself (Because we Care): An Exploration of Self-Management Training for Developmentally Delayed Adults Job Searching Skills
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
RICKY THURMAN (High Sierra Industries/WARC), Mark Malady (Florida Institute of Technology), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno), Melany Denny (High Sierra Industries), Lavonne Brooks (High Sierra Industries)
Abstract:

Job training for adults with disabilities to become competitively employed is a growing field of interest for behavior analysts and other professionals who support individuals with disabilities. Within the field of job development there are several approaches to assisting and training consumers to attain jobs. Many programs attempt to train job searching skills to their consumers. The current project aimed to train job searching skills to the consumers in the context of a 30 hour per week job training program that lasted for 12 weeks. A self-management program was used to assist the consumers in learning how to manage their own job search. The data and limitations to the current program will be discussed. The importance of empirically addressing the benefits of self-management for the population of developmentally delayed adults and future directions will also be discussed.

 
85. Effects of Exposure Therapy for a Child Diagnosed with Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder and Pervasive Developmental Disorder-Not Otherwise Specified
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
MINDY NEWHOUSE (Western Michigan University), Kathryn M. Kestner (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Exposure therapy was conducted with a nine-year-old male diagnosed with obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified (PDD-NOS). Target behaviors included ritualistic touching of objects, people, and demarcations on a floor or ground surface and asking questions or commenting on ritualistic touching or antecedents to ritualistic touching. Antecedents for target behaviors included being touched by a person or object and the presence of demarcations. A functional behavior assessment (FBA), including a functional analysis (FA), was conducted. Results of the assessment suggested an automatic reinforcement function for ritualistic touching as well as a social reinforcement function (attention and escape) for both touching and talking about touching. Treatment included exposure therapy and competing response training as well as other techniques rooted in applied behavior analysis (ABA), including noncontingent reinforcement, differential attention, and a high-probability request sequence. Some modifications were made to the traditional exposure therapy methodology as outlined by Piacentini, Langley, and Roblek (2007) in Cognitive-Behavioral Treatment of Childhood OCD: It’s Only a False Alarm to accommodate the child’s developmental delay. Engagement in target behaviors decreased significantly throughout the course of the intervention. Future directions including plans for generalization and fading will be discussed.
 
 
 
Poster Session #88
AUT Poster Session - Saturday Evening
Saturday, May 25, 2013
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
7. CANCELLED: Utilizing Webcam Technology to Evaluate the Efficacy of a Parent-Implemented Treatment Package to Improve Sleep
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAREN M. ZELTMAN (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Philip L. Concors (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Sandra F. Kokolis (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Carley Mason (ABC Consultants at Rowan University)
Abstract:

Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders have a higher prevalence of comorbid sleep disturbance as compared with non-disabled children of the same age (Liu et al., 2006). Although evidence-based behavior-analytic interventions can be readily implemented by parents and caregivers in the home setting, direct observation data is often difficult to capture for a variety of reasons. Caregiver sleep-checks are not only demanding on their own sleep schedules, but can inadvertently cause sleep interference for the child. Video monitoring and recording via an internet-integrated webcam system offers the potential for non-intrusive real-time data-collection for intervention evaluation and progress-monitoring. In this study, an infrared webcam programmed to detect motion and sound was utilized to monitor the sleep behavior of an eight-year-old child with autism with frequent night wakings, including disruptive behavior (e.g. screaming, throwing items, leaving bed, leaving room). A multi-component treatment package including sleep hygiene supports and a bedtime pass was implemented by her parents through a conjoint behavioral consultation model. Implications for the clinical utility as well as the experimental rigor of using web-based video monitoring to evaluate behavioral treatment of sleep disorders will be discussed.

 
19. CANCELLED: Comparing the Effects of English, Spanish, and Combined Language Instruction on Receptive Identification of Pictures
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
TIMOTHY KUMNICK (Beacon ABA Services of CT), Jennifer M. Silber (Evergreen Center), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

People diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) typically have deficits and delays related to cognitive function and language, both receptive and expressive (DSMIVTR; 2000). A number of interventions based upon the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) have been shown to be effective in the acquisition of communication skills and developmental improvement (Jensen & Sinclair, 2002. In some children, the difficulties in acquiring communications skills may be exacerbated by the fact that the family may speak more than one language in the child's home. The present study sought to determine if there are differences in acquisition of receptive labels when taught in Spanish, English, or using a combination of the two languages. An errorless teaching strategy was used in all conditions and data on the acquisition of target responses were evaluated in two children with autism (ages 2.7 & 2.10). Results indicated that the language targets taught separately (one language) were acquired at roughly the same rate. However when targets were taught across languages (both English and Spanish), nearly twice as many instructional sessions were required to meet mastery criteria.

 
86. Medication Evaluation Model for Physicians Treating Children with ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CHARNA MINTZ (Imagine), Elaine Mellotte (LEARN Foundation for Autism), Molly Derriman (LEARN Foundation for Autism), Heshan Fernando (LEARN Foundation for Autism)
Abstract:

This presentation will explore a model that utilizes single subject methodology to evaluate the effectiveness of medications on behaviours commonly associated with ASD including aggression, self-injury, stereotypy, and disruption. The model presented is the outcome of multiple case studies over the course of 12 months. Successes and pitfalls will be highlighted with an eye toward improving collaboration between ABA providers and physicians.

 
87. Parenting Stress and Knowledge of Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DARNETTE ANDERSON (Tyndale University), Jordan Best (Tyndale University), Brianna Rodgers (Tyndale University), Jennifer Scuse (Tyndale University), Amanda C. Azarbehi (Tyndale University)
Abstract: Background:  The parents of children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have been found to experience higher levels of stress than parents of typical children. There are many parent training programs offered as a part of intervention programming and many sources of information open to parents. Some preliminary research has found that parent knowledge of ASD can help moderate stress levels. The present study aims to examine this issue. Objectives: (1) To examine the potential buffering factors of knowledge of ASD on the stress levels of parents of children with ASD. Methods:  Parents completed a package of standardized measures examining parenting stress and knowledge of Autism. Results: Results will explore the relationship between levels parental stress and knowledge of ASD. The role of parent training programs in parent coping will be discussed.
 
88. Parenting Stress and Diadic Coping in Parents of Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JORDAN BEST (Tyndale University), Darnette Anderson (Tyndale University), Jennifer Scuse (Tyndale University), Brianna Rodgers (Tyndale University), Amanda C. Azarbehi (Tyndale University)
Abstract: Background:  The parents of a child with a developmental disability have been shown to possess higher levels of depression and anxiety. Although the presence of these elevated levels of stress have been examined, few buffering factors have been looked at. Successful dyadic coping has been shown to contribute reduced stress in parents of typical children but has not yet been explored in parents of children with ASD. Objectives: (1) To examine the potential buffering factors of dyadic coping on the stress levels of parents of children with ASD. (2) To examine the different coping methods of parents of children with ASD. Methods:  Parents completed a package of standardized measures examining stress and coping. Results: Results will explore the relationship between levels of dyadic coping, stress, anxiety, depression and coping methods of parents of children with ASD. These levels will be compared across parents of both typical and children with ASD.
 
89. Motivating Typical Daycamp Children to Socially Integrate With Daycamp Children With Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER SCUSE (Tyndale University), Jordan Best (Tyndale University), Darnette Anderson (Tyndale University), Brianna Rodgers (Tyndale University), Amanda C. Azarbehi (Tyndale University)
Abstract: This study tracked the rate of social interactions of typical children with children with autism following their completion of a peer-training program to examine the importance of putting in place a reinforcement system to encourage integration. It was hypothesized that after initial peer-training typical peers at an integrated daycamp would show higher rates of social interactions with the children with autism on days when a reinforcement system was put in place to reward them for demonstrating the social integration skills they had learned compared to days when the reinforcement system was not used. The Reinforcement System Hypothesis was confirmed as the Main Effect of reinforcement on the rate of interactions between typical peers and children with ASD was significant [F(2,10) = 18.37, p <.001]. Implications of this research on planning and implementing peer-training programs in community activity groups were discussed.
 
90. Evaluation of Video Modeling and In Situ Training to Teach Firearm Avoidance Skills to Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELSEY MORGAN (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Research has shown that children typically engage in gunplay behaviors if they find a firearm. These behaviors can lead to injuries and even death, especially for young children. Research has shown the success of video modeling for teaching various skills to individuals with autism. This study examined the effectiveness of video modeling and in situ training (IST) conducted by the parents for teaching firearm avoidance skills to three children with autism spectrum disorder. Video modeling consisted of 3 videos showing same-age children finding a gun and engaging in the safety skills. The video was programmed for active verbal responding by the participants. The parents were trained to conduct IST and implemented it when their child failed to exhibit the safety skills. The results found that video modeling was effective for only one participant, but IST was needed to promote maintenance. For a second participant, IST was effective for skill acquisition and maintenance. Finally, a modified IST procedure was effective for a third participant when implemented by a trainer but not when implemented by his mother.
 
91. Insect Phobia in a Child with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Julide Peace (St. Cloud State University), John McEachin (Autism Partnership), ERIC RUDRUD (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: A 5 year old child with Autism exhibited many fear/phobic responses and escape behavior when encountering insects, in the home and outdoors. These behaviors interefered with academic programming and community outings, with parents reporting the severity of fear and escape behaviors requiring them to cancel and abort community activities, i.e., going for walks, bicycle riding, restaurants, movies, and leaving the home. Utilizing a multiple baseline acroos behaviors, a graduated exposure and DRO program was implemented to decrease screaming and covering his head with his hands/arms. During baseline screaming and head covering behaviors occurred approximately 35 percent of intervals. Following intervention, the behaviors decreased to near zero levels. Parents reported a decrease in the frequency and intensity of fear responses across other activities and settings
 
92. Generalization across Clinic and Home Settings of Parent Child Interaction Training (PCIT) which included Sibling Interactions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER BRITTANY WHITE (James Madison University), Kristin Marroletti (Western Michigan University), Maegan Pisman (James Madison University), Kristen Rollman (James Madison University), Jessica Rossi (James Madison University), Trevor F. Stokes (James Madison University)
Abstract: Interactions with family members has an important impact on children with autism. Parent Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) is an empirically supported program which improves quality of relationships through positive parent-child dyads and increases compliance and engagement of the child (Eisenstadt et al 1993). These procedures have promise for improving the quality of family interactions when a child has autism spectrum disorder. In this study, we trained a parent and a six year old sibling in the PCIT procedures of Child-Directed Interaction (CDI) skills, which focus on positive and differential attention techniques. We assessed behaviors of the parent, sibling, and five year old child with autism in a clinic setting as well as ongoing generalization probes at home. The interventions were successfully introduced within a multiple baseline design across people and behaviors. Relevant behaviors of labeled praise, reflections of verbal content, and behavior descriptions increased for both the mother and sibling and commands and questions decreased with the mother. We also conducted a multiple probe follow-up assessment of the skills for 15 months after the initial intervention. Maintenance of skills by the mother was strong, whereas the sibling required additional practice to enhance the durability of the intervention effects.
 
93. Using Multiple Schedules to Thin the Reinforcement Schedule and Improve the Practicality of FCT without adding a Punishment Component
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TODD M. OWEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Henry S. Roane (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Michael E. Kelley (Florida Institute of Technology), Angie Christine Querim (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is prescribed when a functional analysis (FA) implicates socially mediated reinforcement of destructive behavior, and FCT is the most frequently implemented, effective function-based treatment (Tiger & Hanley, 2008). Common limitations of FCT are that treated individuals request reinforcement at exceedingly high rates (e.g., requesting to escape every directive) or when it is difficult to deliver (e.g., requesting attention when an adult is changing an infant sibling). Hagopian et al. (1998) found that when reinforcer-schedule thinning was implemented to address these limitations, FCT + extinction (FCTE) was ineffective in 14 of 25 applications, thus necessitating the addition of a punishment component (FCTP). In the current study, we used a multiple schedule to signal when the communication response would (Sr+) and would not (EXT) produce reinforcement during FCT (mult-FCT), and then thinned the reinforcement schedule by 80% by lengthening the duration of the EXT component. As can be seen in the attached figure, results obtained with mult-FCT were comparable to FCTP + fading and clearly superior to FCTE + fading as reported in Hagopian et al. The current results illustrate how stimulus control methods can be used to improve function-based treatment like FCT.
 
94. Effectiveness and Acceptability of Parent-Implemented Behavior Interventions for Children with Autism in African-American Families
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL E. ROBERTSON (Duquesne University), Temple S. Lovelace (Duquesne University), Kayla Nichols (Duquesne University), Shawn Marburger (Duquesne University), Adriana Sobalvarro (Duquesne University)
Abstract:

The effectiveness and acceptability of applied behavior analysis (ABA) for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) has not been systematically examined in African American (AA) families, leaving generalizability to this group largely unknown. In this study, three AA mothers of children with ASD and difficult behavior were taught to implement behavior management strategies based on differential reinforcement (DR) at home during a difficult daily routine. Children were ages 7, 15, and 17 and behavior problems included tantrums, off-task behavior/prompt dependence, and rapid eating. Each mother was taught to implement a DR-based intervention with her child. The effectiveness of the interventions was assessed in a multiple-baseline-across-participants design, while acceptability of interventions was assessed through rating scales and qualitative interviews. The data indicate that the DR-based interventions were effective in reducing problem behavior; however parents maintained interventions with varying degrees of fidelity. Interviews generally support the acceptability of the interventions from the perspective of AA mothers of children with ASD with some feedback for how the interventions could be made more acceptable to families.

 
95. A Case Study on the Intervention of Food Selectivity Based on Antecedent Manipulation in a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SUNGHA CHO (University of Tsukuba Graduate School), Shigeki Sonoyama (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract: While literature describing intervention for food selectivity has often demonstrated successful treatment packages involving some form of escape extinction (EE), other studies have shown that some behavioral procedures can be effective without EE. The current study examined the effects of simultaneous presentation of food with increased intake of required nutritional intake for an 8-year-old girl diagnosed with autism in a child day care service center. For allergy of fruits and peanuts, she had limited to food intake and a history of food selectivity prior to treatment. Allergy of fruits and peanuts was the one of the factors which strengthened her food selectivity. Her parents reported that not only did she have an eating pattern which is unstable, but also she had limited variety of food. We assessed the food preference, 10 day record on meals at home and food intake situations at school. In the assessment, she preferred furikake(a dry Japanese condiment) on the rice (staple) and refused rice without furikake. In the 10 day record on meals from parents, she needed to consume group of vegetable. With concern to the parents needs and ease of preparing for lunch, we talked to her parents about target food. As a result, we determined target foods which were rice, broccoli, cherry tomatoes, cabbage, and lettuce. All sessions (27 sessions) were conducted in a living of child day care service center that contained a table. The dependent variable was the grams of food intake, which was measured by scale and also recorded by camera. Her eating was unstable and the amount of food intake was approximately zero for target foods during baseline sessions. During all sessions, there were no differential consequences for eating behaviors. As a result, she showed an increase of food intake for all target foods, but the amount of food intake did not maintain. The generality of the outcome of this study is somewhat limited in that it was conducted with only 1 participant. Furthermore, the amount of food presentation was not controlled accurately. Future studies should evaluate these limited procedures with a higher number of children.
 
96. Camp Buddies for Children With Autism: A Brief Peer Training Program
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRIANNA RODGERS (Tyndale University), Jennifer Scuse (Tyndale University), Jordan Best (Tyndale University), Darnette Anderson (Tyndale University), Amanda C. Azarbehi (Tyndale University)
Abstract: Background: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are often placed in integrated recreational programs in the hopes that this will encourage their social development. Unfortunately, mere proximity with typical peers is often not enough to produce social integration. Peer training equips typical peers with skills that they can use to increase the number of positive social interactions them and children with ASD. Objectives: (1) To examine the effectiveness of a peer training curriculum in increasing social interactions between children with ASD and their typical peers in a summer camp environment and Methods: Prior to any peer training being done baseline data was gathered tracking the rate of social interactions between children with ASD and their typically developing peers. Peer training sessions then employed videos, social stories, direct instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and reward charts. Following the completion of the peer-training curriculum data was gathered tracking the rate of social interactions between children with ASD and their typically developing peers. Results: Analysis of the data revealed extremely low rates of social interactions between typical peers and children with ASD prior to the social skills training being implemented, and significantly higher rates of social interactions after social skills training was completed.
 
97. Evaluating Impact of Sibling Presence on Value of Parental Attention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN E. RYAN (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), Nicole H. Lustig (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (University of Iowa)
Abstract: Connor, a 4-year-old boy with diagnoses of autism and intellectual disability, was referred to the day treatment program at University of Iowa Childrens Hospital for aggression, destruction, and self-injurious behavior. A functional analysis of problem behavior showed problem behavior occurred most often during conditions that included Connors sister. A concurrent operant assessment (COA) was conducted to evaluate the impact of Connors sister on the momentary value of gaining his mothers attention. Three conditions were selected: 1) Mom and Toys vs. Toys Alone, 2) Mom with Sister and Toys vs. Toys Alone, and 3) Mom with Sister and Toys vs. Alone with Nothing. Results indicated that Connor consistently chose the Mom and Toys option versus Toys Alone, and typically chose Toys Alone over Mom with Sister plus Toys. The only session with high levels of problem behavior was a session in which Connor chose Mom with Sister and Toys over Toys alone. These case study data illustrate the effect that the presence of siblings can have on the outcomes of assessment sessions such as concurrent operant assessments and functional analyses of problem behavior conducted within clinical settings.
 
98. Effectiveness of a Peer Model Education Curriculum in Training Peer Models to Teach Social Skills to Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
THERESE L. MATHEWS (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Christopher H. Vatland (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ashley Lugo (Munroe Meyer Institute), Elizabeth A. Koenig (Munroe Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

A Peer Model Education Curriculum (PMEC) has been developed to teach neurotypical peer models strategies for coaching social skills in peers with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). The aim of the curriculum is to increase interactions with peers with ASD, prompt targeted skills, and praise successful application of these skills. This study examines the relationship between the use of the PMEC and corresponding changes in targeted skills for middle school peer models. The skills include initiating verbal interactions, prompting, and delivering verbal praise. The peer models learn the skills during small group instruction and then have opportunities to interact with peers with ASD during periods of unstructured playtime. A consolidated score of peers behavior is tracked using direct observation with a multiple baseline design across target behaviors. Peer models receive performance feedback based on their performance in the three behaviors. In addition, the participants scores on the Social Skills Improvement System are assessed at the beginning and the end of the study. Implications for practical application in schools and clinical settings and directions for future research are discussed.

 
99. Reducing Anxious Behaviors in the Community in a Child with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
HANNAH KAPLAN (Garden Academy), Tina Sidener (Garden Academy), Alaina Goldenberg (Garden Academy), David W. Sidener (Garden Academy)
Abstract: Individuals with autism are at a higher risk of developing anxiety disorder than the general population. Children with autism may require modifications to treatments provided to typically developing children due to language delays and difficulties with generalization. Unfortunately, little research has been conducted on treatments for anxious behaviors in this population and has targeted only specific phobias. The current, ongoing study evaluates the effects of a multicomponent intervention on the anxious behaviors of a girl with autism in multiple community settings (i.e., clothing stores, restaurants, supermarkets). Anxious behaviors include asking to leave, crying, elopement, skin picking, and fecal incontinence. The treatment package consists of components demonstrated to be effective in the phobia literature with typically-developing children (i.e., modified systematic desensitization, contingency management, parental involvement), as well as a stimulus control procedure (i.e., colored card) to signal contingencies. In the context of a multiple-probe design across settings, each community setting is taught as a concept using multiple exemplar training and probes for generalization in novel settings.
 
100. Increasing Social Initiations in Pre-Kindergarten Children with Autism Through a Peer-Mediated Social Intervention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRENNA CAVANAUGH (Nova Southeastern University), Stacey McGregor (Nova Southeastern University), David Reitman (Nova Southeastern University), Lorraine Breffni (Nova Southeastern University), Manny Gonzalez (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: Children with ASD often exhibit atypical social play skills, and consequently are often isolated and/or excluded from play situations. A range of studies focused on early intervention have demonstrated that using peers who have been explicitly taught how to interact with peers diagnosed with ASD appears to have positive effects on the social behavior of children with ASD. The current study examined the effects of a peer-mediated intervention to decrease solo play in children with ASD. Six 4- to 5-year-old-children participated; three typically developing and three with educational eligibility for autism. As part of a social skills-based curriculum designed for ASD children, typically-developing peers were coached in friendship initiation and maintenance skills and prompted to ‘stay’, ‘play’ and ‘talk’, with the ASD-classified children. Depending upon the nature of the play, “buddies” were either prompted or praised for display of their play facilitation skills. A multiple-baseline across participants design was employed. Results indicated that the intervention produced reductions in solo play and supports previous work illustrating the use of contingency-based methods to promote the acquisition of social behavior in preschoolers with ASD.
 
101. Effects of One Vs Two Trainers During Instruction on Demonstration of Skills With Novel Persons
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE MARSHALL (Beacon ABA Services of CT), Jennifer M. Silber (Evergreen Center), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Many individuals with autism and developmental disabilities acquire skills in an instructional context, and then fail to demonstrate those skills in condition that vary from the teaching conditions (Stokes & Baer, 1977). One method for supporting demonstration of taught skills in other settings, and with other persons is the use of sufficient exemplars (Stoke & Baer, 1977). One example of this procedure cited by Stokes and Baer was by Garcia (1974), who two trainers to teach receptive identification of objects to two individuals with ASD. The current study evaluated differences in acquisition and generalized performance when a single or multiple exemplar procedure was used. A most-to-least prompting hierarchy to teach the target skills (receptive object identification) using either one trainer or two trainers. Once acquisition criteria were met, probes were conducted with novel persons (another trainer and the childs parent) to determine if taught performances would be demonstrated in non-training conditions. Results indicate that skills taught with two trainers were more reliably demonstrated in the probe conditions than were the skills taught in the on trainer condition.
 
102. A Comparison of Script Fading Versus Verbal Prompting Procedures on the Initiation of Social Interactions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATE HARTLEY (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have difficulty with initiation of social exchanges. Script fading and verbal prompting procedures have both been shown to be effective in increasing social exchange skills in children with Autism (citations). However there is very little research directly evaluating the relative efficacy these two methods. The present study compared the rate of acquisition targeted social initiations. A script fading procedure and a verbal prompting intervention were implemented simultaneously in an alternating treatments format. Four initiations were taught (two in each condition) during play dates with a typical peer. The data indicated that the participant did meet acquisition criteria for the initiations taught using the script fading procedure. However, the acquisition criteria were not met for the two initiations taught using the verbal prompting procedure. The script fading procedure then was implemented (as a final best treatment phase) for the two initiations and criteria for these targets were achieved. The results suggest that the participant acquired independent initiation of the responses taught using the script fading procedure to be more rapidly than the responses taught using the verbal prompting procedure.
 
103. Effects of Program Implementation Aids as Part of Mediator Training on Procedural Integrity of a Parent Training Program
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CATHERINE ROONEY (Mackenzie Health), Olivia Ng (Mackenzie Health), Benj Wu (George Brown College)
Abstract: As part of the Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) Initiative in Ontario funded by the Ministry of Children and Youth Services, three different types of program implementation aids were presented to a mediator to increase adherence in a parent training program. The purpose of the study was to increase the parents overall confidence and capacity to utilize the strategies of the program. The aids were developed based on a Behavioural Intervention Plan that was written and presented by a consultant with Mackenzie Healths Behaviour Management Services Applied Behaviour Analysis Initiative. A mediator training approach was used to introduce the techniques to the parent. The aim was that adherence to the program would result in long-term success of the application of specific behaviour analytic strategies and a decrease of resistance to any elements of the Behaviour Intervention Plan measured by direct and indirect assessment. Outcomes displayed an increase in parental adherence for the completion of items listed in the Behaviour Intervention Plan after the presentation of the program implementation aids. This study provides evidence for the utility of program implementation aids to decrease program resistance and increase procedural integrity for mediators.
 
104. A Family Mediated Applied Behaviour Analysis Treatment Package for Aggressive Behaviours Maintained by Attention
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MANA EBRAHIMI (Mackenzie Health), Catherine Rooney (Mackenzie Health)
Abstract: As part of the Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) Initiative in Ontario funded by the Ministry of Children and Youth Services, a family-mediated intervention package was designed and implemented to decrease aggressive behaviours maintained by attention. A behavioural skills training model was used to train all family members including the participant with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder, Oppositional Defiant Disorder, and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, her younger sister with a learning disability, and both parents. The intervention package consisted of 3 stages, a differential reinforcement of other behaviour (DRO) implemented for both siblings, assertiveness training for the younger sibling, and empathy training for the participant. Results showed a decrease in the participant’s aggressive behaviours as well as an increase in her sister’s assertiveness following intervention.
 
105. Analysis of Intensity of Behavioral Intervention for Toddlers With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTINE AUSTIN (Step by Step Academy), Erin E. Lombard (Step by Step Academy)
Abstract: Early diagnosis of autism in children under three years old has increasingly become more prevalent. Intensive behavioral intervention (IBI), utilizing the principles of applied behavior analysis has been proven an effective intervention for individuals with autism. With early diagnosis, the question remains, what intensity of behavioral intervention is appropriate and effective for toddlers with autism? This case study compares the intensity of behavior intervention for two toddlers with autism on skill acquisition across 10 learning and developmental domains. Due to funding resources, one individual had access to an average of 35 hours per week of IBI and one individual had access to an average of 10 hours per week, with gaps in service delivery. At baseline, both individuals had similar scores on the ABLLS-R in the areas of language, play, socialization and visual performance skills. After one year of IBI, the individual who received higher intensity of behavioral intervention, increased to levels aligned with normative data. The individual who received significantly less intensity, made gains in most areas, but remains far from levels observed in the normative data. While there are limitations, including the small sample size, this study urges further research in accessible and effective interventions for toddlers with autism.
 
106. Action Research of Development to Applied Behavior Analysis for Children With ASD in Mainland China
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SHENG XU (ChongQing Normal University), Hua Feng (National Chang-hua University of Education)
Abstract:

This paper described a six months' action research of applied behavior analysis for 4 prekindergarten children with ASD and a 11-teachers team in Chongqing, China, and a professional team in Taiwan. The research presents an operation model which a professor and 3 senior specialists from Taiwan support to promote ABA to the autism research center in Mainland China. The purpose of this action research was to explore the problems occurred during the process of development of ABA in mainland, China, and to find out scientific-based strategies to solve the problems. The results of this research were discussed in five perspectives. And the training skills improvement of the team in Chongqing Normal University, and the achievement gains of four children would also display in this research.

 
107. Using an Alternating Treatment Design to Evaluate an Effective Treatment Package for Decreasing Inappropriate Sexual Stimulation in an Adolescent Male with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LISA NIKIFORUK (Area Cooperative Educational Services), Donn Sottolano (Area Cooperative Educational Services)
Abstract: Inappropriate self-stimulation and or contact with the genital area are a significant concern and deterrent to integrating persons with disabilities into community settings often resulting in continued social isolation. The importance of developing instructional and treatment programs to address inappropriate sexual behavior in persons with autism and related disorders is critical to the individual consumer, families, and the community. The present study utilized an alternating treatment design to assess the differential components of a treatment package designed to decrease inappropriate sexual stimulation (genital touching and hands in pants) of a 17 year old male enrolled in a specialized public school program servicing adolescents diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Baseline consisted of staff verbally ignoring inappropriate touching and prompting through current activities. If the participate exposed himself, staff blocked other students from seeing. Subsequent to baseline an alternating treatment design consisting of positive practice, video modeling, response cost, and a control (ignore) condition was utilized. During the positive practice procedure, when engaged in inappropriate touching, the staff prompted the participant to repeat the action/activity he was doing until he completed it without inappropriate touching, one time. During the video modeling procedure, before each activity the student was provided a video clip of himself completing the activity with appropriate hands (absence of inappropriate touching). The video clips provided were, Walk like a man, Sit like a man, Work like a man. There were different work clips corresponding to the learning environment he was in at the time. During the response cost procedure, if the student engaged in inappropriate touching, staff removed a token from his token board. During the baseline/control condition staff ignored and prompted through activities as they did during initial baseline. Results of the alternating treatment design demonstrated that no single treatment was effective in decreasing inappropriate touching. A second phase consisting of combining two interventions into a treatment package did demonstrate decreased rates and variability for video modeling/response cost compared to other treatment combinations.
 
109. An Evaluation of Preference Stability Within Food and Activity MSWOs Across Seven Months for Six Adults With Intellectual Disabilities
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA BOSCH (Sam Houston State University), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Layla Abby (Texas Tech University), Samuel Thompson (Texas Tech University), Laura Melton Grubb (Texas Tech University), Lucy Barnard-Brak (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: Researchers have evaluated the preference stability across time in individuals with intellectual disabilities (e.g. Ciccone, Graff, & Ahearn, 2007; Hanley, Iwata, & Roscoe, 2006). No researcher had compared the relative stability of preference for edible and leisure items; nor had they compared the stability of preference for individuals with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to that of individuals with other intellectual disabilities (ID). These were the purposes of this study. We conducted multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments for edibles and activities monthly for 7 months with 6 individuals with ASD or another ID. We correlated the rankings of preference at month 1 to those at each subsequent month. The average of these correlations was 0.42 (range 0.08-0.80) for edibles for the non-ASD group and 0.45 (range -0.78 to 0.98) for the ASD group. For activities, the average for the non-ASD group was 0.17 (range -0.68 to 0.86) and 0.39 (range -0.31 to 0.91) for the ASD group. Preference stability was observed with edibles for five of six participants and with activities for one of six. Stability of preference did not vary as a function of disability, but greater stability of preference was observed for edibles than for activities.
 
110. Using Video Modeling to Teach Imitation to a Young Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LOGAN MCDOWELL (Florida International University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University)
Abstract: It has been demonstrated in studies on visual attending, that children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) show preference for video presentations. It has also been suggested that training in imitation can significantly improve the learning capabilities of children diagnosed with autism, as imitation is considered to be a prerequisite skill for the development of many other skills. The purpose of this study was to research the varying effectiveness of video modeling versus live modeling for training imitation skills to a young child diagnosed with ASD. This study also evaluated whether or not video modeling can be an effective methodology without the addition of a prompting procedure. The participant was trained to imitate 4 equivalent behaviors. Two behaviors were trained using live modeling and two using video modeling. The resultant data revealed that both methodologies were effective for increasing the childs imitative repertoire, and that video modeling can be successful without prompting.
 
111. Using Video Modeling and Reinforcement Procedures to Train Perspective-Taking Skills to Adolescent With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MIGUEL ANGEL LESMES RODRIGUEZ RODRIGUEZ (Horizontes ABA), Sebastian Garcia Zambrano (Horizontes ABA), Leydi Maritza Escobar Parales (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral)
Abstract:

The aim of this study was to show the effect of using video modeling and reinforcement procedures to train perspective-taking skills to adolescent whit autism. We replicated and extended Leblanc, Coates Daneshvar, Charlop-Cristy, Morris, & Lancaster (2003) study. Particularly we trained generalization skills using multiple exemplar training. A pre-post design was implemented. Initially a pre-assessment with the Basic Language and Learning Skills Revised (ABLLS-R) was conducted to select the participant. During the pretest phase the Sally and Anne task was conducted to evaluate the perspective taking skills. Then participant was trained on the perspective-taking using the hide and seek and smarties tasks with different stimuli followed by generalization training and posttest. The dependent variable was perspective taking skill as measured by the performance on different trials with the two experimental tasks presented randomly. During training the participant was exposed to the video that contain the two tasks with the different stimuli; then the correct response was modeled by the experimenter followed by participants independent response. The criterion for training was 80% in both tasks. Immediately after the participant was exposed to the generalization test with a new set of stimuli. Finally a posttest was presented to evaluate the perspective-taking skills. Preliminary results replicated LeBlanc et al. (2003) study. In the conclusion we discuss the findings of the study and the benefits on multiple exemplar training for perspective-taking skills.

 
112. Assessment and Treatment of Self-Injurious Behavior Using DRA and Contingent Application of Equipment With Timeout Plus Equipment Fading Using a Chained Schedule of Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JEFFREY S. KALLES (New England Center for Children), Jonathan Seaver (New England Center for Children), Christine Gates (New England Center for Children), Melissa Joseph (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Following no responding during an initial functional analysis, we conducted a modified functional analysis that included an alone screen phase (repeated alone sessions) and a contingent restraint materials phase. Results indicated maintenance of self-injury by automatic reinforcement and by contingent application of restraint materials. Based on the functional analysis results, we assessed a treatment package that consisted of differential reinforcement of an alternative response (DRA) for arm restraints with application of a protective helmet plus timeout contingent on self-injury. The treatment package was evaluated in a reversal design with an alone condition functioning as baseline. Following evaluation of this treatment package, fading of arm restraints was implemented using a chained schedule of reinforcement. Inter-observer agreement (IOA) was calculated for greater than 30% of sessions with an average agreement score of 91%. Self-injury was eliminated during treatment, and the rate of alternative responses for arm restraints increased. Implementation of the fading procedure for the arm restraints resulted in a significant decrease in the duration per session that the participant was wearing equipment (i.e., arm restraints or protective helmet). Results are discussed in terms of social validity and previously documented fading procedures for protective equipment.
 
113. Determining Preference Between Three Picture-based Communication Systems
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
FARIS KRONFLI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Chris Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Faris Kronfli (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meghan Deshais (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nabil Mezhoudi (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sara Deinlein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

There are a variety of communication devices shown to be effective for increasing the (functional/adaptive) communication of individuals with developmental disabilities. However there is little research investigating how to identify an individuals preference for a specific communication modality. The current study examined methods for determining preference between three picture-based communication systems (i.e., pictorial communication board, electronic communication system, and functional communication cards) for an adolescent diagnosed with autism; the participant had no prior history of communicating independently with the devices. Initially, a multielement design was used to evaluate the participants levels of independent responding for each modality; following communication training sessions the devices were offered concurrently to evaluate preference when response effort was low (i.e., required only one step to receive reinforcement). After the participant showed variability in responding for selecting each device, the level of response effort was increased (i.e., required two steps to receive reinforcement) for each device, and the communication devices were again offered concurrently to evaluate how the participant distributed his responding. With the response effort increase the participant showed a clear preference for one communication device. Findings and limitations as they related to identifying preferences for communication devices among individuals with disabilities are discussed.

 
114. Effects of Natural Taste Aversives on Oral Self-stimulatory Behavior in Children with Developmental Delays
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL KING (Applied Behavior Center for Autism), Karen Brzezinski (Applied Behavior Center for Autism)
Abstract:

We evaluated the effects of a punishment based behavior intervention to reduce the frequency of oral self-stimulation including various topographies (i.e. mouthing non-edible objects and body parts) with four children diagnosed with severe developmental delays. Prior to the intervention, baseline data indicated all four subjects were engaging in a high frequency of mouthing behavior. This study used an oral taste aversion behavior intervention to reduce the frequency of oral self-stimulation. The punishment procedure included swiping the inside bottom lip with natural taste aversive substances- using a multiple baseline across subjects design. The data shows that with the intervention in place, the frequency of the mouthing behavior significantly decreased to lower levels. This gave evidence to suggest that the taste aversion intervention effectively functioned as a form of punishment, reducing oral self-stimulatory behavior in the form of mouthing. This study did not take into account the systematic altering of the natural taste aversives or alternative methods of delivery.

 
115. A Complete Case Example of the Functional Assessment and Treatment Process
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHUNYING S. JIN (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Nicholas Vanselow (Western New England University)
Abstract: In this study, we describe an efficient and complete functional assessment and treatment process. The participant was an 8-year-old boy diagnosed with autism, whose problem behavior included aggression, loud vocalization, tearing workbooks, and throwing items. We first arranged an open-ended functional assessment interview to discover potential variables that may be influencing problem behavior. We then conducted pairwise functional analyses informed by the idiosyncratic results of the interview to demonstrate the relevance of the suspected variables. From the analyses, baselines were established under two evocative contexts to evaluate the efficacy of the function-based intervention. Treatment involved (a) teaching a simple functional communication response, (b) increasing the complexity of the communication response, and (c) delay and denial tolerance training. Upon the completion of functional communication training and delay/denial tolerance training, we taught parents to implement the treatment under simple conditions, then treatment was extended to multiple ecologically-relevant contexts. Results indicated that the treatment was successful in reducing problem behavior to near-zero levels while communication, compliance, and play behaviors persisted across multiple settings. Parents were highly satisfied with the assessment and treatment development process as well as the effects of the treatment.
 
116. Effect of TrainingExpression of Emotion Words Using The Four-frame Cartoons
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HIROSHI SUGASAWARA (Tokiwa University), Haruka Igarashi (Tokiwa University)
Abstract:

Students with autistic spectrum disorders (ASD) showed some difficulties about social interaction especially the emotional expression. In recent year, some researchers argued that no difference between students with ASD and students with typical development in the emotion understanding tasks. We thought that students with ASD were not reinforced to express emotion words in daily situation. In this study, two students with ASD participated, who had difficulties to express emotion words. We developed some four-frame cartoons included change of feeling situation. These students were required to tact each frame as many as they could. In training phase, we introduced (1) the list of emotion words as prompt, and (2) the graph that shows the number of emotion words they said. As results, all students said more emotion words about four-frame cartoon in probe than baseline. Moreover, the number of new emotion words that are not included in the list was increased.

 
117. Joint Attention Response Training for Young Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
STEPHANIE WEBER (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Kimberly Ann Kroeger (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Emily Thomas Johnson (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Emily Boehmler (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Brent Anderson (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Emily Schreiber (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Melanie Carter (Kelly O'Leary Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders)
Abstract:

This multiple baseline design across participants study uses a prompting hierarchy intervention to increase responses to protodeclarative joint attention bids in young children with autism. The discrete trial intervention, as described in Whalen and Schreibman (2003), occurs during unstructured time where the childs attention is directed toward an object with which they are not currently engaged. Ten prompting levels are utilized, including putting the childs hand on object, tapping object, showing object, pointing to object and having the child follow a gaze toward the object with and without a verbal prompt. Baseline data were collected for two weeks prior to intervention, and a minimum of 8 data points for each prompting level was collected for each participant. During baseline, rates of responding ranged from 63-100% accuracy, with a mean of 90.6% accuracy across all participants for the highest-prompted condition. For the gaze-directed, least-prompted condition, rates of responding ranged from 0-25% accuracy, with a mean of 2.7% accuracy. Preliminary analysis of intervention data shows increased successful joint attention across prompting levels when reinforcement is incorporated. Interrater reliability and generalization with the childs natural caregiver data will be obtained prior to the conclusion of this study.

 
118. Behavior Analysts and Their Involvement With Safety for Children With Autism and Other Disabilities
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JACK SCOTT (Florida Atlantic University), Toby J. Honsberger (Renaissance Learning Academy), Linda A. Peirce (Florida Atlantic University, Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
Abstract: Unintentional injury is the leading cause of death for children and youth. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) state that "Injury is the #1 killer of children and teens in the United States." Children with disabilities are at greater risk still. Some estimates suggest that children with autism, for example, are at a three times greater risk for death in contrast to typically developing children. The CDC has launched a major initiative, The National Action Plan for Child Injury Prevention, to make children safer. When families or child support agencies face a safety challenge, whom do they turn to for assistance? Do behavior analysts play a significant role in the emerging agenda envisioned by CDC and child advocacy groups? We conducted an online survey of behavioral professionals seeking to determine the degree to which issues of safety have been a feature of their practice. We posed questions about whether any current or past clients had identified safety problems and the nature of the assessments and treatments used. Additionally we sought to determine which specific safety challenges were most prominent. These findings will be presented with recommendations for greater involvement for behavior analysts in treating child safety problems.
 
119. Evaluation of Specific Challenging Responses as Adjunctive Behavior in the Treatment of Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TIMOTHY PISKURA (The Futures Clinic), Ronald F. Allen (Simmons College)
Abstract:

The current study investigates the occurrence of specific challenging behaviors evoked during treatment of children with autism as potential examples of adjunctive behavior. Adjunctive behavior has been defined as behavior maintained indirectly by reinforcement of another response class (Mace and Wacker, 1994) and has included characteristics such as excessive quantity and post-reinforcement temporal regularity (Reid and Staddon, 1982), being neither elicited nor directly reinforced (Kupfer, Allen, and Malagodi, 2008), but rather maintained indirectly by the typical controlling variables of another behavior, rather than by its own controlling variables (Foster, 1978). The goal of the current research project is to extend previous research by Lerman, Iwata, Zarcone, and Ringdahl (1994) and Dardano (1973). The current research used Progressive and Regressive Ratio schedules of reinforcement of a general academic task in order to examine the frequency of challenging/adjunctive behaviors (stereotypic or automatic reinforced behavior) as functionally related to both ratio requirements and inter-reinforcement times for a concurrent operant task. Results suggest that for two of three participants the criteria for adjunctive behavior were met in that frequency of challenging behavior was a direct function of the ratio requirements and challenging behaviors occurred predominately in the post-reinforcement period.

 
120. Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior Using an Auditory Conditioned Reinforcer
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA ENGASSER (The Bedrock Clinic), Sarah Cohen (The Bedrock Clinic), Danielle Beach (The Bedrock Clinic)
Abstract: This case study involved using a 10-second differential reinforcement of other behavior schedule using a clicker to decrease stereotypic vocalizations in a 4-year old male with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. Unintelligible vocalizations are defined as “Any instance of high-pitched vocalizations that have no words/word from the speaker to the attending audience that may or may not be accompanied by both right and left fingers bent midway up and down while alternating rapidly”. An A-B-C-A experimental design was used in order to see the internal validity of the treatment. The results concluded that treatment lowered unintelligible vocalizations below baseline rates and withdrawing treatment at lower rates than baseline and treatment.
 
121. Task Analysis Application in Developing a Tooth Brushing Program for Autistic Children
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
Poojar Panesar (Kaizora Consultants), CAROLINE MWANGI (Kaizora Consultants)
Abstract:

Abstract Oral hygiene is vital in promoting health especially for children with autism due to their preference for sweet things. If unchecked, this often leads to tooth decay. It is therefore important for the child to learn brushing teeth independently, as early as possible. In light of this, a tooth brushing program was prepared for a six year old child with autism. The purpose of this was to promote independence of tooth brushing. A task analysis was used, whereby the steps involved were broken down in a simple sequential order. The instructor went through the program and conducted a base line to assess the level of skill of the subject. A most to least prompt fading procedure was used. As the child progressed, the level of independence increased while physical assistance decreased. Through the study, it is observed that breaking down any learning program into steps, makes teaching and learning easier for both the instructor and the student. In addition, this form of learning promotes permanence, especially for autistic children, as their strengths lie in mastering patterns.

 
122. The Effects of Using Contingent Rewards to Teach a First-Grade Student with Autism to Decrease Off-Task Behaviors During Non-Preferred Classroom Activities
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHERINE M. SHAW (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University), Jennifer Neyman (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a contingent rewards system that differentially reinforced higher-rates of on-task behaviors to decrease inappropriate behavior with a first-grade student diagnosed with autism (ASD). The student’s ability to remain on task to a presented task or a preferred choice task appropriately for any length of time was the focus of this study. Through the use of the PECS “First… Then” board and the contingent reward system, the student’s verbalization and communication with classroom staff increased as his off-task behaviors decreased. A return to baseline resulted in an increase in off-task. Several benefits of employing a positive procedure in the classroom with a student with autism were discussed.
 
123. The Effects of a Video-Modeling Procedure Using the IPad on Independent Table-Setting with Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JORDAN FREEMAN (QSAC), Ronald Lee (QSAC)
Abstract:

Prior research has shown video modeling to be an effective intervention for children with autism to increase a variety of skills. These include sociodramatic play, reciprocal conversation, imitative skills, and vocational skills. Recent technological advances, such as the IPad and IPod Touch, may increase access to video-modeling techniques because of their ease of use compared to older technologies such as VCR/video-tapes and DVDs. The current study used a multiple-baseline-across-participants experimental design to examine the effectiveness of presenting a video-model using the IPad to teach three children with autism to set the table. During baseline, an instruction was presented to Set the table. No further assistance was provided. During treatment, the instruction was delivered followed by prompts to navigate the IPad to watch a video of each target response. Prompts were faded across sessions. The results showed that video-modeling using the IPad was an effective means of increasing independent table-setting for each participant. The results are discussed in terms of transfer for stimulus control and prompt efficiency.

 
124. Potential Utility of a Humanoid Robot in Work with Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE CRITTENDON (The Vanderbilt Kennedy Center), Esubalew Bekele (Vanderbilt University School of Engineering), Amy Swanson (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Zhi Zheng (Vanderbilt University School of Engineering), Lian Zhang (Vanderbilt University School of Engineering), Rebecca Johnston (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center and the Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Zachary Warren (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center and the Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Nilanjan Sarkar (Vanderbilt University School of Engineering)
Abstract: In this study, six children diagnosed with autism completed a joint attention task that was presented by a humanoid robot, NAO. Participant involvement consisted of short sessions (8 trials/session) across a total of four days. The objective of the study was to 1) test the feasibility of using a robotic presenter to assess participant response to a joint attention prompt, and 2) gather initial data on task performance (level of independent response) across time. In this study, a least-to-most prompting hierarchy was used with robot prompts contingent on child performance at each level of the prompt hierarchy. The behavior protocol used in this study will be detailed and demonstrated in a brief video during poster presentation. Data supported the use of the robotic administrator as robot actions adhered to the prescribed protocol in all cases. Regarding child performance, we observed an average session independence rate of 85% or better by the last session for all participants. The findings of this pilot project to explore the use of humanoid robots in educational or therapeutic settings are exploratory. As such, further investigation is currently underway as we expand the number tasks presented by the robot, test child performance and learning acquisition with a changing criterion design and conduct generalization probes across settings and people. Implications of using robotic technology to innovate autism assessment and intervention will be discussed.
 
125. The Effects of Differential Reinforcement of High Rates of Stereotypic Behavior on Operant Level Rates of Stereotypic Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BENJAMIN R. THOMAS (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Debra Paone (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Silvana Z. Davila-Thomas (Brooklyn Behavior, Inc.)
Abstract: Persons with developmental disabilities often display atypical, repetitive, or non-functional vocalizations or motor movements that may interfere with social and other learning opportunities. Various strategies have addressed the reduction of stereotypic behavior, however, following the withdrawal of the strategies, many stereotypic behaviors return to operant level rates. This study examined the effects of differential reinforcement of high rates of stereotypic behavior (DRH) on subsequent operant level rates of stereotypic behavior. Additionally, the DRH procedure was compared to and evaluated in combination with a differential reinforcement of other behavior procedure (DRO) as well as a matched-noncontingent reinforcement procedure (NCR). During the study, three children with autism spectrum disorder were taught to a) contingently engage in their respective stereotypic behaviors, and b) contingently engage in high rates of their respective stereotypic behaviors for 5 minutes. During initial baseline sessions, all participants engaged in high rates of vocal stereotypy (range= 6.7-16.2 episodes per minute). Immediately following the DRH procedure, operant level rates of vocal stereotypy were reduced by 41.0%, 79.0%, and 34.3-82.1%, respectively. These data indicate that the differential reinforcement of high rates of stereotypic behavior can be a useful strategy to reduce the operant level rates of stereotypic behaviors.
 
126. Assessment of Echolalia
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
REBECCA EMBACHER (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Heather A. Sydorwicz (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Schea Fissel (Kaiser Permanente), Rebecca Rothstein (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Thomas W. Frazier (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism)
Abstract: This presentation will describe the development of a video-based methodology for assessing echolalia integrating principles of Applied Behavior Analysis and speech-language pathology. Video samples were gathered across a variety of contexts for each student in order to ensure a comprehensive assessment. Contexts were rated by Speech-Language Pathologists and therapists trained in Applied Behavior Analysis to determine communicative intent and motivation of echolalia in each context. Results from a pilot study in a population of 8 students with ASD ages 16 to 21 and data from a study of 41 students with ASD ages 3 to 21 will be presented. The following questions will be explored: 1. Does a pragmatic assessment of all students who display echolalia indicate that the majority of echolalia has a communicative intent? 2. If a students spontaneous speech consists primarily of echolalia (over 50%), will the majority of their echolalia have a communicative intent? 3. Is the majority echolalia maintained by tangible, social negative (escape) and/or social positive (attention) reinforcement? 4. Can student profile characteristics (age, receptive and expressive vocabulary, symptom levels, and IQ) predict if echolalia has communicative intent? Clinical application will be presented and discussed.
 
127. Evaluating the Effectiveness of Various Methods of Token Delivery
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TATIANA PEAK-GREGG (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Token economies have wide support as an effective method for behavior change. With substantial research supporting the benefits of token economies, there has been little research to date on the delivery method of the tokens to the participants. In this study, a nine-year old female diagnosed with PDD-NOS received tokens under an established Behavior Intervention Plan. The five inappropriate behaviors aimed at reduction included non-compliance, tantrums, eloping, off-task passive behavior, and self-talk. An alternating treatment design was used with four conditions of varying token delivery: Full Attention (student self-delivered tokens), No Attention (student did not see or hear token delivery), Auditory Attention (student was verbally informed of token delivery), and Visual Attention (student was shown token board as tokens were delivered). It was found that the No Attention condition produced the most substantial behavior change as compared to the baseline condition, decreasing the occurrence of three of the five target behaviors. In the three other conditions, the behavior either increased or did not change. These results suggest that the method in which a token is delivered may have an impact on behavior targeted for change.

 
128. Standardization of the Autism Spectrum Disorder- Comorbid for Children (ASD-CC): Factor structure, Reliability, and Validity
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
SUNA PARK (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder- Comorbid for Children (ASD-CC) is designed to assess co-occuring conditions in children with ASD such as depression, conduct disorder, ADHD, tic disorder, OCD, specific phobia, and eating difficulties and it was developed by Matson and Wilkins (2008). The purpose of this study was to examine the factor structure and establish psychometric properties including reliability and validity of the Korean version of the Autism Spectrum- Comorbid for Children (ASD-CC). Subjects were 330 mothers of children with ASD and 222 mothers of typically developing children, ages from 1 to 18 years old. All mothers completed ASD-CC, DSM-IV checklist, and CBCL. Using exploratory factor analysis, it consists of 28 items with 6 factors, repetitive behavior, tantrum behavior, conduct behavior, depressed and worry, eating problem, and avoidant behavior. The K-ASD-CC showed good internal consistency (a = .895) and test-retest reliability (r=.193 ; p<0.01). The discriminant validity was examined and found significant differences between two groups, ASD versus control. The total score of ASD-CC and CBCL were calculated to assess the concurrent validity, and high correlation was found. Limitation and implications for future research are discussed.
 
129. Analysis of the Relation Between Repeated Requests and Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATIE DONOHOE (Bancroft), Katie Chamberlin (Bancroft), Benjamin Leavy (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Frances A. Perrin (Rider University)
Abstract: In a response class hierarchy, the probability of one member may be influenced by response effort or the contingencies for other members of the class (Lalli et al. 1995). Mace et al. (2011) found that denied access to tangible items while saying “No” evoked several topographies of problem behavior in a specific order and extinction for one response changed the probability of other responses in a predictable way. In the current study, very low rates of behavior were observed during functional analyses of problem behavior for two participants and a functional analysis of repeated requests suggested that the verbal responses were maintained by specific reinforcement (i.e., responses were mands). Consequences for mand were then manipulated (e.g., extinction, saying “no”) to identify the relation between mands and problem behavior. Problem behavior was observed only when mand responses produced a verbal “No”, but not when the requests were placed on extinction or produced an alternative reinforcer, indicating that the responses may have represented a response chain or a precurrent contingency, rather than a response class hierarchy. Implications for treatment are discussed, as well as the functional and applied differences between a response class hierarchy, response chain, and precurrent contingency.
 
130. The Effectiveness of Using Prompt Fading and Increased Intervals in Toilet Training Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TWAHIRA ABDALLA (Kaizora Consultants), Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Consultants)
Abstract: Toilet training is an important stage in childhood development and helps the child become more independent. Children with developmental disabilities such as autism tend to have challenges in learning new behavior, such as toilet training. Prompt fading has been used to teach skills to children with developmental disabilities effectively, and it involves the successive reduction in the level of prompting given to a child doing a skill. Also, in toilet training it is important to increase the interval between scheduled visits to the toilet so that the child can learn effective continence. In this study, Burt, a 7 year old boy with autism was successfully taught toileting (for urination) through a method that uses prompt fading and a systematic increase of intervals to go to the toilet after other home and school attempts had failed. At the same time, the skill was associated with the instruction “Let’s go to the toilet” and “Do you need to go to the toilet?” Intervals were increased and prompts were faded until the child was able to respond to the question correctly. This shows that prompt fading and increased interval was effectively used to teach toileting to a child with autism in a month.
 
131. Support For a Child With Asperger Disorder in Inclusive Education: Improvement of Inappropriate Verbal Behavior by Self-monitoring
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAYUMI IWAMOTO (Meisei University), Koji Takeuchi (Meisei University)
Abstract:

Children with asperger disorder have difficult for social interaction so as to be likely to have trouble with classmates in regular class situation (inclusive education). The purpose of this study was to examine effect of self- monitoring procedure to improvement inappropriate verbal behavior for aspergers child in regular class situation. A participant was a boy (eight years old) belonged to regular class. His problem behaviors were mainly inappropriate verbal behaviors during class (for example; abusive language and irregular language). In baseline, we observed his verbal behavior during class at his school. The observer was not known (unfamiliar person) by the participant. Then, we made a list of inappropriate verbal behaviors that had been observed in baseline. In self-monitoring condition, the participant evaluated his own verbal behavior and checked the list by himself after school every day. He was presented backup-reinforcer according to evaluation of his checked list by a therapist in clinical setting every two weeks. The verbal behavior during class observed the same procedure as baseline. As a result, inappropriate verbal behavior decreased in self-monitoring condition. We discussed the effect of specific target behavior checked by the participant, quick and simple making up the behavior list, and the effect of self-monitoring for complex verbal behaviors in inclusive education.

 
 
 
Business Meeting #89
Behavior Analyst Online Journals Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 25, 2013
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
101 D (Convention Center)
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Presenting Authors:

This is a meeting of the editorial staff and governing board of the Behavior Analyst Online (BAO) journals. Prospective authors also are welcome. Discussion of the history and current status of the journals published by the BAO will take place, including editorial staff needs, publication deadlines, and schedules for each journal, current submission data, and other business of the journals. The meeting will be chaired by Darlene Crone-Todd and Michael Commons.

Keyword(s): BAO Journals, Publishing, Special Interest Group
 
 
Business Meeting #90
Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 25, 2013
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
101 I (Convention Center)
Chair: Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno)
Presenting Authors:

The Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group was formed to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, overconsumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Objectives include to a) encourage and support research that promotes the application of behavior analysis to green/environmental issues; b) collaborate with environmental scientists, environmental groups, and other SIGs within ABAI that have an interest in addressing behavior change and sustainability/environmental issues; c) disseminate research and practices that support solutions to environmental issues through the application of behavioral interventions; d) develop curricula, textbooks, and additional educational resources that address sustainability and the application of behavior analysis; e) compile resources for individuals interested in behavior change and environmental issues; and f) develop an information base of current effective practices/initiatives, government policies, and employment for behavior analysts interested in behavior change and environmental issues. The business meeting is open to anyone interested in sustainability and environmental issues.

Keyword(s): collaboration, sustainability
 
 
Business Meeting #91
CANCELLED: Arizona Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 25, 2013
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
102 A (Convention Center)
Chair: Rebecca Renee Wiskirchen (ACCEL)
Presenting Authors:

The Arizona Association for Behavior Analysis will conduct its annual Business Meeting.

Keyword(s): Arizona, Arizona ABA, AZABA
 
 
Business Meeting #92
Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 25, 2013
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
101 F (Convention Center)
Chair: Jennifer Klapatch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Presenting Authors:

All conference attendees interested in behavior analytic applications in health, sport, and fitness are welcome. During this meeting, the business of the special interest group will be conducted. This year, we also will have a discussion of current and future research projects. The aim will be to facilitate collaborations and stimulate discussion on this topic. Anyone interested in these areas should attend. Future events and activities will be discussed.

Keyword(s): health, sports, fitness
 
 
Business Meeting #93
Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 25, 2013
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
201 A-B (Convention Center)
Chair: Anne Lau (Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis)
Presenting Authors:

This is an open meeting for Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis members and anyone interested in seeing old friends or meeting others from the aloha state and talking story about behavior analysis in paradise. Come join our warm community of practitioners!

 
 
Business Meeting #94
Ethics and Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 25, 2013
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
101 J (Convention Center)
Chair: David J. Cox (STE Consultants, LLC)
Presenting Authors:

The Ethics and Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group willconduct its first business meeting to discuss the direction of the SIG, provide an overview of current business items, and receive feedback on current and future SIG activities. All current members and all individuals interested in the Ethics and Behavior Analysis SIG are invited to attend.

 
 
Business Meeting #95
Pediatric Feeding Disorders Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 25, 2013
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
101 E (Convention Center)
Chair: Cathleen C. Piazza (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of the Pediatric Feeding Disorders Special Interest Group meeting is to generate interest, foster collaborative research, share clinical information, and impact training, practice, and reimbursement for pediatric feeding disorders.

Keyword(s): feeding, food refusal, pediatric feeding disorders
 
 
Business Meeting #96
Wisconsin ABA
Saturday, May 25, 2013
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
202 A-B (Convention Center)
Chair: Roger Frank Bass (Bass Behavioral Consulting)
Presenting Authors:

Wisconsin ABA (WisABA) meets each year at the ABAI annual convention to review the year's accomplishments and plan for the following year's initiatives. This year, discussion will include: the 2013 Convention, election of officers, mini-conferences (roadshows), membership issues, reports from the secretary and treasurer, and issues raised from the floor.

 
 
Business Meeting #97
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 25, 2013
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
101 H (Convention Center)
Chair: Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of the meeting is to promote the experimental analysis of human behavior (EAHB). During the meeting, the SIG recognizes winners of the annual EAHB Student Paper Competition; discusses and nominates recipients of the EAHB Career Award; discusses business and other issues related to the EAHB Bulletin; and discusses the state of affairs in EAHB and Behavior Analysis in general. The meeting is a great opportunity to learn about EAHB in a fun and inviting social context.

Keyword(s): Experimental Analysis, Human Behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #98
Autism Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 25, 2013
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
101 A (Convention Center)
Chair: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Presenting Authors:

A business meeting will be held to address various administrative matters relevant to the Autism SIG. The Autism SIG brings together those who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the education and treatment of individuals with autism throughout the lifespan. The SIG was created to promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of autism treatment, to advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatment, and to support consumers of ABA services. The Autism SIG maintains a website and publishes a quarterly newsletter to provide clinicians, educators, and parents with information regarding scientifically supported interventions for individuals with autism. Other ongoing initiatives include participating in the ABAI annual convention and autism conference exhibitions, presenting an annual student research award, and maintaining consumer guidelines for identifying, selecting, and evaluating behavior analysts working with individuals with autism. All are welcome to attend.

 
 
Business Meeting #99
Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 25, 2013
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
101 G (Convention Center)
Chair: Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Presenting Authors:

This annual business meeting is open to any conference attendee interested in behavioral health and medicine. Topics to be discussed include nominating and votingon SIG officers and planning this year's events.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #100
ABAI Accredited Graduate Training Program Expo Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
1. ABAI Accredited Graduate Programs in Special Education at The Ohio State University
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University at Newark), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Kathy Lawton (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: The Ohio State University's ABAI-accredited graduate programs in special education have been advancing the study of applied behavior analysis for the past 40 years. In 2011, OSU's special education graduate programs were the recipients of the SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis. Our contributions include hundreds of published peer-reviewed journal articles and dozens of books. The greatest contributions of OSU's special education program are the program graduates whose work has helped bring evidence-based instructional practices to teachers and students around the world. The Ph.D. program, the first doctoral program to receive ABAI accreditation (1995), is the nation's only special education doctoral program explicitly built upon behavior analysis. This program prepares leadership personnel for special education whose research, teaching, and professional practice are grounded in the philosophy of behaviorism and the methodological and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. The MA program, ABAI accredited since in 1995, emphasizes the design, implementation, and evaluation of curricular and instructional interventions to improve academic, social, self-care, and vocational skills for individuals with disabilities. Master's program graduates work as licensed classroom teachers, behavior analysts, or program supervisors in public schools, private schools, or community agencies.
 
2. Applied Behavior Analysis at University of Houston-Clear Lake
MELISSA NISSEN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Lauren Plaisance (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Molly Shireman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), A. Blair Edwards (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis program at the University of Houston-Clear Lake provides students with a well-rounded foundation in psychology and applied behavior analysis through an integrated sequence of coursework, practicum, and research activities. Students obtain competency in the basic principles of learning and the application of these principles with particular emphasis on interventions for children with developmental disabilities. Practicum and research experiences are provided in home, school and clinic settings. All students complete a major research project prior to graduation. The program is accredited by ABAI and includes a course sequence and practicum that have been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc as meeting the requirements for eligibility to take the BCBA exam. The coursework also prepares graduates who are interested in becoming Licensed Psychological Associates. Furthermore, graduates will be prepared to pursue doctoral degrees in psychology or behavior analysis. Graduate assistantships, paid internships and other forms of financial assistance are available to qualifying students.
 
3. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of South Florida
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This poster describes the Applied Behavior Analysis programs at the University of South Florida. The academic programs at USF include the ABA Minor, ABA Master’s Program, and ABA Doctoral Program. The ABA Master’s Program is ABAI Accredited and BACB approved. The ABA Minor is also BACB approved. The ABA Doctoral Program, designed to meet ABAI Accreditation Standards, was recently approved and will begin in the fall of 2013. The 15 credit hour ABA Minor provides the coursework needed to prepare students for BACB certification and for admission to a behavior analysis graduate program. The 44 credit hour ABA Master’s Program integrates coursework, research, and practice to produce master’s level behavior analysts who are trained as researchers and practitioners. The new ABA doctoral program accepts students with a master’s degree in ABA and consists of 54 credit hours (21 credit hours of coursework, 18 credit hours of dissertation, and 15 credit hours of independent research). The doctoral program focuses on scientist-practitioner training to prepare students for academic positions, research positions, and leadership positions.
 
4. Behavior Analysis at California State University, Stanislaus and in Europe
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus), Bruce E. Hesse (California State University, Stanislaus), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus), Carrie M. Dempsey (California State University, Stanislaus), Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus), Emily Branscum (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: CSU Stanislaus offers several comprehensive graduate programs: a combined BCBA and MFT (Marriage and Family Therapist) masters, an MA in Behavior Analysis (BCBA) and the same MA but with an option to travel abroad for a year, with a $12,000 stipend from the Department of Education (our Atlantis program, a federally funded program). We have four full-time PhD level faculty in BA, along with a variety of part-time faculty. The program is designed to provide a comprehensive education in Behavior Analysis, including a course in our animal operant lab. Students will obtain a thorough understanding of behavioral principles and will be exposed to current applications both in the classroom and in practicum settings.
 
5. Behavior Analysis at Queens College and The Graduate Center, The City University of New York
JEFFERY HAMELIN (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Jack Spear (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract: An overview of graduate programs in behavior analysis at Queens College and The Graduate Center of The City University of New York is presented. Opportunities include a Doctoral Program, Masters Program, and an Advanced Certificate Program. The Doctoral Psychology Program at the Graduate Center offers a Behavior Analysis training area that is accredited by ABAI and is license-eligible for New York State. Regularly, faculty and students present at national and international conferences, and they publish in peer-reviewed journals. Further, faculty members serve on the Editorial Boards of these journals and students serve as Guest Editors. The Masters Programs at Queens College offer study in a General Masters and Applied Behavior Analysis. The Advanced Certificate offers coursework in Applied Behavior Analysis to prepare students for certification as behavior analysts. Faculty interests for all behavior analytic programs include applied behavior analysis, autism, behavior-based safety, behavioral assessment, behavioral community psychology, developmental disabilities, drug addiction, equivalence class formation, human and animal timing, impulsivity, language acquisition, learning theory, motivation and reinforcement, neural mechanisms of learning and motivation, organizational behavior management, pattern recognition, stimulus control, and theories of association.
 
6.

Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno

RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno provides training in (1) philosophy, theory, and methodology of behavior analysis, (2) basic and applied research on human behavior, and (3) application of behavior principles and research. Applications relate to organizations, cultural change, rehabilitation and prevention with disabled and disadvantaged children and adults, and educational technology and educational system evaluation.

 
7.

Satellite Program in Behavior Analysis at the University of Nevada, Reno

LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Since the initiation of the SMPBA in 1995, we have delivered the program to two cohorts of students in Illinois, Missouri, Florida, California and Canada.During the period of this review, we have delivered master's programs to the staff members of four sponsoring agencies including: Behaviour Institute, Toronto, Canada; Judevine Center for Autism, St. Louis, MO; Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Tarzana, CA; and SEEK Education, Huntington, CA. The primary clients of these human services are children with autism and their families.

 
8.

Florida State University Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis

Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University), H. ALLEN MURPHY (Florida State University Panama City), Amy S. Polick (Florida State University Panama City)
Abstract:

The Florida State University master's program, founded in 1999, is designed to prepare students to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts upon graduation. This is a five-semester program based at the FSU Panama City campus though students have the option of living in Panama City or Tallahassee. The students who come from around the country are immediately placed with behavior analytic agencies affording them an assistantship including a stipend plus tuition waiver. Prerequisites are four undergraduate-level courses (General Psychology; Research Methods; ABA; and, a Learning course), 3 letters of recommendation, and the GRE. Prior practical experience is highly preferred.

 
9. Graduate Training in the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas
RICHARD G. SMITH (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint Rader (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The mission of the Department of Behavior Analysis is to provide a program of learning opportunities for graduate and undergraduate students that is nationally recognized for excellence and that establishes knowledge and skills that allow graduates to compete successfully in and make significant contributions to society; to contribute to the discipline of behavior analysis and to the community by conducting applied and basic research that furthers understanding of human behavior and results in demonstrative positive behavioral change; to form lasting partnerships in the region, nationally, and internationally; and to develop behavioral solutions for social problems at local, national, and international levels. This poster will present opportunities for interested students to learn about opportunities for training and research across the wide range of faculty expertise offered at the University of Norht Texas's Department of Behavior Analysis. Experience in research and application is offered in areas including intervention for autism and related disabilities, applied behavior analysis with animals, verbal behavior, college teaching and learning, behavioral pharmacology, behavior analysis of memory, and more.
 
10. M.S. Program at Jacksonville State University
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University), Steven C. Stout (Jacksonville State University), Heidi L. Dempsey (Jacksonville State University), Shannon Robertson (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: Jacksonville State University, nicknamed The Friendliest Campus in the South, is nestled in the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains midway between Atlanta, GA and Birmingham, AL. The masters program in psychology offers a Behavior Analyst Certification Board-approved program of study. Students in the program complete seven required courses in the conceptual, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior, as well as six related elective courses, which include practicum and research opportunities. Our overarching goals are to teach applied behavior analysts to think critically about the conceptual and experimental basis of the field, and to train them in the implementation of scientifically validated behavioral procedures. Students study basic behavioral processes in our sophisticated animal research facility and can practice applying behavioral principles in basic and applied settings, including The Little Tree Preschool-Jacksonville. Our poster provides more detail about our faculty and curriculum, including coursework and practicum opportunities.
 
11. Southern Illinois University Carbondale: Behavior Analysis and Therapy Program
JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (Southern Illinois University), Autumn N. McKeel (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), Becky L. Nastally (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The Southern Illinois University Behavior Analysis and Therapy program is designed for students who want to enter into the field of research and/or clinical work in Behavior Analysis. The program emphasizes empirically based development and application of learning principles to a wide range of situations. Our mission is to educate our graduates so they will be prepared for conduct research, teach and apply the principles of behavior to assist individuals or organizations, as well as providing the with supervised work under professors who are board certified behavior analysts. Graduates may seek applied work immediately after completing the program, or pursue doctoral training at SIU or elsewhere. At both the Masters and Doctoral level students can specialize in Behavior Analysis and Therapy. The behavior analysis and therapy program is devoted to the empirically-based development and application of learning principles to a wide variety of human needs. Training is offered in behavioral practice, research and theory as it applies to problems such as child abuse and neglect, developmental disabilities, chronic medical conditions, and traumatic head injury.
 
12.

St. Cloud State Applied Behavior Analysis Program

ERIC RUDRUD (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Nicholas L. Weatherly (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Information regarding St. Cloud State University M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis program is provided. SCSU offers on campus and online formats for the M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis. In addition, SCSU offers on campus and online coursework for the BCBA and BCaBA exams.

 
13.

The Behavior Analysis Doctoral Program at West Virginia University

KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), Meagan Elizabeth Follett (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University), Nathan Rice (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analysis doctoral program at West Virginia University trains students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however, students may emphasize basic, applied, or both types of research. The goal of the program is to produce a psychologist who can function effectively in a research, academic, or applied setting, who is qualified to teach a variety of courses in psychology, and who can use the principles of behavior analysis in solving significant human problems.

 
14.

The Graduate Programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University

JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Derek Jacob Shanman (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The goal of the Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis programs at Teachers College, Columbia University is to train world class teachers and educational leaders to use scientific tools to bridge the educational gap and accelerate learning for all children using applied behavior analysis. This is done by studying and applying a broad range of behavior analytic tools in educational settings. Our teachers are trained to use scientific procedures in the process of fitting the appropriate science-based practices to individual students learning and language development needs.

 
15. The On-Campus Behavior Analysis Programs at the Florida Institute of Technology
DAVID A. WILDER (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Meagan Gregory (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Tech and ABA Tech), Ivy M. Chong Crane (Florida Institute of Technology, Scott Center), Michael E. Kelley (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: The on-campus M.S. and Ph.D. programs in Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology will be presented.
 
16. University of Kansas: Graduate Training in Applied Behavioral Science
DEREK D. REED (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Todd Allen Merritt (University of Kansas), Kaston Dariel Anderson-Carpenter (University of Kansas), Ariana Ronis Boutain Hopstock (University of Kansas), Adam M. Briggs (University of Kansas), Nicole Ashlee Call (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Department of Applied Behavioral Science trains researchers and scientist-practitioners in the discovery, translation, and application of knowledge toward solving human behavior problems of societal importance. For this, the department offers a master of arts (MA) in applied behavioral science and a doctor of philosophy (Ph.D.) in behavioral psychology. Our mission is to promote individual, family, and community development through the integration of teaching, research, and public service. What makes our missions unique is their foundation in a science of behavior, dedication to rigorous standards of experimental proof, and applications of the science and these standards to solving socially relevant problems. Rigor and relevance, together, are the Department's hallmark, both in making knowledge and taking it to practice. We have pioneered in translating basic behavioral research into discoveries that are today's best evidence-based practices and, in the process, founded the field's leading journal, the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. In 2005, KU ranked fifth nationally in its number of applied behavioral science publications. In 2000, we received the award for Outstanding Programmatic Contributions from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis.
 
17.

University of Maryland, Baltimore County Applied Behavior Analysis MA

JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland Baltimore County), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (University of Maryland Baltimore County), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Mastery of applied behavior analysis calls for competence in basic psychology, in the detailed knowledge base of behavior analysis, in statistical and measurement techniques for evaluating existing behavior and for designing treatment programs for individuals, and in the various skills essential to delivering services and maintaining their effectiveness. Applied behavior analysis includes accountability in its service delivery. The UMBC MA track is responsive to the increasing call for such services. The UMBC Department of Psychology together with the Kennedy Krieger Institute's Department of Behavioral Psychology are uniquely suited to developing and maintaining such a program. Our track is accredited by ABAI and the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, so that students who have completed our MA degree have met the coursework requirement to sit for the BACB certification examination.

 
18. Western Michigan University: ABAI-Accredited Graduate Programs in Behavior Analysis
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This poster describes the ABAI-accredited graduate programs in behavior analysis and faculty at Western Michigan University.
 
19. The Behavior Analysis Training System for Training Students to Be Practitioners Working in Autism
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University), Ali Markowitz (Western Michigan University), Christina Henderson (Western Michigan University), Roxy Gale (Western Michigan University), Kathleen Holehan (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: BATS trains students to be practitioners, not researchers. We offer a two-year MA track and a three-year Ph.D track, with a focus on Autism and also organizational behavior management (OBM) within a service-provider context. Our MA students do a practical MA project rather than an MA thesis. The MA project consists of teaching an undergrad seminar in behavior analysis for two semesters and doing an R&D project. You will get a solid grounding in the principles, concepts, and theory of behavior analysis, including language training. You will do an 800-hour pre-school autism practicum, where you progress from one-on-one tutorial work with autistic children, to supervising undergrad tutors, to being responsible for the curriculum and procedures for several children. All of this is supervised by a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). We also ensure that student get the experience to become BCBAs. We're part of WMU Psychology Department's Behavior Analysis Program. In BATS you work hard, learn a lot of useful skills, and have fun.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #101
Graduate Training Programs Expo Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
1. Western Michigan University: APA-Accredited Clinical Psychology Doctoral Program
SCOTT T. GAYNOR (Western Michigan University), Amy E. Naugle (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This poster describes Western Michigan University's APA-Accredited Doctoral Program in Clinical Psychology as well as the faculty associated with this program.
 
2. Western Michigan University: Industrial-Organizational Psychology Masters Program
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This poster describes Western Michigan University's masters program in Industrial Organizational Psychology and the faculty associated with this program.
 
3. Applied Behavior Analysis at Central Washington University
WENDY A. WILLIAMS (Central Washington University), Sadie L. Lovett (Central Washington University), Elizabeth M. Street (Central Washington University)
Abstract: Central Washington University’s Psychology Department is excited to offer a Master's degree specialization in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Graduates earn a Master of Science degree in Experimental Psychology with a specialization in ABA. The program is designed to meet the coursework requirements necessary to sit for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board’s® (BACB®) examination. Matriculated graduate students are prepared for a professional career as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA®); including training in areas of special education, developmental disabilities/autism, community mental health, traumatic brain injury, gerontology, and other related areas. Students are trained to provide programmatic habilitative services by addressing the goals of mastering new skills and ameliorating behavioral problems. Degree requirements focus on integrating foundational and specialized coursework with practical experience in real world settings. In addition to one year of formal coursework, the CWU ABA program arranges approximately 800 hours of BCBA®-supervised internship. The program emphasizes ABA intervention across the entire lifespan (including with young children, teens, adults and the elderly). Current internship sites include the Ellensburg School District (special education classrooms), The Trellis Center for Adults with Autism (occupational/habilitation center), Brainstorm Rehabilitation (speech and language; traumatic brain injury), Royal Vista Care Center (skilled nursing home facility), Ellensburg Developmental Preschool, and NW Behavior Associates, and Blueprints, Inc. in Seattle, WA. Graduates must complete additional internship hours to be eligible to sit for the BCBA® exam. Students interested in obtaining a Masters degree in fields other than Experimental Psychology (e.g. Special Education, School Psychology or Family Studies) may enroll in the ABA courses and work toward meeting the BACB® ‘s academic requirements. The required coursework includes: Behavior Analysis Behavioral Interventions Functional Behavior Assessment Applied Physiological Psychology Advanced Cognitive Psychology (Neuroscience) Research in Natural Environments? Design and Analysis for Applied Research? Single-subject Design Advanced Principles of Learning Ethics in Experimental Psychology and ABA Internship in Applied Experimental Psychology Advanced Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Research Internship Thesis
 
4. Applied Behavior Analysis at Temple University
MATTHEW TINCANI (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Shana E. Hornstein (Temple University), Amanda E. Guld (Melmark)
Abstract: Temple University features interdisciplinary graduate programs in behavior analysis at masters and doctoral levels. Temple's nationally known behavior analysis faculty hold leadership positions in regional and national behavior analysis organizations, and their research regularly appears in the highest quality journals of the field. The M.S.Ed. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis, established in 1991, involves faculty in special education, school psychology, and psychology programs. M.S.Ed. ABA students complete practica in a variety of settings and learn applications of behavior analysis in drug treatment, behavioral safety, autism intervention, academic and functional assessment, and other areas. Students work closely with faculty on community and school-based research in the Philadelphia area. Doctoral training opportunities in special education, school psychology, and psychology are available with assistantship opportunities for doctoral students. Temple and Melmark, Inc., located in Berwyn, PA, have a collaborative partnership in which employees complete Board Certified Behavior Analyst coursework on Melmarks campus through Temple and receive BCBA supervision through Melmark.
 
5. Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Oregon
TIFFANY KODAK (University of Oregon), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon)
Abstract: The school psychology program at the University of Oregon is an APA-accredited program with a behavioral orientation. We offer a BACB pre-approved course sequence that leads to eligibility to obtain certification as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. UO offers a master’s and doctoral degree in school psychology. The master’s degree requires 2 years of coursework and an internship. Students who earn their master’s degree are eligible for licensure as a school psychologist upon completion of their training. The doctoral degree includes 5 years of coursework and a 1-year internship. Students earning a doctorate degree are eligible for licensure as a psychologist. In addition, our program is in the process of developing a master’s program in applied behavior analysis. Our faculty members have expertise in a variety of areas within the field of behavior analysis including the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior, early intervention, instructional design, and curriculum-based measurement.
 
6. Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Program at Spalding University
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (Spalding University), Molly L. Dubuque (Spalding University), David L. Morgan (Spalding University)
Abstract: Spalding University is a private institution with undergraduate, graduate, and adult accelerated programs, whose academic mission is founded in social justice. Spalding University's Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis is a 43-credit-hour program that will provide students with a thorough understanding of behavior analysis and the application of behavioral principles while also providing them the training necessary for certification as Board Certified Behavior Analysts and behavior analytic licensure. Spalding University's Applied Behavior Analysis Master's Program is centered on providing a professional environment devoted to empirically based behavioral standards across a range of behavior analytic training areas, Graduate students in Spalding University's applied behavior analysis program are offered a variety of student support opportunities, practicum placement through partnerships with multiple service provision agencies locally and throughout the state of Kentucky, and involvement with the Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis.
 
7. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology in Chicago
DIANA J. WALKER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Klapatch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: This poster will describe the MS and PhD programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at the Chicago campus of The Chicago School of Professional Psychology (TCSPP). Our department also offers the coursework required to sit for the BCBA exam, via both online and on-ground instruction. This coursework is embedded into our MS curriculm but is also offered outside the degree for students who already have a Masters degree but who wish to take the coursework required for board certification. The presentation will describe faculty research experience and interests, practicum opportunities for students, and additional opportunties available at TCSPP-Chicago.
 
8.

Bachelor's Program in Psychology with an Emphasis in Behavior Analysis

HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (Oslo and Akershus University College), Gunnar Ree (Oslo and Akerhus University College of Applied Sciences), Monica Vandbakk (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis/Oslo and Akershus University College), Svein Eikeseth (Akershus University College), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College), Borge Stromgren (Oslo and Akershus University College), Inger Karin Almas (Oslo and Akershus University College), Anne Bakke (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

Norway has more behavior analysts per capita than any other country. However, the link to academia has been rather weak. Since 2008 we have offered bachelor program in behavior analysis and gives a basic competence in behavioral science in the research and practical field. The study will increase the knowledge about how human behavior influence and changes, and how human behavior can be analyzed in interaction with the environment. The program will give a substantial introduction to how basic learning principles can applies within different areas in the field. The bachelor program will make you able to study behavior analyses more extended through our master program in Learning in Complex System and PhD in Behavior Analysis. The study is arranged for exchanges of students internationally. We'll welcome international students.

 
9. Ball State University: ABA & Autism Program
CHRISTOPHER A. TULLIS (Ball State University), Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
Abstract: The Ball State ABA and Autism Program is a BACB approved program that is 100 percent online and one of only six online programs that offer a master’s degree. In addition to the master’s degree, the program offers a certificate option for individuals who have already completed graduate training. The ABA and Autism Program is housed in the Teachers College at Ball State, which has a national reputation in professional education. We currently have over 700 students enrolled across our master’s and certificate programs, representing nearly every state in the US. Our program faculty includes Brittany Dale, John Merbler, David McIntosh, Chris Tullis, and Susan Wilczynski.
 
10. Behavior Analysis and Behavior Therapy Graduate Training Programs at Eastern Michigan University
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Aimee Moore (Eastern Michigan University), Caitlyn Sorensen (Eastern Michigan University), Gyða Dögg Einarsdóttir (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Eastern Michigan University offers graduate education in clinical behavior analysis and behavior therapy at the master's level (2 years, thesis optional) and the doctoral level (APA accredited, 5 years with 4 years of tuition and stipend support) levels. The program is supported by seven behavioral faculty members with specialties in anxiety disorders, autism, basic behavior analysis, child and family therapy, sexual deviance treatment, and developmental disabilities. An on-campus psychology clinic and various basic and applied laboratory facilities are available. The graduate course of study prepares the graduate to be a BCBA and for licensure at the master's and doctoral levels. A master's in experimental psychology, including options for behavioral research is available (thesis required).
 
11. Behavior Analysis at Auburn University
Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University), SALVATORE SPARROW (Auburn University), Tyler Godsy (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract: The Department of Psychology at Auburn University offers a non-thesis program in Applied Behavior Analysis with a focus on Developmental Disabilities. The full-time program requires three consecutive semesters (12 months) of coursework and intensive practicum training. Practicum training involves a practicum course, small group supervisory sessions, and individual supervisory meetings. Students receive training at multiple sites, including an inclusive preschool, parent and in-home training for foster, adoptive, and birth families, and a school-based treatment facility for children with autism and other developmental disabilities. Agency Fellowships are available to qualified students. These fellowships are sponsored by public and private human service agencies in Alabama and around the country. The fellowship helps pay for tuition and provides the student a monthly stipend. Students accepting fellowships agree to work for the sponsoring agency for one year immediately following graduation. Auburn's application deadline is February 15th and interested students can learn more about our admission process at www.auburn.edu/psychology/aba.
 
12.

Behaviour Analysis Training at the University of Glamorgan

Jennifer L. Austin (University of Glamorgan), AIMEE GILES (University of Glamorgan), Richard May (University of Glamorgan)
Abstract:

With close to 100 years of experience in higher education, the University of Glamorgan has played a significant role in the economic, social and cultural advancement of Wales. It is nationally recognised as a thriving, modern university with a reputation for excellent teaching, a growing recognition for international research excellence, first class facilities, and outstanding student support. The university has three campuses, with a total enrolment of approximately 22,500 students. The university’s MSc in Behaviour Analysis and Therapy is housed with the School of Psychology and is designed to equip students with a solid foundation in basic and applied research and practice. Our course team have a range of specialisations, ensuring that students gain an understanding of the scope of behaviour analytic science and application. The program is approved by the Behaviour Analyst Certification Board and includes 120 credits of taught modules and a 60-credit dissertation. The university’s on-campus clinic, combined with partnerships with local schools and service providers, provide a wealth of settings and populations for research and practical experience. Students may also undertake the Postgraduate Certificate in Behaviour Analysis Supervised Practice, which is the first BACB-approved university practicum in Europe.

 
13. California State University, Los Angeles - ABA Programs
MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles), Randy V. Campbell (California State University, Los Angeles), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: This poster will describe the graduate training programs at CSULA in Applied Behavior Analysis.
 
14. CSUN’s MA in Psych with Emphasis in ABA: Behavioral Clinical Psychology
BARBRA FRYE (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: : The mission of the Behavioral Clinical Psychology program at California State University, Northridge (CSUN) is to provide high quality education and practical training in Applied Behavior Analysis. We designed the curriculum to meet the needs of students who wish to become effective scientist-practitioners and to make a positive difference in the lives of others. Our students take advanced coursework in behavior analytic theory, research, and practice, as well as human development, pathways to psychopathology, ethics, and family relations. The dedicated members of our faculty supervise students in various university-based practica and research projects. While we prepare our students to practice as master’s level Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA), we also provide students with the scientific foundation necessary to pursue rigorous doctoral programs.
 
15. Doctoral Programs in Psychology at the University of Mississippi
LINDSY MAGEE (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: The Department of Psychology at the University of Mississippi offers programs of study that lead to the doctor of philosophy in two separate areas: clinical psychology and experimental psychology. The clinical program has been fully accredited by the American Psychological Association since 1974. It is a scientist-practitioner model program that emphasizes an empirical approach to clinical practice. Clinical and research supervision is available from behavioral and cognitive behavioral approaches. The clinical program is designed to provide a sequence of research and practical experiences that require students to function at increasing levels of autonomy and independence. We provide the grounding for these experiences in a rigorous sequence of courses that are taken early in the program. The experimental program includes a behavioral neuroscience program of study. Experimental students in this area of concentration take courses and seminars in neuroscience methods, neurobiology, psychopharmacology, pharmacology, toxicology, and biostatistics. State-of-the-art research experiences are offered in the study of the behavioral effects of psychotherapeutic and abused drugs, neurochemical analysis of monoamines using in vivo dialysis, striatal and hippocampal behavioral function using stereotaxic techniques, and evaluation of neural tissue through histological techniques.
 
16.

Graduate and Certificate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Cambridge College and the University of Massachusetts-Dartmouth Campus

BARRY HAIMSON (University of Massachusetts Dartmouth), Robert F. Littleton Jr. (Evergreen Center), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services), Gordon A. DeFalco (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

The poster will describe two graduate programs located in Massachusetts at Cambridge College and the University of Massachusetts-Dartmouth campus. The Cambridge College program offers a Master's in Education with specialization in Autism Spectrum Disorders incorporating an approved BCBA course sequence and a behavior analyst post-master's certificate program. The University of Massachusetts offers a Master of Arts in Psychology with an applied behavior analysis option and a behavior analyst post-master's certificate program. All courses are offered under the direction of the psychology department at an APA approved research university. Both programs offer a fieldwork practicum supervised by Board Certified Behavior Analysts at approved placements or through alternative arrangements for students not currently employed in the field. In addition, both programs satisfy the academic eligibility requirements to sit for the BCBA exam. Cambridge College and the University of Massachusetts-Dartmouth offer these programs in collaboration with the Evergreen Center and Beacon ABA Services.

 
17. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Caldwell College
TINA SIDENER (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College)
Abstract: Caldwell College, a private liberal arts college located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community 20 miles from New York City, is home to three graduate programs in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). The Post-Master’s Program in ABA consists of a BACB-approved eight-course curriculum (24 credits). These same courses make up the core of the 45-credit Master's program in ABA. Building on the success of these programs, Caldwell College also offers a 45-credit post-Master’s in ABA Ph.D. program (90 credits total). Students in the MA and Ph.D. programs are required to complete a research thesis and dissertation, respectively. Both graduate programs prepare students to work in a variety of applied and academic settings. In 2011, Caldwell College launched the new state-of-the-art Center for Autism and ABA, which provides a BACB-approved practicum experience (optional for graduate students), and both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving the community. New Jersey also boasts many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell College to support training in behavior analysis and to provide additional practicum experience.
 
18. Graduate Training at the University of Manitoba (Behavioural Psychology)
ALISON COX (University of Manitoba), Flavia Julio (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: Graduate study in the Department of Psychology at the University of Manitoba is offered at both the M.A. and the Ph.D. levels. The primary purpose of the program is to provide training in several specialized areas of psychology for individuals desiring to advance their level of knowledge, their research skills, and their applied capabilities. The M.A. program is designed to provide a broad foundation in the scientific approach to psychology, as well as specialized skills. The Ph.D. program provides a higher degree of specialization coupled with more intensive training in research and application. The University of Manitoba offers admission into the areas of Behavioural Experimental Psychology, Clinical Behavioural Psychology, and has recently extended their areas of admission to include the Applied Behavioural Analysis Program. The Department of Psychology offers research and applied training at both the M.A. and Ph.D levels in Applied Behavioural Analysis. Programs and research opportunities are tailored to meet the interests of individual students. Students receive supervised training in the practice of Applied Behavioural Analysis. The program is also BACB-approved.
 
19.

Masters Program in ABA at the University of Nebraska-Omaha

JENNIFER M. KOZISEK (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Lisa Kelly-Vance (University of Nebraska-Omaha)
Abstract:

The Applied Behavior Analysis Program (ABAP) is a collaborative program managed jointly through the University of Nebraska-Omaha (UNO) School Psychology Program and the Psychology Department at the University of Nebraska Medical Centers (UNMC) Munroe-Meyer Institute (MMI). Each departments faculty contributes unique experience and expertise in the areas of applied behavior analysis. The ABAP trains students in an applied behavioral analytic orientation to provide much needed services for children with behavioral disabilities. In addition, the ABAP prepares students to be mental health practitioners with advanced knowledge and skills related to the provision of behavioral therapy for children. Students who graduate from the program will be eligible to sit for the examination for certification as Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA), as the ABAP course sequence and practicum experience have been approved the Behavioral Analyst Certification Board. Furthermore, graduates will have obtained the prerequisites for Provisional Licensure as a Mental Health Practitioner (PLMHP). The ABAPs mission is to graduate students who have met high levels of academic excellence relevant to the knowledge and skills of applied behavior analysis.

 
20.

Masters Programme in Applied Behaviour Analysis at the Bangor University, Wales UK

J. CARL HUGHES (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, Bangor University, Wales), Marguerite L. Hoerger (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, Bangor University, Wales), Corinna F. Grindle (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, Bangor University, Wales), Sandy Toogood (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, Bangor University, Wales), Elin Walker Jones (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, Bangor University, Wales), Stephen J. Noone (Northumberland NHS Trust & Bangor University, Wales), Bethan Williams (Bangor University, Wales/Betsi Cadwaladr University Health Board)
Abstract:

In 2003 we developed the first Masters course in Applied Behaviour Analysis in Europe. The course is designed and taught by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) and has been approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) as providing content eligibility for students to sit the full BCBA exam (3rd Task List). In line with the British University system, the course is offered at three levels: Post-graduate Certificate, Post-graduate Diploma, and Masters. In the design and running of the course we have attempted to use behavioural principles in the instructional materials, learning environments, and in the assessment of students learning. We utilise computer based instructional packages, direct instruction, and, Precision Teaching approaches, such as SAFMEDS and Standard Celeration Charting. The course can be taken in one year or on a part-time basis (either two or three years in duration). Each year we enrol approximately 60-70 students from a wide range of backgrounds: early autism intervention projects, challenging behaviour units, social services, special education, and new graduates. Our main aim is to make a significant contribution to training competent behaviour analysts in Europe.

 
21.

Nicholls State University: Program in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis

Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), KATIE JENKINS (Nicholls State University), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), John Wright (The Faison School for Autism and Nicholls State University), Jo Highley (Nicholls State University and The Jigsaw School)
Abstract:

We will provide details of the Master of Education Program in High Incidence Disabilities and Applied Behavior Analysis. Course requirements and activities and practica options will be discussed. We incorporate the CABAS model of teacher training using a module and rank system indicating professional levels of expertise. We will describe our research agenda and how our candidates are immersed in research opportunities.

 
22. Penn State Harrisburg Masters Degree in Applied Behavior Analysis
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State University, Harrisburg), Richard M. Foxx (Penn State University, Harrisburg)
Abstract: The PSU Harrisburg ABA Masters program aims to instruct graduate level students in the principles, theories, and research methodologies of applied behavior analysis and experimental analysis of behavior for the systematic application of behavioral technology in natural environments. The ABA program qualifies as a Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) Approved University course and experience sequences. Students have the opportunity to work with nationally known faculty while completing their coursework. Opportunities exist for students to participate in research and manuscript preparation to prepare for doctoral level studies.
 
23.

Regis College MS in Applied Behavior Analysis Program

LAUREN BEAULIEU (Regis College), Claudia Pouravelis (Regis College), Christine Petherick (Regis College)
Abstract:

Regis College is now offering a 42 credit Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis Program. Students enrolled in our MS in ABA program will learn how to apply behavior-analytic procedures to solve behavioral problems of social importance and improve conditions for dependent or at-risk populations. Applications of ABA are most commonly associated with special education and individuals diagnosed with developmental and intellectual disabilities (e.g., Autism Spectrum Disorders); however, ABA also includes diverse applications such as general education, organizational behavior management, behavioral medicine, behavioral pharmacology, and exercise and health. Our program is designed to prepare students to address the behavioral needs of individuals across diverse settings. A fundamental assumption underlying the ABA Program at Regis College is that students need multiple opportunities to gain practical experience to apply theory to practice. We prepare students to become effective practitioners through three semesters of supervised practicum at sites located in the community as well as completing a culminating thesis. The program is designed for busy professionals with courses offered in evenings and weekends. Students can complete the MS in ABA program in as little as 2 years of full-time study; however, Regis offers a part-time option designed for students who work full-time.

 
24.

Science, Skinner, and Surf: Behavior Analysis at the University of North Carolina Wilmington

BILLIE J. KLEIN (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Lynda Hayes (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Kathleen L. Hodskins (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Sara M. Keane (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina at Wilmington)
Abstract:

At the University of North Carolina Wilmington we are dedicated to providing a well-rounded educational experience in the experimental analysis of behavior whether your subjects are human or nonhuman, in the lab or in the natural setting, engage in excessive behavior or need behavior shaped. We have two tracks in our Master's program in psychology in which students can study behavior analysis. All students take core courses in psychology, including statistics and research methods and in behavior analysis, including learning, small-n design, applied behavior analysis, and conceptual foundations. In addition, students complete an empirical thesis with a faculty member. Students in our applied behavior analysis track take additional courses in clinical psychology, complete a 10-week practicum course, and a 6-month internship. After graduating, the ABA students are eligible to sit for both the BACB certification exam and NC licensure as a psychological associate. Students also participate in a weekly graduate seminar in advanced topics in behavior analysis, regional and state conferences, and in ABAI.

 
25. The Atlantis Behaviour Analysis Student Exchange Programme: SWPS, Poland, CSUSTAN, California, and Bangor University, Wales
J. CARL HUGHES (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, Bangor University, Wales), William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus), Monika M. Suchowierska (Warsaw School of Social Psychology)
Abstract: Bangor University (Wales), California State University, Stanislaus (USA), and Warsaw School of Social Sciences & Humanities (Poland) have been awarded a highly prestigious grant to facilitate international Dual Masters degrees in the area of Behaviour Analysis. The programme is open to Students from all three institutions. European students accepted into the program will spend a year studying in Europe (1 semester in Bangor & 1 semester in Warsaw) and 10 months (2 semesters) at CSU Stanislaus (Turlock, CA). When studying in the USA the grant provides students with a 11,000 stipend consisting of 1,000 move allocation and 1000 per month for each of the 10 months in the USA. US students accepted into the program will spend their first year studying at CSU Stanislaus (Turlock, CA). followed by 1 semester in Bangor and 1 semester in Warsaw. When studying in the Europe the grant provides students with $11,000 stipend consisting of $1,000 move allocation and 1000 per month for each of the 10 months in the USA. US.
 
26.

The Chicago School of Professional Psychology in Los Angeles: MA and PhD Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis

DAVID A. PYLES (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Eric L. Carlson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles), L. Fernando Guerrero (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer L. Beers (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, Los Angeles), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles), Catherine M. Minch (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

The Chicago School, Los Angeles (TCS LA) MA and PhD programs in ABA were launched in Fall 2008 at the Southern California campus. The program is designed to meet the needs of working professionals wanting to obtain comprehensive graduate training in Behavior Analysis. The TCS LA ABA program is designed to prepare students in a wide variety of specialization areas. Coursework covers all domains of Behavior Analysis including ABA, EAB, Service Delivery and Theory and Philosophy. Program requirements include: thesis, dissertation, comprehensive examinations, and practicum.

 
27. The Master's in ABA Program at Fresno State
AMANDA N. ADAMS (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno), Criss Wilhite (California State University, Fresno), Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Program is in the Department of Psychology at Fresno State. Our department is a part of the College of Science and Mathematics in a newly constructed complex, which includes state-of-the-art classrooms, laboratories, and clinics. The surrounding San Joaquin Valley is one of the richest agricultural areas in the world; Fresno is the 5th largest metropolitan area in California. The university is within one hour’s drive of many mountain and lake resorts and within a 3 ½ hour drive of Los Angeles and San Francisco. Fresno itself boasts great wine & international cuisine as well as a thriving arts community.
 
28.

The Special Education Program at Penn State, University Park

DAVID L. LEE (Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this expo poster is to provide attendees with information about the Special Education program at Penn State, University Park. Penn State, University Park is located in central Pennsylvania and is the main campus of the Penn State system. The Special Education program at University Park provides both master's and Ph.D. level training in special education and applied behavior analysis. Student programs allow for specialization in areas such as severe disabilities, mild disabilities, and behavior disorders. There are currently 11 tenure track faculty working in the program, each with quite diverse research interests. Students can choose to work with faculty with similar research and training goals. The faculty to student ratio is quite low, allowing students a great deal of individualized attention. Faculty and students representing the program will be available to answer questions from prospective students. Information regarding current funded projects that could support students will also be available.

 
29. University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute: Doctoral Training in Applied Behavior Analysis
CHRISTY WILLIAMS (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Joseph H. Evans (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Behavior analysis began as a subfield of psychology and over time has developed a number of unique assessments and treatment procedures that are not routinely covered in traditional psychology training programs. Behavior analysis has three primary branches: (a) behaviorism, which focuses on the world view or philosophy of behavior analysis; (b) the experimental analysis of behavior, which identifies and analyzes basic principles and processes that explain behavior; and (c) applied behavior analysis (ABA), which analyses and solves problems of social importance using the principles and procedures of behavior analysis. Our doctoral program provides instruction and training in all three of these areas, with a primary focus on applied behavior analysis with children, adolescents, and families. The guiding philosophy of the program is that learning is maximized by integrating didactic and experiential instruction such that principles and concepts are introduced in the classroom and immediately applied in coordinated clinical and research practica.
 
30. University of Saint Joseph Behavior Analysis Programs
DEIRDRE LEE FITZGERALD (University of Saint Joseph), John D. Molteni (University of Saint Joseph)
Abstract: The Master of Arts program in Behavior Analysis is a BACB approved 45 credit graduate training experience culminating in a thesis research project. Students complete the program in two years full-time or three years part-time and have the option to conjointly enroll in a competency-based Supervised Experience in Behavior Analysis Track. In addition, the Institute for Autism and Behavioral Studies at USJ offers a Graduate Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis, Graduate Certificate in Autism, Certification Preparation Track in ABA, and the Assistant Certification Preparation Track in ABA. Graduate students enjoy small classes that provide an intimate co-educational learning environment designed for a diverse group of working professionals, as well as personalized attention from knowledgeable professors who are recognized in their field. Competitive research assistantships, internships, and employment assistance are provided, as well.
 
31. University of the Pacific: Masters Program in Applied Behavior Analysis
HOLLY AYN WHITE (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: The University of the Pacific offers a Master of Arts degree in Psychology with an optional emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis. The 30-unit curriculum and the supervised experience students receive are both approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board®. The course sequence is typically completed in 2 years and includes an empirical thesis. Typically, all students receive substantial tuition and stipend support. Our program has practicum placements available in a wide variety of settings and with various populations. Practicum placements provide students the opportunity to participate in conducting, developing and implementing assessments and interventions in applied settings. Two faculty and two staff are board certified behavior analysts and can provide the supervision necessary for those interested in sitting for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board® examination. Alumni have been extremely successful in passing the BACB® certification exam, and in obtaining acceptance into doctoral programs or employment as a Behavior Analyst.
 
32. Utah State University: Behavior Analysis Doctoral Program in the Department of Special Education & Rehabilitation
TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University), Robert L. Morgan (Utah State University), Charles Salzberg (Utah State University), Scott Warren Ross (Utah State University), Benjamin Lignugaris/Kraft (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (Utah State University)
Abstract: The Utah State University Doctoral Program in Disabilities Disciplines offers a specialization in Applied Behavior Analysis. Other specializations include Special Education, Speech & Language Pathology, and Rehabilitation. The ABA specialization offers intensive training in research and advanced practice in Autism services, severe problem behavior, positive behavioral supports, and direct instruction. The program is designed to prepare university faculty members.
 
33. Utah State University: Behavior Analysis Training in the Department of Psychology
TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (Utah State University)
Abstract: This poster provides an overview of the training program in behavior analysis in the department of psychology at Utah State University. Laboratory facilities and the current research interests of faculty will be described. An overview of admissions and funding opportunities will be provided.
 
34.

Youngstown State University: Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis

ROCIO ROSALES (Youngstown State University), Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University), Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University), Jane Kestner (Youngstown State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the graduate program in applied behavior analysis (ABA) at Youngstown State University (YSU) is to train students in the theoretical, experimental, and application of behavior analysis through a balanced combination of coursework and practical experience in community settings. The program employs a scientist-practitioner model of graduate training, whereby students are encouraged to take an empirical approach to their clinical experiences. The 36-credit requirement is typically completed in two years. These requirements include coursework, four semesters of practicum experience, and a thesis project. All coursework for the program has been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. (BACB.) As a result of this training, students earn a Master of Science degree in ABA and are eligible to sit for the BACB examination. Graduates of our program will also be prepared to enter a doctoral program for further training.

 
35. Advanced Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis and Masters Degree in Experimental Psychology
JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University), Gerald Lachter (Long Island University)
Abstract: Our ABA Certificate program is designed for individuals who wish to receive a formal background in the theory and practice of Applied Behavior Analysis. Behavior analysis is used most widely with clinical populations in the area of developmental disabilities, including but not limited to clients diagnosed as intellectually disabled and/or autistic spectrum disorders. A Masters Degree program in Experimental Psychology is also available, where some of our students focus on ABA or Behavioral Neuroscience. Students who have matriculated at LIU Post have gone on to excellent jobs in ABA, and, been accepted into PhD in behavior analysis, experimental psychology and neuroscience. Qualified students may be enrolled concurrently in the Certificate and Masters programs. Financial aid is available. Applications will be reviewed until August 1st.
 
36.

The University of Memphis Behavior Analysis Graduate Training Program

JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (The University of Memphis)
Abstract:

The University of Memphis is a large public research university with a strong Special Education program offering coursework and intensive practicum experience necessary to become a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). Students gain a fundamental understanding of Applied Behavior Analysis through both coursework and hands-on experience, all while earning a Master of Science (M.S.) or Doctor of Education (Ed.D) degree. We partner with a variety of local organizations to ensure students emerge from our program as quality Behavior Analysts prepared to lead in a variety of settings and across a spectrum of behaviors and needs. In addition, we offer a non-degree certificate for individuals who already possess a Master’s degree and are interested in becoming board certified. Come join our dynamic team and enhance your skills as an agent of behavior change.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #102
ABAI Boards and Committees Expo Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
55. ABAI Affiliate Chapters Board
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
Abstract: Abstract: The mission and activities of the ABAI Affiliated Chapters Board will be presented. Information regarding chapter locations, membership, and activities also will be presented. Data will be displayed via charts and graphs.
 
56.

ABAI Education Board

LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The mission of the Education Board is to develop, improve, and disseminate best practices in the training and professional development of behavior analysts. Our major efforts include recruiting training programs for ABAI accreditation and reaccrediting programs with existing status. The Education Board is also pursuing the recognition of ABAI's accreditation process by the Council of Higher Education Accreditation.

 
57. ABAI Membership Board
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University)
Abstract: This poster will present an update of the Membership Board's efforts over the past year.
 
58. ABAI Science Board
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University)
Abstract: The ABAI Science Board was constituted in May, 2008 to promote basic and translational science in ABAI. It’s activities are organized into three broad areas: Research Support, Research Dissemination, and Scientific Education.
 
59.

ABAI Student Committee

MEGAN D. ACLAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles), Antonio M. Harrison (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles), Zachary H. Morford (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The ABAI Student Committee provides organizational support for ABAI student members to promote participation in ABAI, enhance professional development, and enable contributions to the science of behavior analysis. The Student Committee Expo poster provides members with the mission statement, information on student representation and activities, current programs represented, and ways to get involved with the Student Committee.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #103
Special Interest Group Expo Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
60.

Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group

CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom), Eduardo J. Fernandez (University of Washington), Megan E. Maxwell (Pet Behavior Change, LLC), Terri M. Bright (Simmons College/MSPCA)
Abstract:

The Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) SIG brings together individuals who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the appreciation, understanding, and management of animal behavior across species. The AAB SIG has three primary purposes: 1) To promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of animal behavior; 2) To advocate for and promote high standards in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change with animals in applied settings; and 3) To support and promote excellence in the education and research practices of individuals dedicated to the study and management of animal behavior in applied settings. Membership of the AAB SIG is diverse and includes academicians, researchers, and practitioners from a variety of disciplines dedicated to, affiliated with or interested in animal behavior in applied settings. We welcome new members who share our interest in animal behavior and applied behavior analysis. The AAB SIG offers an annual student research award in honor of Marian Breland Bailey. This competition is open to all graduate and undergraduate students presenting their research during the annual ABAI conference.

 
61.

Autism Special Interest Group

ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services), Lori E. Bechner (Autism Center, New Jersey Medical School-UMDNJ)
Abstract:

The Autism Special Interest Group (SIG) brings together those who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the education and treatment of individuals with autism throughout the lifespan. The SIG was created to promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of autism treatment, to advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatment, and to support consumers of ABA services. The Autism SIG maintains a website and publishes a quarterly newsletter to provide clinicians, educators, and parents with information regarding scientifically supported interventions for individuals with autism. Other ongoing initiatives include participating in the ABAI annual convention and autism conference exhibitions, presenting an annual student research award, and maintaining consumer guidelines for identifying, selecting, and evaluating behavior analysts working with individuals with autism.

 
62. Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies Special Interest Group
JULIA H. FIEBIG (San Ramon Valley Unified School District), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group was established to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, overconsumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Information on BASS's mission, events, membership, and other pertinent information will be presented in poster format.
 
63. Behavior Analyst Online Journals: Special Interest Group
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Abstract: The BAO is a collection of journals now in its 13th year of operation, providing open-access, no-fee journals in the areas of the experimental analysis of behavior, applied behavior analysis, and clinical behavior analysis. The BAO SIG was created to disseminate research and theory to behavior analysts worldwide. The BAO SIG poster will update ABAI members on current developments, editorial boards, journals published by the BAO, publication schedules, and website information. Membership in the BAO SIG will also be made available.
 
64.

Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group

ALLISON A. JAY (University of Colorado, Colorado Springs), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), Vinh Dang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yash P. Manchanda (Retired; Part-time practice), Maranda Trahan (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract:

Behavioral gerontology is the application of behavior analysis to aging and age-related issues (LeBlanc, Raetz, & Feliciano, in press). By the year 2030, nearly 20% of the American population will be over the age of 65. Nearly every specialty area within the field of behavior analysis will be affected, as most areas have an older population. As individuals get older, they are forced to deal with the various issues that are unique to this time in life. However, many of the clinicians trained to work with certain populations do not have the additional training to deal with the behavioral issues that occur in aging settings. The mission of the Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group is to provide intellectual, clinical, and organizational support to professionals interested in aging and to foster behavior analytic research in aging. Additionally, we provide support to professionals in other areas of behavior analysis to help them affectively deal with aging issues.

 
65. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group
MICHAEL A. MAGOON (NORC at the University of Chicago)
Abstract: Behaviorists For Social Responsibility (BFSR) is a special interest group of ABAI. The mission of BFSR is to act to expand applications of behavior analysis and cultural analysis addressing social issues, particularly those with social justice, human rights, and environmental implications. Activities of BFSR include 1) expanding and strengthening the community of behavior analytic scientists working in areas of social importance, providing mutual stimulation and reinforcement for this work, and supporting and challenging each other in deepening it; 2) encouraging advances in the emerging subdiscipline of cultural analysis, in which many promising approaches to dealing with important social issues are grounded; 3) expanding access to current experimental, applied, and conceptual analyses related to social issues and cultural analysis worldwide, through publication of the scientific journal Behavior and Social Issues; 4) expanding public awareness of behavior analytic and cultural analytic principles and practices that can contribute to addressing social issues; and 5) expanding presentations and programming related to social issues at the annual ABAI convention and other scientific and professional venues.
 
66. Clinical Special Interest Group
THOMAS J. WALTZ (VA Ctr for Mental Healthcare and Outcomes Research), Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention & Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC)
Abstract: The Clinical Special Interest Group of ABAI is dedicated to facilitating collaboration of researchers and clinicians in further development and application of applied behavior analysis in clinical populations. Clinical behavior analysts work in both research and applied settings applying behavior analytic principles to just about any situation that may involve psychological distress. We will be distributing the latest issue of our newsletter at the ABAI Expo. Please stop by and get connected with others in this exciting field.
 
67.

Direct Instruction Special Interest Group: All Students Can Learn and All Teachers Can Be Successful!

ANN FILER (Beacon ABA Services), Wendy Littleton-Kozma (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

Effective and efficient instruction benefits ALL students; however evidenced-based instructional practices are essential for teaching students with learning challenges. Direct Instruction is effective, efficient and evidence-based. To be effective, the instructional process must be efficient and designed to maximize learner engagement. However, effective instruction further requires that the educator be knowledgeable and skillful in several critical domains. The successful educator is able to identify the essential skills or learning objectives to be taught and utilizes effective procedures for teaching those skills; this includes evaluating, selecting, and modifying instructional programs and materials to meet the unique needs of the learner. The effective instructor utilizes assessment data to appropriately place learners and to regularly monitor their progress. The successful educator utilizes effective lesson presentation techniques including appropriate pacing of instructional tasks, attending to the motivation of learners, and the diagnosis and correction of learner errors. Importantly, the effective instructor analyzes assessment data and uses assessment results to guide instructional decision making. The Direct Instruction philosophy: All Students Can Learn and All Teachers Can Be Successful! Please plan to attend the Direct Instruction SIG business meeting and join us in promoting research-validated instructional practices!

 
68. Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
AMANDA N. KELLY (SEEM Collaborative, Massachusetts), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno), Megan Miller (Navigation Behavioral Consulting), Corey L. Robertson (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (DBA-SIG) gathers to explore ways of sharing and advancing the science of human behavior, spreading information and providing access to behavior analysis to the public at large. The DBA-SIG stresses the importance of using language that is friendly and easy to understand: providing a sense of what exactly our science and helping society realize the potential of this science. We're looking to release behavior analysis from its pigeonholes, and publicize the potential our science has to develop global solutions. If you are interested in the dissemination of the science of behavior analysis worldwide, then this is the place for you.
 
69.

Ethics and Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group

DAVID J. COX (STE Consultants, LLC)
Abstract:

The mission of the Ethics and Behavior Analysis (EBA) SIG is to enhance the current state of and provide recommendations for ethical conduct for all individuals who use the title "behavior analyst."

 
70. Evidence-Based Practice Special Interest Group
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University)
Abstract: The Evidence-Based Practice Collaborative, a special interest group (SIG) of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, was founded in 2007. The purpose of the Evidence-Based Practice SIG is to promote socially important behavior by facilitating effective and sustainable practices in real-world settings. Our goal is to maintain a SIG that reflects member input and focuses on a select number of activities that can be completed within the year. We believe EBP serves as an important approach with which behavior analysts should be familiar. The purpose of this Expo poster is to provide an opportunity for ABAI membership to interact with EBP SIG executive committee and to learn more about the importance of evidence-based practice for behavior analysts. In this Expo poster, we seek to help members find out how you can become involved with our SIG and why it benefits them to be familiar with this approach. It is important that we focus our efforts on those activities that are meaningful and achievable.
 
71. Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children), Yusuke Hayashi (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group (EAHB SIG) is dedicated to the continued development and expansion of experimental analyses of human behavior. The SIG engages in a variety of activities to disseminate, promote, recognize, and nurture research with human subjects. These goals are approximated via four different mechanisms: First, the SIG disseminates analyses of human behavior via publication of the EAHB Bulletin a peer reviewed, online journal dedicated to publishing new research with human subjects. Second, the SIG encourages students to consider research careers working with human subjects via the Annual Student Paper Competition. Third, the SIG recognizes foundational research conducted by pioneers in the conduct of research with humans via the EAHB Career Award. Fourth, the SIG promotes interaction and professional collaboration (via the Annual Business Meeting of the SIG). The result of these activities will be highlighted, summarized, and described for all in the EXPO Poster.
 
72. Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group
JENNIFER KLAPATCH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The mission of this SIG is to bring together and support behavior analysts with personal and/or professional interests in the areas of health, sport and fitness. Current activities and goals are (1) to bring together increasing numbers of behavior analysts with a professional and/or personal interest in the areas of health, sport & fitness, (2) to highlight behavioral research and application in the areas of health, sport and fitness, (3) to expand current methods of communicating with SIG members and other interested parties, (4) to provide incentives and support to student members conducting research in these areas, and (5) to provide activities and events that will strengthen collaborative efforts among members.
 
73. History of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Karen R. Wagner (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc. and TheBehaviorAnalyst.com), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), Pat Williams (University of Houston-Downtown)
Abstract: This poster describes the purpose, mission, objectives, and purview of the Association for Behavior Analysiss Special Interest Group for the History of Behavior Analysis or HoBA. Our purpose is to advance behavior analysis, nationally and internationally, through a greater understanding of its history. Our mission is to advance that understanding. Our objectives are to (a) cultivate and nurture, (b) enrich and improve, and (c) communicate and disseminate the fields history. Our purview is the fields long past, short history, and recent origins, both internal and external to the field. Internal history includes the fields research methods, sciences, conceptual systems, philosophies, professions, and institutions, as well as its scientists, scholars, and professionals. Its external history includes the fields historical, social, and cultural contexts. At the moment, our activities include maintaining a Listserv (HOBA@LISTSERV.UHD.EDU) and holding an annual business meeting at the ABAI conferences. The poster will describe considerations for future activities (e.g., a web site, annual ABAI HoBA symposia, an awards program).
 
74.

Human Development Special Interest Group

MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University), Hayne W. Reese (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

The poster outlines the aims and interests of the Human Development Special Interest Group, formerly called the Developmental Behavior Analysis SIG. This SIG emphasizes empirical and conceptual analyses of environment-behavior interactions in basic science and applied contexts within and across particular developmental periods. Its purview includes animal as well as human research, theory, and applications. Members of the DEV SIG typically participate in the program at annual meetings of ABAI in symposia, paper sessions, and poster sessions. The DEV SIG also sponsors a B. F. Skinner Lecturer, an invited paper presentation, and an invited tutorial. Information about DEV SIG membership requirements and responsibilities will be available at the SIG table. Information about colleges and universities that provide graduate education in relevant disciplines will also be available, emphasizing ones that house members of the SIG. The DEV SIG publishes a journal, the Behavioral Development Bulletin, and encourages DEV SIG members and nonmembers to submit manuscripts on topics related to the aims and interests of the SIG. All submissions are refereed, and submitted manuscripts must conform to rules of style and format specified in the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association.

 
75. Interbehaviorists in ABAI
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Interbehaviorism and interbehavioral psychology have much in common with the discipline of behavior analysis. Indeed, as the field of behavior analysis registers progress, the relevance of interbehaviorism and interbehavioral psychology is made more and more apparent (e.g., complex behavior, verbal behavior). However, the likelihood of this relevance being acknowledged by workers in behavior analysis seems to depend, at least in part, on the extent to which the interbehavioral position is made known in the first place. The Interbehaviorists Special Interest Group (SIG) aims to emphasize how interbehaviorism is both relevant and fundamental to behavior analysis, and to foster continued work and collaboration related to interbehaviorism. This is accomplished through efforts to maintain and highlight relevant literature, organize symposia at conferences, and coordinate scholarly efforts. More generally, because interbehaviorism is relatively unknown to workers in behavior analysis when compared to other philosophies, a primary aim of the Interbehaviorists SIG is the dissemination of the interbehavioral position.
 
76. Military and Veterans Special Interest Group
KENT CORSO (Give an Hour), Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract: Military and Veterans SIG is devoted to the application of behavior analysis to US and UK military and veterans' issues. This is a group whose emphasis concerns US/UK veterans of all wars. Governments have been concerned about the number of veterans suffering from brain or spinal injuries, mental health problems, lack of access to social services, and addiction problems related to their active service. In each of these areas behavior analysis has been used in developing effective treatments. The EXPO poster will focus on how behavior analysis can assist current military personnel and veterans to reintegrate into society after experiencing trauma associated with experiences in war and other conflict situations. We wish to spread the word that behavior analysis is a viable option that should employed with this group. We look at the role of behavior analysis in the service of nations and in lessening the suffering of military personnel and veterans.
 
77. Organizational Behavior Management Network
Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University), DALE GREGORY (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network, founded in 1982, exists in order to develop, enhance, and support the growth and vitality of Organizational Behavior Management through: Research, Education, Practice, and Collaboration. The OBM Network is a non-profit organization, whose members are consultants, academicians, students, employees, managers, supervisors, and executives. OBM is a science-based approach to improving human performance and execution in organizations. OBM produces significant and measurable outcomes in behavior change, organization and culture change, organizational management systems, and process improvement. OBM practitioners have a bottom-line focus and their work shows substantial and continuing financial impact to organizations. Individuals interested in applying behavioral principles to the improvement of performance in business and industry are encouraged to visit the OBM Network poster to learn more about OBM, the OBM Network, membership benefits, and the 2013 OBM Network Conference. Informational and promotional materials will be available for all visitors and OBM Network staff will be on hand to discuss the Network and its activities, as well as to answer any questions about the Network.
 
78. Parent Professional Partnership Special Interest Group
DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Association for Science in Autism Treatment), Pamela H. Gorski (Reaching Potentials Inc.)
Abstract: The Parent-Professional Partnership Special Interest Group (PPP SIG) was created in 2001 to help address the needs of parents within the ABAI community. The PPP SIG provides information, networking opportunities and resources for parents attending the annual ABAI Convention. Although the bulk of our efforts center around autism spectrum disorders, parents of children with other disorders and disabilities may be interested in learning more about the SIG. Our ongoing initiatives include: Helping parents involved in applied behavior analytic (ABA) services become more familiar with ABA through information, resources and links Providing parents with access to accurate information from other existing resources via links or summaries Sharing information with parent attendees prior to the ABAI convention Hosting an orientation to parent newcomers at the start of the ABAI convention Sponsoring formal conference events that target issues of significance to parents Creating opportunities for networking Providing a forum for discussion of objectives at our annual business meeting
 
79. Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group
ROSE IOVANNONE (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health)
Abstract: The ABAI Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group (PBS SIG) is dedicated to promoting research-based strategies that combine applied behavior analysis and biomedical science with person-centered values and systems change to increase quality of life and decrease problem behaviors. The goal of the PBS SIG is to promote the use of positive behavior support interventions in schools, communities, agencies, and homes and to support practitioners in their use.
 
80. Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group
CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract: The Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group focuses on networking professionals that work in the field of acquired brain injury and related neurological deficits. Areas of interest include neurobehavioral programs, skill acquisition and relearning, community re-entry, staff training, military related brain injuries, funding, trends, research, jobs and internships.
 
81. Sex Therapy and Educational Programming Special Interest Group
FAWNA STOCKWELL (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Lorraine M. Bologna (Cincinnati Center for Autism), Bobby Newman (Room to Grow)
Abstract: The Sex Therapy and Educational Programming Special Interest Group (STEP SIG) exists to help disseminate empirically verified information regarding sex education and sex therapy to behavior analysts working in applied settings. STEP SIG also supports basic and applied research on the emergence and maintenance of human sexual behavior in typically developing individuals, individuals with autism and developmental disabilities, and other populations. Members of this special interest group include professionals, teachers, direct service providers, parents, and consumers who are concerned with issues of sex therapy, sex education, and sex research. STEP SIG was founded in 2007 and has been providing a symposium at the annual convention of ABAI since its inception, sharing both conceptual and empirical presentations with conference attendees.
 
82.

Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group

TRACIE L. LINDBLAD (Four Point Intervention Strategies, Inc.), Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract:

The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) SIG poster will provide information about the SIGs mission, the composition of our membership, the treatment and research areas applicable to the members of our SIG, and finally, the various benefits of membership in our SIG. The SIGs mission is to promote the dissemination of behaviorally oriented speech and language research and the application of evidence-based practices relevant to the full range of services provided by speech and language professionals. Expo attendees to our poster will receive information about SIG membership and its benefits and the resources that are available on the SIG website and the SIG Facebook page. As well, opportunities for participation on various SIG committees will be highlighted. In addition, SIG Executive members will be available at the poster for informal discussions with visitors, to answer specific questions. and, in general, to promote interest in the dissemination of behavioral interventions for speech and language disorders.

 
83. Standard Celeration Society
KERRI L. MILYKO (Precision Teaching Learning Center), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Shiloh Isbell (Morningside Academy), Charles T. Merbitz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Since 1990 the Standard Celeration Society (SCS) has been a collegial organization for all persons who use Standard Celeration Charts to monitor and change human behavior frequencies. The society's heritage lies greatly in Precision Teaching and its founder, Ogden R. Lindsley, who in 1972 (p. 9) came up with the term "Precision Teaching" because "what was really new in our procedure was precision, we decided to use that as an adjective in front of whatever it was one was doing: hence in our case, "'precision teaching.'" Lindsley (1971) hoped that the standard recording and charting system would be used throughout the behavioral fields as Precision School Psychology, Precision Social Work (Green & Morrow, 1972), Precision Speech Therapy (Johnson, 1972), and so on. Dr. Lindsley's greatest contribution as written in a tribute by T. V. Joe Layng was his showing "that bringing frequency to the people revealed not only his heart, but the heart that resides in the science of human behavior as well." The SCS encourages the development and growth of a science of human behavior and learning, and promotes using the Standard Celeration Chart to further that objective. Ultimately, we have a society to create a more loving, less fearful world.
 
84. Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (University of Delaware)
Abstract: The Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (SIG) of ABAI is one of the largest SIGs. Come find out why! We have a diverse group of individuals in our group and an active listserv where we discuss everything from basic principles of behavior to autism. If you teach others how to change behavior, you should be a part of this SIG. See what we are all about!
 
85. Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group
SARAH SMUGALA (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College), Kerry A. Conde (Western New England University), Sarah Dickman (California State University, Sacramento), Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas), April N. Kisamore (Western New England University)
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB SIG) is affiliated with ABAI and is dedicated to the study of language acquisition. The VB SIG is led by a group of professionals within the field of applied behavior analysis, all of whom approach the study of verbal behavior from a Skinnerian perspective as established by B. F. Skinner's (1957) publication of Verbal Behavior. This organization was established to a) support and encourage research efforts to improve our understanding of verbal behavior, b) support practice-based issues in utilizing the analysis of verbal behavior, c) support undergraduate and graduate instruction of Skinner's (1957) Verbal Behavior, d) communicate with other organizations making use of Skinner's Verbal Behavior, and e) disseminate information regarding a behavioral approach to studying language.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #104
Affiliated Chapters Expo Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
86.

ABA of Brazil: Growing up in Its 21st Year

MARTHA HÜBNER (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Claudia K.B. Oshiro (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Giovana Munhoz Rocha (University of São Paulo, Brazil)
Abstract:

The Brazilian Association of Psychology and Behavioral Medicine (ABPMC) was established in November of 1991. The central office is in So Paulo. The Brazilian ABA chapter, ABPMC, has more than 11000 names in its mailing list and 3500 members. Those members come from all over Brazil, and this year ABPMC has members from each of the 26 brazilian states. Every year since its foundation, ABPMC holds an Annual Convention . In 2004, ABPMC had the honor to organize the Second International Convention of ABA, with 2420 conference registrants. In 2011, the XX Annual Meeting was held in Salvador Bahia and occurred with the First South American Meeting of Behavior Analysis. At the beginning of the year the actual board of directors made a strong campaign to increase the number of students members and it was very successful: in 20 days we had received 1592 new submissions. ABPMC also supports many regional meetings on behavior analysis and over the years those meetings are receiving more and more participants. Considering the annual and regional meetings, Brazil has more than 5000 behavior analysts getting together every year. ABPMC celebrated 21 years of its foundation. Since 1997, ABPMC initiated a book series named Sobre Comportamento e Cognicao (About Behavior and Cognition), which has already 28 volumes about the applied and basic research areas. In 2011, the name had changed to Comportamento em Foco (Behavior on the spot) and it has an electronic version. ABPMC also publishes, since 1999, a regular journal called Revista Brasileira de Terapia Comportamental e Cognitiva (Brazilian Journal of Behavior and Cognitive Therapy), which is nationally recognized and well received by the academic community. This Journal is now bilingual and has an electronic version (www.usp.br/rbtcc). In a more accessible language, the Boletim Contexto (Context Bulletin) is is an electronic magazine and today is in its 35th volume.In 2012 the 21st Brazilian Annual Convention of Psychology and Behavioral Medicine was hold from August 15th to 18th in the city of Curitiba, located thlocated the south of Brazil (state of Parana;). The president of the association is Claudia Oshiro until December , 2012 and the president of the annual meeting of 2012 was Giovana Munhoz da Rocha.

 
87. Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis
Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: The Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis (ALABA) serves as a scientific and professional reference group that embraces the principles and practices of behavior analysis. ALABA's primary goals are to promote the profession of behavior analysis in the community, to disseminate information responsibly to our communities about best practices in the field of behavior analysis, and to provide the best continuing education opportunities to members. We will present on our annual accomplishments and events. In addition, we will announce our keynote speakers for our upcoming annual convention to be held in Birmingham, AL. Our membership draws from neighboring states, and we encourage anyone living in or moving to Alabama or a surrounding state to visit our poster to learn more about ALABA and how to become involved.
 
88.

Arizona Association for Behavior Analysis

REBECCA RENEE WISKIRCHEN (ACCEL), Christina Barosky (The BISTA Center), Abigail M. Twyman (BASIC in Arizona), Bryan J. Davey (ACCEL), Carey A. Burgess (Private practice), Donald M. Stenhoff (The BISTA Center), Erica Babino (Positive ABA), Nicole G. Taylor (Positive ABA)
Abstract:

Arizona Association for Behavior Analysis (AZ ABA) was founded to promote the science of behavior and its associated technologies within Arizona. AZ ABA shall serve as a scientific and professional reference group for all in Arizona who identify themselves as scientists or practitioners in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis. The association will promote research that will advance the understanding of both human and animal behavior and identify and promote the use of effective and humane behavioral procedures in meeting the educational, (re)habilitation, and behavioral health needs of persons within Arizona. AZ ABA shall also advise political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis within Arizona.

 
89.

Association for Behavior Analysis India

SMITA AWASTHI (Association for Behavior Analysis India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Association for Behavior Analysis India), Geetika Kapoor (Association for Behavior Analysis India)
Abstract:

ABA India a Not for Profit, Non Government Organization has been working towards advocating Applied Behavior Analysis in India since 2006. This has led to a gradual increase in professionals seeking to study Behavior Analysis. India today has 7 BCBA's, 4 BCaBA's and another 8- 10 studying towards certification. With the rising number of cases diagnosed with Autism, and the imbalance in demand and supply of professionals, ABA India Chapter faces tremendous Challenges in its pursuit of advocating Behavior Analysis and service delivery mechanisms, not only for the Autism community but also the development of behavior principles in other areas of social development. The present scenario includes all Behavior Analysts in India working only in the field of Autism making the community narrow in its focus. Inspite of Government apathy and red-tapism ABA India has conducted 2 well attended ABA Conferences to explain the science, build awareness and initiate dialogue to an audience yet unexposed.

 
90. Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Caitlyn Sorensen (Eastern Michigan University), Aimee Moore (Eastern Michigan University), Gyða Dögg Einarsdóttir (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) has been organized to support and promote scientific research on the basic principles of behavior and the extension of those principles to create demonstrably effective and humane outcome-based therapies with the primary goal of establishing and enhancing functional independent living skills.BAAM conducts an annual convention supporting all aspects of behavior analysis in Michigan and the surrounding region. BAAM's growing website offers a variety of resources for behavior analysts and all those interested in behavior analysis.
 
91.

Behaviour Analysis in Ireland

JULIAN C. LESLIE (University of Ulster), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Maeve Bracken (Trinity College Dublin)
Abstract:

The "Behaviour Analysis in Ireland" group was set up in 1977, and teaching and research in EAB and ABA continues to flourish in both parts of Ireland. In the early 21st century a decsion was made to turn the group into the Division of Behaviour Analysis( DBA), Psychological Society of Ireland, to improve professional recognition. The DBA holds very successful annual meetings covering both ABA and EAB with distinguished guest speakers and workshops. The next one is in Galway April 2013. This poster presents the history and current work of the DBA.

 
92. British Columbia Association of Behavior Analysis
HEIDI ST. PIERRE (Behavior Consultant), Elizabeth S. Athens (ABA Learning Centre)
Abstract: The mission of BC-ABA: • To function in British Columbia, Canada, as the liaison with, and representative of the Association for Behavior Analysis, ABA International. • To advance behaviour analysis in the province of British Columbia. BC-ABA's interests lie in basic science focusing on principles governing human and nonhuman behaviour (i.e., the experimental analysis of behaviour) as well as applied science focusing on application of those principles for improvement of socially important problems (applied behaviour analysis), and disseminating this information to stimulate interest in and correct misunderstandings of behaviour analysis in the general public. • To work towards the regulation of behaviour analysis practitioners in British Columbia. This poster will outline the current advancements BC-ABA has made within the province of BC in supporting and advancing our mission statement.
 
93.

California Association for Behavior Analysis

MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles), Daniel B. Shabani (Shabani Institute Center for Behavior Analysis & Language Development), Jill M. Young (Therapeutic Pathways)
Abstract:

A description of CalABA, it's mission, board members, how to become a member, as well as member benifits will be presented.

 
94.

Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis: A Year in Review

MEGHAN BRAHM (Connecticut ABA), Elizabeth C. Nulty (Connecticut ABA), Solandy Forte (Connecticut ABA), John D. Molteni (Connecticut ABA), Colleen DeMello (Connecticut ABA), Steven Woolf (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

This poster is represents the Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis (CTABA) 2012-2013 year in review. The year in review includes information regarding our 9th Annual Conference, including lists of invited speakers and photographs from the conference. The CTABA 9th Annual Conference will be held on Friday, March 15, 2013. In addition, updated information regarding legislation in Connecticut, the 2012 Fall Workshop, Member Meetings, and the 2013 Executive Council Elections. In 2013, CTABA Members will elect a new President Elect, Secretary, Treasurer, Applied and Experimental Representatives, Member at Large, and Student Representative. Election results will be announced at the 2013 Annual Conference. In addition, the 2014 Conference Committee Chairs will change be headed by the Past President and the new President Elect. For more information about CTABA, please visit our website, www.ctaba.org

 
95. Delaware Association for Behavior Analysis
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (University of Delaware)
Abstract: The Delaware Association for Behavior Analysis is an affiliated chapter of ABAI. Formed in 2011, our mission is to promote Behavior Analysis in the state of Delaware. Please stop by to find out how you can become involved.
 
96.

European Association for Behavior Analysis

ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Lise Renat Roll-Pettersson (Department of Special Education), Borge Stromgren (Oslo and Akershus University College), Neil T. Martin (European Association for Behaviour Analysis), Martti T. Tuomisto (University of Tampere, Finland)
Abstract:

European ABA is an umbrella organization for national organizations of behavior analysis in Europe. http://www.europeanaba.org/ Our mission is 1. To provide an international forum within Europe for the study and discussion of matters relevant to behavior analysis. 2. To encourage high quality education and professional certification throughout Europe. 3. To organize congresses/conferences in experimental and applied behavior analysis. 4. To establish and maintain relations between behavior analysis organizations inside and outside Europe. 5. To maintain web pages/bulletin boards to facilitate communication. For more information about EABA contact us by email to info@europeanaba.org

 
97. European Journal of Behavior Analysis 2000–2013
CHRISTOFFER K. EILIFSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: The European Journal of Behavior Analysis (EJOBA) is published by the Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis in association with an editorial board consisting of distinguished behavior analysts from around the world. Since the journal’s inception in 2000 several hundred peer-reviewed papers related to behavior analytic scientific activity around the globe have been published. In 2011, an update of the EJOBA website was conducted. The rejuvenation of the website included making all articles published by the journal available electronically and accessible from the website, as well as the launch of a custom-made search engine for EJOBA articles. This greatly increased the accessibility of papers published in EJOBA. The current poster will present graphic displays of data related to the topical domain and authorship of articles published in EJOBA, as well as data on traffic and downloads from the EJOBA website. This display may be seen as an illustration of behavior analytic activity in Europe and its relation to the international behavior analytic community.
 
98. Florida Association for Behavior Analysis
KEVIN MURDOCK (Hillsborough County Public Schools, Florida), Kevin Jackson (State of Florida), Dawn Allison Bailey (Florida State University), R. Steven Coleman (Agency for Persons with Disabilities), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University)
Abstract: Please come by to learn about Florida Association for Behavior Analysis (FABA) membership, goals, advocacy, outreach, and other activities. FABA celebrates its 33rd anniversary in 2013 and will have its big annual multi-track conference on Daytona Beach from September 25–28. A great lineup of invited speakers and other presenters will provide CE workshops on Wednesday and Saturday plus two full days of symposia, panels, posters, IGNITE, and other presentations on Thursday and Friday. Favorite special events will include Speed Networking, SIG Roundtable Lunches, Poster Bingo, and more. Please visit to learn more about all aspects of FABA, give us feedback, ask questions, and get on our mailing list. Don't forget to add www.FABAworld.org to your list of favorite websites.
 
99. Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis
TRAVIS BLEVINS (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Dixie D. Eastridge (Learning Services), Nicole L. Bank (The PartnerShip, LLC & The FlagShip, Inc.), Michele R. Bishop (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University), Jeff Kupfer (Jeff Kupfer, PA), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University), Zach Maple (Imagine!)
Abstract: Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis is an independent nonprofit professional organization affiliated with the Association for Behavior Analysis, an international organization, dedicated to promoting the experimental, theoretical, and applied analyses of behavior. Our members reside, teach, conduct research and practice primarily in Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, and Utah.
 
100. Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis
ANNE LAU (Autism Behavior Consulting)
Abstract: Aloha! The Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis will outline its mission, describe the upcoming events for 2013, and introduce its Board of Directors.
 
101.

Heartland Association for Behavior Analysis

AMBER R. PADEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Elizabeth Bullington (Childhood Autism Services, Inc.), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Doug Boe (Glenwood Resource Center), Bobbi Hightree (ESU #1)
Abstract:

The purpose of Heartland ABA (HLABA) is to promote the analytical science of behavior and its associated technologies within the Heartland area (Nebraska, Iowa, and the surrounding area). HLABA's objectives are to serve as a professional reference group for all in the Heartland whose work involves the principles and practices of behavior analysis; promote research that will advance the understanding of human behavior; identify and promote the use of effective treatment procedures in meeting the educational, therapeutic, and habilitative needs of persons in the Heartland within the ethical guidelines set forth by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board; organize and sponsor training events that serve as forums for presentation of technological achievements in behavior analysis; promote the development and expansion of education, training, and employment in the field of behavior analysis; and support efforts of allied organizations in providing behavior analytic services.

 
102. IABA - The Israeli ABA Chapter
EITAN ELDAR (Kibbutzim College), Shiri Ayvazo (Tel Aviv University)
Abstract: The Israeli Association for Behavior Analysis (IABA) was established in 2003. IABA held its 10th annual conference on January 2012 and has been preparing the 11th conference for January 2013. IABA has about 100 active members who support ABA in various academic and clinical fields. There are a few hundred professionals taking part in IABA's programs and activities, and over 150 students who are enrolled yearly across three different certification programs. IABA is offering opportunities for CE credits to certified behavior analysts who participate and present in conferences held in Israel. IABA has established the Hebrew version of ABA terms and ethical code; the association's website; and a yearly newsletter in Hebrew sharing Applied Behavior Analysis projects and theoretical papers. IABA goals are to: • Promote ABA as a leading science in human behavior. • Achieve recognition of ABA as a distinct and unique profession by the Ministries of Health and Education. • Establish an ABA peer-reviewed journal in Hebrew. • Establish additional approved ABA undergraduate and graduate programs in other universities and colleges. • Promote experimental and applied behavior analysis research in Israel. • Strengthen the ties with the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and ABA international, and encourage more Israelis to participate as ABA members.
 
103. Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis
AUTUMN N. MCKEEL (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (IL-ABA) is the state chapter of Association for Behavior Analysis International. The goals of the organization include collaboration between Behavior Analysts in Illinois, fostering relations between practices and Universities in Illinois, and creating a licensing bill for Behavior Analysts of Illinois. IL-ABA is an affiliation of Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). Future conferences will maintain a single-track structure that will emphasize science and practices within the state. This organization will serve as a connection for Behavior Analysis across the state and what we can do to improve relations within the state rather than with out of state professions. The collaboration between Behavior Analysts across the state will allow mutual sharing and a relevant connection to continue effective strategies based on research. Also, by connecting University professionals, students, and practitioners, it will build foundations for contacts, resource management, research opportunities, and experience for students across the state. The IL-ABA annual convention will allow students, practitioners, and researchers to become heard, voice their concerns, and discuss ethical guidelines in practice. One of the major objectives of IL-ABA is to establish and encourage a licensure bill to be put into place in the state. This will happen with collaboration of active members of the organization in order to make sure that the bill is appropriately developed for Behavior Analysts of the state.
 
104. Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis
NAOKO SUGIYAMA (Seisa University), Kenjiro Aoyama (Doshisha University)
Abstract: This poster will show the history and current status of the Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis. Japanese ABA was established in 1983 as the primary membership organization to promote the science of behavior and its application. Japanese ABA has more than 948 members as of August 25, 2012. and provides many services to its membership including: to hold annual convention, publish official journal twice a year, publish newsletter 4times a year, grant a scholarship to 2 students to attend ABAI convention, and so on. In 2013, we will special events to celebrate 20th anniversary of Japanese ABA.
 
105.

Kansas Associtation for Behavior Analysis

EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas Medical Center), Jill M. Koertner Koertner (University of Kansas Medical Center), Todd Allen Merritt (University of Kansas), Nan Perrin (University of Kansas), Jason M. Hirst (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

This poster describes the purpose and purview of the Kansas Association or Behavior Analysis or KansABA. Our mission is to disseminate information about the science and practice of behavior analysis; address issues relevant to its science and practice; maintain disciplinary, professional, and ethical standards; and recruit and enhance interest in behavior analysis throughout the State and in the Kansas City metropolitan area. KansABA is governed by an Executive Council that consists of a president, full member representative, an affiliate representative, and a student representative. The Council is assisted by a secretary and a treasurer. In addition, KansABA has a Legislative Affairs Committee, a Membership Committee, Web Site Committee, and a BACB Certification Committee. KansABAs main activity is its annual conferences. Our conferences are built around themes in research, training, and practice in Kansas to inform Kansans. The theme of research-to-practice (and practice-to-research) informs their orientation and the content of many presentations. The theme of this years conference was organizational behavior management. This poster will also describe our newest initiatives.

 
106. Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (Spalding University)
Abstract: KY-ABA has continued to grow in membership, organizational structure, and conference attendance. Last year marked our first Annual KY-ABA conference, in which we had to close registration because we reached maximum capacity a few weeks before the conference. The KY-ABA conference has offered CEU's and professional networking opportunities to both Board Certified Behavior Analysts, as well as teachers, consultants, and parents who are interested in learning about ABA and service delivery. KY-ABA continues to grow and will continue to serve as the HUB of behavior analysis in the bluegrass state.
 
107. Lone Star Association for Behavior Analysis
GERALD E. HARRIS (Texas Young Autism Project), Ellen R. Catoe (Behavior Treatment and Training Center), Christie Enzinna (ABA Professional Services, LLC), Jeffrey C. Enzinna (ABA Professional Services, LLC), Deborah L. Grossett (The Center), Wendy J. Neely (Texas Young Autism Project)
Abstract: Lone Star ABA (LSABA) serves the greater Houston area. The purpose of LSABA is to promote behavior analysis and its associated technologies in the Houston area. LSABA meets every other month. These meetings provide an opportunity for professional networking, professional discussions, participation on six committees within LSABA, as well as continuing education. Visit us at the Expo to see what we have to offer!
 
108. LouABA/LaBAA
Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), CASSIE T. BRADFORD (Behavioral Intervention Group), Emily Hull Bellaci (Within Reach - Center for Autism), Janice L. Huber (Milestones Learning Center)
Abstract: The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing , and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice, and to promote access to responsible behavior analytic services by professionals sufficiently trained in the discipline of behavior analysis and compliance with relevant ethical standards.
 
109. Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis
GENEVIEVE N. ROY-WSIAKI (St. Amant Research Centre), Kirsten M. Wirth (St. Amant Research Centre), Kerri L. Walters (St. Amant Research Centre)
Abstract: MABAs purpose and mission is to develop and disseminate knowledge about behaviour analysis as a science. MABA's interests lie in basic science focusing on principles governing human and nonhuman behaviour (i.e., the experimental analysis of behaviour) as well as applied science focusing on application of those principles for improvement of socially important problems (i.e., the applied behaviour analysis), and disseminating this information to stimulate interest in, and correct misunderstandings of behaviour analysis. To achieve this MABA is committed to ensuring opportunities to meet certification requirements within our province, providing information to our members and to the public about behaviour analysis, and hosting professional development opportunities including our annual conference. In 2011 MABA published 2 newsletters and hosted our 6th annual conference with Dr. Brian Iwata as our keynote speaker. MABA continues to focus its efforts on licensing Behaviour Analysts in the province of Manitoba, increasing membership, and disseminating information about Behaviour Analysis to members of the Behaviour Analytic community and to the public through workshops, the development of our new website, and the distribution of our bi-annual newsletter.
 
110.

Massachusetts Association of Applied Behavior Analysis

STEVEN WOOLF (Beacon ABA Services), Mariela Vargas-Irwin (Integrated Learning Academy - Newton/ Applied Behavioral Learning Services), John C. Randall (Amego)
Abstract:

Massachusetts Association of Applied Behavior Analysis (MassABA) is an approve chapter of ABAI. MassABA will summarize the years activities relative to: MassABA annual conference, invited speaker events, legislative updates affected behavior analysts in the Commonwealth, and projects completed by the association. MassABA will roll out its new interactive web site that promotes a tutorial on how behavior analysts can become in-network providers on insurance panels.

 
111. Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis
SARAH E. ROBERTS (Behavioral Dimensions), Timothy R. Moore (University of Minnesota), April L. Rapp (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: The Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis (MNABA) was founded in 2005 to provide: (1) a professional network and resource for behavior analysts in the Northland; (2) a forum for members to collaborate, disseminate recent research, share ideas, and discuss needs; (3) a voice to promote the ethical and effective use of behavior analysis; (4) a resource for those seeking ABA services in the Northland; (5) the organization of an annual regional ABA conference; and (6) a provider of continuing education for professionals in the Northland. We are a regional chapter affiliated with the Association for Behavior Analysis International. Our membership consists of 120 psychologists, educators, professional behavior analysts, and others interested in using behavior analysis to improve lives and our understanding of behavior. We live and work in communities across Minnesota, North Dakota, and South Dakota. MNABA membership is open to all who have interest in behavior analysis including students, parents, advocates, and professionals across disciplines.
 
112. Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis
KENNETH MACALEESE (Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis), Zachary H. Morford (Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis is an affiliate chapter of ABAI. Our continued mission is to promote intellectual exchange and professional development in the field of behavior analysis in all its facets to include: philosophical, theoretical, experimental, applied and practice. Through participation in the Expo, the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis will promote awareness of this affiliate chapter and the resources made available to members through our interactive website. Additions to our website include a news blog, a discussion forum, and new practitioner reports from experts in our area. Additionally, members can access articles and updates regarding licensure, insurance billing and other current topics and issues in behavior analysis. NABA will also provide information about its annual, single-track conference held in the Fall in Reno, Nevada.
 
113. New York State Association for Behavior Analysis
MICHAEL J. FRIGA (Three Tier Consulting), Deborah A. Napolitano (University of Rochester), Vicki Madaus Knapp (Summit Educational Resources)
Abstract: The New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA) is the official representative for behavior analysis across New York. NYSABA is the state affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and the Association for Professional Behavior Analysts. NYSABA represents families, practitioners, and scholars committed to research and practice of behavior analysis. We sponsor local events and run an annual conference. NYSABA currently has over 400 members and keeps them in touch with events that affect those of us here in New York State. NYSABA supports quality education for human services in New York State through the applications of ethical, humane, and effective principles of behavior analysis. NYSABA is committed to continuing its leadership in New York on behalf of our constituents -- researchers, practitioners, and the consumers of behavior analytic services.
 
114. New Zealand Association for Behaviour Analysis
ANNE C. MACASKILL (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract: The New Zealand Association for Behaviour Analysis is affiliated to the Association for Behaviour Analysis, International. This poster will describe the organization's activities. It will also include information about major research areas in New Zealand, contact information for researchers and programmes, and information about how to join NZABA.
 
115.

North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis

Beth Schmitt (Murdoch Developmental Center), Jim Phillips (Murdoch Developmental Center), KRISTIE M. THOMPSON (OptumHealth Behavioral Services), Vicki Harper (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center), Nancy Poteet (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center), Jennifer Deacon (South Mountain Center for Excellence), Crystalyn Schnorr (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), R. M. (Duke) Schell (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center)
Abstract:

North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis (NCABA) celebrated its 24th anniversary conference February 20-22, 2013, in Wilmington. Our president, Jim Phillips (Murdoch Developmental Center), coordinated an outstanding array of speakers for our conference including Brian Iwata, Denny Reid, Ennio Cipani, John Forsyth, Keith Allen, Christine Hughes, Dennis Russo and others. The NCABA conference featured over fifteen presentations, a poster session and six workshops offered for both behavior analyst and psychologist continuing education credits. Attendees received over 1000 behavior analyst CEs for BCBAs and BCaBAs in NC and surrounding states. Visit our great NCABA website (www.nc-aba.com) for news of our upcoming historic 25th anniversary conference in February, 2014, and to view our NCABA newsletters and history of awards. Don't forget to "Catch someone doing good!"

 
116. Northwest Affiliation of Applied Behavior Analysis - Covering Greater Parts of the Pacific Northwest; WA, OR, MT, ID, BC
RICK SHAW (Behavior Issues), Dana J. Stevens (Whitworth University)
Abstract: The Northwestern Association for Behavior Analysis (NWABA) is an independent, non-profit, professional organization affiliated with the Association for Behavior Analysis International. We are dedicated to the science of behavior and its application to social issues. Our members live and work in the northwestern United States and western Canada. A tentative NW conference is scheduled for Feb or March 2013. Please visit our website at www.norhtwesternaba.com
 
117. Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis
TERJE GUNDHUS (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis), Jon A. Lokke (University College of Ostfold, Norway), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: The Norwegian ABA is a registered non-profit organization. Membership is open to anyone interested in behavior analysis and its application. At present it has 900 members, and its steadily growing. The organization is run by a Board of nine members with full executive powers, chaired by a president. There are several regional affiliated chapters and two special interest groups. The Board is elected at the annual General Assembly. The Norwegian Association is an affiliated chapter of ABA international.
 
118. Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis
MORTEN HAUGLAND (Haugland Learning Center)
Abstract: Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis has a growing membership and is currently involved in development of a licensing board for BCBA's in the state of Ohio. With important legislation addressing insurance coverage for individuals with autism, OH-ABA's presence is needed to assure that behavior analysts are heard when it comes to deciding on effective interventions for these individuals. OH-ABA's mission is to support the growth and dissemination of applied behavior analysis in the public and private sectors with special emphasis on application in educational settings. We conduct an annual conference that supports BCBA certification by offering CEU's. We also support BCBA certification for our members with information on initial application and renewal.
 
119. Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis
Jen Porter (Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis), ALBERT MALKIN (Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis), Jennifer Alice Cunningham (Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis), Carmela Campanella-Borraccia (Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis)
Abstract: The Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA) is a professional organization (ABAI chapter affiliate) with the goals of promoting and supporting an interest in behaviour analysis through demonstration of leadership, knowledge, training, and research for the ethical and effective application of behaviour analysis in Ontario. ONTABA was founded in 1992 and has over 300 members from many fields, including psychology, education, developmental services, and corrections, acquired brain injury, and health care.Jen Porter (President), Albert Malkin (President-Elect), Carmela Campanella-Borraccia (Treasurer) and Jennifer Cunningham (Secretary)
 
120. Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis
JENNY FISCHER (Cascade Behavioral Intervention), Maria Lynn Kessler (Oregon Institute of Technology), Jennifer L. Knipling (Oregon Association of Behavior Analysis), Robbin Sobotka-Soles (Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis), Analise A. Herrera-Minteer (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: The Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis (ORABA) is a member organization for professionals, parents, caregivers, educators, researchers and others who are interested in promoting the field of behavior analysis within Oregon. ORABA is an approved chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), an affiliate of the Association for Professional Behavior Analysts (APBA) and an approved CEU provider by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB).
 
121. Polish Society for Behavioral Psychology
MONIKA M. SUCHOWIERSKA (Warsaw School of Social Psychology)
Abstract: The poster presents the mission, structure and history of the Polish Society for Behavioral Psychology (PTPB). Selected events and accomplishments in the years 2002-2012 are listed. The poster also includes a list of major events related to behavior analysis in Poland. The first specialization in ABA (in Poland) is described as well as a joint program of studies (with California State University Stanislaus and Bangor University) focusing on behavior analysis. Lastly, future plans are listed.
 
122.

Québec Association for Behaviour Analysis

SYLVIE DONAIS (Clinique ABA (Montréal)), Myra-Jade Lui (ASD Montréal), Sylvie Bernard (Clinique ABA), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal)
Abstract:

The Québec Association for Behaviour Analysis (QcABA) is a nonprofit organization founded in 2010 to promote the science of behavior analysis in our province and its ethical and effective application to socially important behavior. Currently, our main goals are to (a) disseminate accurate and updated information on the practice and science of behavior analysis in French and English, and (b) develop a strategic plan for the recognition of our science in Québec. To this end, QcABA publishes a biannual newsletter, maintains a website, organizes an annual conference, and participates in events to promote the effective treatment of autism. The poster will provide information about our association such as its structure, board of directors, committees, membership, strategic plan, and ongoing activities. Members of the board of directors will be present to respond to questions about the association as well as to develop partnerships and collaborations with other organizations that share our vision.

 
123.

Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis

KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University), Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina at Wilmington)
Abstract:

The Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA) is a regional affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI). Like its parent organization, SEABA seeks to promote scholarly discourse within and about Behavior Analysis. SEABA membership and convention registration are open to anyone with a scholarly interest in Behavior Analysis. Current members include both academic and professional people; psychologists and persons in related disciplines such as education, psychopharmacology, and social work. A guiding philosophy of SEABA is that students are junior colleagues, with an emphasis on the latter portion of the term. Consequently, SEABA strives to keep membership and convention registration fees low to facilitate student attendance. By SEABA tradition, students typically assist in the planning and orchestration of the annual meeting, introduce the invited speakers, and contribute to its scholarly well being through numerous poster presentations SEABA pursues its agenda through an annual scientific meeting. The program features invited addresses touching on the many domains in which Behavior Analysis has had an impact. SEABA convenes its annual meeting each October or November. Sites are preferred that provide ready access from throughout SEABA's large catchment area. Over the years, a loyal SEABA following has developed from outside the region as well. Among these welcome interlopers are former invited speakers and former students of graduate programs in the region, who, upon sampling the annual meeting, increasingly make SEABA a permanent fixture on their convention calendars.

 
124. Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis
ULRIKA LANGH (Stockholm Autism Center), Ned Carter (SALAR, Stockholm, Sweden), Dag Stromberg (Autism Center for Young Children, Stockholm)
Abstract: The Swedish Association for Behavior Analyis is devoted to supporting behavior analysts in Sweden and to promoting the internationalization of behavior analyis. Our poster will present information about our membership and activities, including highlights from our annual fall conference. We encourage other attendees to visit our poster either to join or re-new as virtual members of our organization.
 
125.

Texas Association for Behavior Analysis

ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University), Heather L. Barahona (University of North Texas), Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Duy D. Le (Child Study Center), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Brett Grant Kellerstedt (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The Texas Association for Behavior Analysis (TxABA), founded in 1986, is a state chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI). The mission of TxABA is to advance the science and application of behavior analysis to improve the world in which we live. To that end, TxABA strives to disseminate knowledge from the science of behavior analysis to the public and to professional behavior analysts working in Texas and its neighboring states. TxABA holds an annual conference that has drawn up to 600 attendees, and engages in various other activities of relevance to its mission. This poster will present information on the membership of TxABA, current officers, TxABA committees, and recent activites of the organization.

 
126. The Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group - UK and Europe
J. CARL HUGHES (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, Bangor University, Wales), Michael Beverley (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, Bangor University, Wales), Amy Hulson-Jones (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, Bangor University, Wales), Emily Tyler (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, Bangor University, Wales)
Abstract: The Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group (EABG) is the UKs leading behaviour analysis organisation. With over 400 members we have organised international meetings for over four decades. In the recent past our meetings have been held in the University College London and continue to provide an exciting forum for the dissemination and discussion of high quality behaviour analytic research from across Europe. The EABG now works in collaboration with the European Association for Behaviour Analysis (EABA) and holds biennial meetings. The next meeting of the EABG will be in held in London Easter, 2013 and will represent the 50th anniversary of the meeting. The 2011 meeting was marked by a special edition of the European Journal of Behavior Analysis (EJOBA). The evidence from the EABG meetings suggests that behaviour analysis in Europe is faring well. The European Association for Behaviour Analysis, and its allied Journal the European Journal of Behaviour Analysis, mark exciting endeavours in the continuing development of behaviour analysis across Europe.
 
127.

The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis: Now in Its Ninth Year

JÓHANNA ELLA JÓNSDÓTTIR (University of Iceland), Sigurdur Vidar (Janus, Rehabilitation), Thelma Lind Tryggvadóttir (University of Iceland), Z. Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland), Anna-Lind Petursdottir (School of Education, University of Iceland), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

Our organization is an arena for professionals who want to foster the growth and prosperity of behavior analysis in Iceland. The organization's role is to introduce behavioral science and educate people about its applications and how they can lead to a better quality of life. The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis (ICE-ABA) supports the experimental analysis of behavior and applied behavior analysis and is willing to offer guidance to anyone, students or others that show an interest in this science. ICE-ABA consists of at least 40 member from different backgrounds from behavior analysts, psychologists, social educators, teachers, university students to parents of children with developmental disorders. Members have an access to a message thread where all sorts of topics are discussed and concerns and ideas concerning behavior analysis are shared. We have 6 Icelandic students abroad studying behavior analysis and 3 students getting their degrees here in Iceland so we are a growing field. We also have a webpage www.atferli.is which is a great tool for us to share information, events, articles and news in the field of behavior analysis. The president is Johanna Ella Jonsdottir, Thelma Lind Tryggvadottir is the secretary and Sigurdur Vidar is the treasurer Our organization is open for everyone.

 
128.

The Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis

EVELYN JO HORTON (The Homestead), John J. Pokrzywinski (Woodward Resource Center), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education), William F. Steffen (Woodward Resource Center), Susan M.S. Smith (Woodward Resource Center)
Abstract:

The Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis (Iowa ABA) was chartered in June 2008 as a state chapter of Iowa ABA for professional, scientific, and education purposes. Iowa ABA's primary functions include serving as a scientific and professional reference group for all in the State of Iowa who identify themselves as scientists, practitioners, providers in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis, and consumers of applied behavior analysis services. Iowa ABA supports the development of professional credentialing for the practice of behavior analysis within the State of Iowa. The chapter also supports and encourages expanding the educational and supervisory resources to aid individuals in meeting current and future credentialing requirements. Iowa ABA also supports the development of ethical and professional standards of practice for behavior analysts within the State of Iowa. Iowa ABA promotes the use of effective and humane behavioral procedures in meeting the educational and habilitative needs of individuals. Iowa ABA provides education and advises political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the State of Iowa. Iowa ABA promotes and supports the conduct of behavior analytic research within the State of Iowa. Iowa ABA serves as a resource for parents and service providers interested in research based practices in behavior analysis.

 
129. Utah Association for Behavior Analysis
ANDREW SAMAHA (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University), Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: The Utah Association for Behavior Analysis (UtABA), founded in 2010, seeks to encourage scientific activity, professional training and development, and intellectual activity related to behavior analysis in the state of Utah. UtABA holds its annual meeting in June in cooperation with the Effective Practices for Teachers and Human Service Professionals conference at Utah State University. UtABA participates in that conference by offering presentations and research symposia within the behavior analysis strand, hosting a poster session, and holding its annual business meeting. UtABA is a BACB-approved Type II ACE provider. Current UtABA officers are Sarah Bloom (President), Tom Higbee (President-Elect), Andrew Samaha (Secretary/Treasurer), Amy Odum and Shawnee Collins (Members at Large), and Matthew Brodhead and S. Shanun Kunnavatana (Student Representatives).
 
130. Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis
TRACY E. ZINN (James Madison University), Bryan K. Saville (James Madison University), Daniel D. Holt (James Madison University)
Abstract: Information will be provided that describes the Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis (VABA). In particular, we are interested in expanding our membership and further developing our annual meeting to better meet the behavior analysts in Virginia. Information regarding the annual conference, topics covered, and contact persons will be provided.
 
131. WisABA: Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis
ROGER FRANK BASS (Bass Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract: The Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis is an affiliated chapter of ABAI and advocates for behavior analysis and behavior analysts in Wisconsin and the Midwest. We hold annual conventions, provide opportunities for earning CEs, lobby on behalf of behavior analysts, hold regional mini-conferences, and culture a better environment for behavior analysis everywhere. Visit our Expo table and learn how your state’s ABAI affiliate works for you. Consider joining in those efforts to bring quality behavior analysis services to our state, to explain the many facets of your field to those who can benefit from them, and how you could help build the future of behavior analysis. WisABA has accomplished much with much more to do and there is undoubtedly a place for your talents. We have initiatives waiting to launch and you no doubt have ideas for how to advance your area’s interests. Become a member of the oldest and largest representative of your field in Wisconsin. We send you our greetings.
 
132.

Taiwan Association for Behavior Analysis

SHU-HWEI KE (SEEK Education, Inc., Taiwan), Yiing Feng Huang (Taiwan Association for Behavior Analysis), Sharon Chien (SEEK Education, Inc.), Shu-Fen Kuo (SEEK Education, Inc., Taichung, Taiwan)
Abstract:

TABA’s accomplishments in the past year are illustrated. These include the 2012 TABA Annual Conference with the special topics on intraverbal training, preferrence assessment, and natural environmet teaching, and a series of ABA workshops for parents, teachers, and professionals. TABA also opened the second BCaBA® course sequences. Additionally, TABA received funding from governmet and non-profit organizations which allowed children with special needs from low-incom families to get ABA services. SEEK Education completed the translation of The Verbal Behavior Approach: How to Teach Children With Autism and Related Disorders in Chinese. TABA’s cooperation with universities and non-profit organizations to promote behavior analysis will be discussed.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #105
Other Organizations Expo Poster Session
Saturday, May 25, 2013
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
Exhibit Hall B (Convention Center)
133. Advanced Training at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine
ALISON KOZLOWSKI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Zina A. Eluri (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Hastings (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer L. Crockett (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The Department of Behavioral Psychology at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine provides training in behavioral psychology as it applies to individuals with developmental disabilities and pediatric problems. This training program, which has been in existence for more than 30 years, is comprised of an American Psychological Association (APA) accredited predoctoral internship program (APA accredited since 1988) and a postdoctoral fellowship program. Since its inception, this training program has been one of the leading training programs in applied behavior analysis and behavioral psychology. More than 400 individuals have completed a predoctoral internship or a postdoctoral fellowship. The department is committed to providing a training environment that facilitates the development of future leaders in the field of behavioral psychology. We maintain a distinguished faculty who serve as role models for trainees. Our faculty, who hold academic appointments at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, have a highly regarded record of research in the areas of severe behavior disorders, functional assessment and analysis, pediatric feeding problems, behavioral pediatrics, parent training, drug and behavior interactions, and functional MRI.
 
134. All About Kids
ANN BRIGID BEIRNE (Global Autism Project)
Abstract: All About Kids is now hiring behaviour analysts to work with children with Autism Spectrum Disorder in the New York area. We currently serve children and families throughout Nassau, Suffolk, Westchester, Putnam and Orange Counties, as well as all five boroughs of New York City. Come join our dedicated team of professionals. Sign up today!
 
135.

Applied Behavioral Pharmacology Group

ANNETTE GRIFFITH (Momentum Behavioral Health), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

As behavior analysts we have developed a highly refined field of basic behavioral pharmacology research evaluating the effects of drugs on behavior. We have not been as successful in developing a field of Applied Behavioral Pharmacology that evaluates the effects of drugs on socially relevant behavior using those same behavioral principles. At the 2012 ABAI conference, a panel discussion was held to discuss the benefits of formalizing the field of Applied Behavioral Pharmacology and the implications this may have for research, grant funding, and eventually clinical practice. During the panel discussion, it was agreed that Applied Behavioral Pharmacology is a unique subfield within the field of ABA, one that should be considered separate and independent from other subfields. In addition, several individuals expressed interest in working together to develop the area of Applied Behavioral Pharmacology by the creating research agendas, developing collaborative working relationships, and working to promote the subfield to researchers, clinicians, and educators. The purpose of this poster will be to share the outcomes of last years panel discussion with ABAI members and to determine if there is a level of interest necessary to develop a new SIG focused on Applied Behavioral Pharmacology.

 
136. Bachelor of Arts in Applied Behaviour Analysis – Autism
CARA ZASKOW (Capilano University)
Abstract: The Bachelor of Arts in Applied Behaviour Analysis – Autism (ABA-A) is a unique degree program in British Columbia. At this time, it is the only baccalaureate program in Western Canada that blends rigorous academic training and professional supervised clinical experience that will enable graduates to meet the criteria to write the BACB exam to become BCaBA's. The ABA-A degree is a four year cohort program that intends for students to enter into third year of specialty in ABA-A after having completed two years of undergraduate study. The program blends coursework in areas such as the principles of ABA; ethics; single-subject research design; assessment and intervention planning; interpersonal relationships; and exam preparation courses with three levels of practicum experiences that has the student immersed in the “hands on” application of the ABA skills from the start.
 
137. Behavior Analysis Division of the American Psychological Association
MATTHEW T. WEAVER (University of Pittsburgh), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract: The voice of psychology in the public policy arena is The American Psychological Association (APA) and the voice of Behavior Analysis within the APA is Division 25. The stronger our numbers, the louder our voice. If behavior analysts are not strongly represented in APA, then APA is unlikely to advocate for Behavior Analysis when speaking with government officials, funding agencies, and to the general public. Our goal is to increase membership in Division 25 as a means to promote the goals of our field.
 
138.

Behavior Analysis Online University of North Texas

SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas), Susan R. Miller (University of North Texas), Brook B. Wheetley (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas offers a distance program in behavior analysis. This internet program is a sequence of five self-paced courses, designed by full-time faculty, to meet the needs of individuals who cannot obtain coursework in behavior analysis locally. The courses are multimedia, high interactive, and cover the academic content required by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB). Students may also earn a 15-SCH academic Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis for completing the 5-course sequence. 1, 2 and 15 BCBA or BCaBA CE credits are also available.

 
139.

Behavior Momentum India

SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Rumno Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India), Manoj Sharma (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract:

Behavior Momentum India is the First Organization pioneering cutting edge research based services in a country which has approximately one million children with a diagnoses of autism. It has 4 BCBA-D advisors on its Board, 2 BCBA's and 2 more studying towards certification to ensure quality services to children with Autism. Presently BMI has 5 Centers across 4 States. Each Center for children with Autism and developmental disabilities runs various programs. The most sought after program is the IBI program providing 25 hours per week of intervention. Besides this BMI offers Group programs for socialization, school inclusion support, home consultations and conducts workshops. It also has a Behavior Clinic for providing Behavior interventions based on functional assessments. BMI also provides mentoring services to ABA students. Many parents relocate to its various centers from Maldives, Qatar, U.K, etc for short stays of 6 months for its highly successful PAT program. BMI currently has 120 para professionals working under its heirarchial system of supervision and caters to approximately 200 children across India.

 
140.

Clinic 4 Kidz: Intensive Home-Based Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program

CHRISTA F. CURTAZ (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz), Michelle L. Waddell (Clinic 4 Kidz), Allyne Marcon-Dawson (Clinic 4 Kidz), Stephanie Miller (Clinic 4 Kidz), Aida Miles (Clinic 4 Kidz), Danielle Shahan (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract:

Clinic 4 Kidz is a home-based pediatric feeding disorders program. We provide services for children birth to 12 years of age. We treat children with a variety of feeding problems such as tube dependence, food refusal, texture and type selectivity, bottle dependence, ritualistic eating patterns etc. Diagnoses include (but are not limited to) failure to thrive, developmental disabilities (e.g., autism, down syndrome etc.), prematurity, gastroesophageal reflux, and other gastrointestinal problems. Treatment is provided in the child's natural environment (e.g., home, school, restaurants etc.). Our clinicians travel to the patient's home to provide state of the art feeding therapy using an interdisciplinary approach. Our team consists of a speech therapist, registered dietician, and behavior analyst. Clinic 4 Kidz strives to provide quality clinical services as well as conduct clinically significant research. The clinical research that is conducted focus on the assessment and treatment of feeding problems in children. We also have a long-term outcome measures research project that all clinicians are involved in. We are always looking to hire behavior analysts who have both clinical and research interest in the area of pediatric feeding disorders and/or autism.

 
141. Dar Al-Hekma College: Undergraduate Applied Behavior Analysis Course Sequence
MONA AL HADDAD (Dar Al-Hekma College), Michelle P. Kelly (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: Dar Al-Hekma College is a private, non-profit institution of higher education for women in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. This poster describes Dar Al-Hekma's (DAH) undergraduate program in Special Education which includes a course sequence of applied behavior analysis (ABA). This course sequence was developed in 2008 and has produced many board certified graduates currently working in the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC). The purpose of this ABA program is to train students in theoretical and applied behavior analysis through a balanced combination of coursework and practical experience in community settings. DAH is the only college in the GCC that offers ABA courses with supervised work placements. Requirements include completion of the following five courses: "Introduction to ABA", "Interventions in ABA", "Evidence-based Instruction and Program Development in ABA", "Assessment, Measurement, and Experimental Evaluation in ABA" and "Verbal Behavior". All coursework for the program has been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. (BACB). As a result of this training, students are eligible to sit for the BCaBA examination. Graduates of our program will also be prepared to enter a master's program for further training. Currently, there are no such master's programs available in the GCC.
 
142. Saint Louis University Behavior Analysis Programs
JOLENE R. SY (Saint Louis University), Kathleen Mack (Saint Louis University), Ashlin Blum (Saint Louis University), Marissa Lewis-Wanninger (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Saint Louis University's Applied Behavior Analysis program is embedded in the University's Social Work program. It involves the application of behavioral principles to produce socially significant changes in behavior. Practitioners use direct assessments and research evidence to inform and evaluate interventions designed to increase behaviors, like essential social skills, or decrease behaviors, like smoking or littering.
 
143. The Association for Science in Autism Treatment
DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Association for Science in Autism Treatment), Mary Ellen McDonald (Association for Science in Autism Treatment)
Abstract: The vast array of "proposed treatments" for autism can be both overwhelming and confusing for consumers. Sadly, there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst providers. The Association for Science and Autism Treatment (ASAT) strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals, in fact, for anyone interested in reliable, science-based and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, the mission of the ASAT is to disseminate accurate, scientifically sound information about treatments for autism and to improve access to effective, science-based treatments for all people with autism, regardless of age, severity of condition, income or place of residence. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org. To receive Science in Autism Treatment, ASAT's free quarterly newsletter, subscribe at www.asatonline.org/signup .
 
144.

Ontario's New Bachelor's Degree in the Behavioural Sciences

GARY A. BERNFELD (St. Lawrence College), Colleen C. Cairns (St. Lawrence College), Sheelagh Jamieson (St. Lawrence College), Marie Line Jobin (St. Lawrence College), Deborah K. Smith (St. Lawrence College), Andrew W. McNamara (St. Lawrence College)
Abstract:

St. Lawrence College began offering a new Bachelor of Applied Arts (Behavioural Psychology) degree in September 2004. This Bachelors degree in Behavioural Psychology provides the most comprehensive training in the behavioural sciences at the undergraduate level in Canada. Students are trained in the latest behavioural techniques used in a variety of areas such as acquired brain injuries, autism, addictions, developmental disorders, psychiatric disorders, and special education, as well as adult and youth corrections. Graduates may pursue additional post-secondary education (e.g., graduate school in this area, as well as in teaching, social work, etc). The major areas of study within the program are applied behaviour analysis and cognitive behaviour therapy. Classroom based courses combined with three practicum opportunities [totaling over 1100 hours] ensure both knowledge and skill development in assessing behavioural patterns and designing effective programs to achieve behavioural change and skill development. The program has received strong support from recognized leaders in both research and applied settings across North America. Graduates of this new program are expected to be in great demand in such growth areas as Autism, Acquired Brain Injuries, Corrections, etc. Data from a needs-based survey show a strong demand for a full time degree in the field of behavioural sciences. B.A. Graduates in the new degree program have the best of both worlds a traditional university degree plus the hands-on focus of a college, which provides students with a new educational pathway. They will be career ready after graduation like those in Bachelors programs in nursing, occupational and physical therapy, teaching, and social work. To access our webpage, see http://www.stlawrencecollege.ca. First go to Full-time Studies, then select Degree Programs and select Bachelor of Applied Arts Degree in Behavioural Psychology.

 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}